R315.  Environmental Quality, Waste Management and Radiation Control, Waste Management.
R315-264.  Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities.
R315-264-1.  General -- Purpose, Scope and Applicability.
	(a)  The purpose of Rule R315-264 is to establish minimum State of Utah standards which define the acceptable management of hazardous waste.
	(b)  The standards in Rule R315-264 apply to owners and operators of all facilities which treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste, except as specifically provided otherwise in Rules R315-264 or 261.
	(c)  Reserved
	(d)  The requirements of Rule R315-264 apply to a person disposing of hazardous waste by means of underground injection subject to a permit issued under an Underground Injection Control (UIC) program approved or promulgated under the Safe Drinking Water Act only to the extent they are required by 40 CFR 144.14.  Rule R315-264 applies to the above-ground treatment or storage of hazardous waste before it is injected underground.
	(e)  The requirements of Rule R315-264 apply to the owner or operator of a POTW which treats, stores, or disposes of hazardous waste only to the extent they are included in a RCRA permit by rule granted to such a person under Rule R315-270.
	(f)  Reserved
	(g)  The requirements of Rule R315-264 do not apply to:
	(1)  The owner or operator of a facility permitted under Rules R315-301 through 320 to manage municipal or industrial solid waste, if the only hazardous waste the facility treats, stores, or disposes of is excluded from regulation under Rule R315-264 by Section R315-262-14;
	(2)  The owner or operator of a facility managing recyclable materials described in Subsections R315-261-6(a)(2), (3), and (4), except to the extent they are referred to in Rule R315-15 or Sections R315-266-20 through 23, 70, 80, or 100 through 112.
	(3)  A generator accumulating waste on site in compliance with Section R315-262-14, R315-262-15, R315-262-16, or R315-262-17;
	(4) A farmer disposing of waste pesticides from his own use in compliance with Section R315-262-70; or
	(5)  The owner or operator of a totally enclosed treatment facility, as defined in Section R315-260-10.
	(6)  The owner or operator of an elementary neutralization unit or a wastewater treatment unit as defined in Section R315-260-10, provided that if the owner or operator is diluting hazardous ignitable (D001) wastes, other than the D001 High TOC Subcategory defined in Section R315-268-40, or reactive (D003) waste, to remove the characteristic before land disposal, the owner/operator shall comply with the requirements set out in Subsection R315-264-17(b).
	(7)  Reserved
	(8)(i)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1(g)(8)(ii), a person engaged in treatment or containment activities during immediate response to any of the following situations:
	(A)  A discharge of a hazardous waste;
	(B)  An imminent and substantial threat of a discharge of hazardous waste;
	(C)  A discharge of a material which, when discharged, becomes a hazardous waste.
	(ii)  An owner or operator of a facility otherwise regulated by Rule R315-264 shall comply with all applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-30 through 35, 37 and 50 through 56.
	(iii)  Any person who is covered by Subsection R315-264-1(g)(8)(i) and who continues or initiates hazardous waste treatment or containment activities after the immediate response is over is subject to all applicable requirements of Rule R315-264 and 40 CFR 122 and 123 and Rule R315-124 for those activities.
	(iv)  In the case of an explosives or munitions emergency response, if a Federal, State, Tribal or local official acting within the scope of his or her official responsibilities, or an explosives or munitions emergency response specialist, determines that immediate removal of the material or waste is necessary to protect human health or the environment, that official or specialist may authorize the removal of the material or waste by transporters who do not have EPA identification numbers and without the preparation of a manifest.  In the case of emergencies involving military munitions, the responding military emergency response specialist's organizational unit shall retain records for three years identifying the dates of the response, the responsible persons responding, the type and description of material addressed, and its disposition.
	(9)  A transporter storing manifested shipments of hazardous waste in containers meeting the requirements of Section R315-262-30 at a transfer facility for a period of ten days or less.
	(10)  The addition of absorbent material to waste in a container, as defined in Section R315-260-10, or the addition of waste to absorbent material in a container, provided that these actions occur at the time waste is first placed in the container; and Subsections R315-264-17(b), 264-171, and 264-172 are complied with.
	(11)  Universal waste handlers and universal waste transporters, as defined in Section R315-260-10, handling the wastes listed below.  These handlers are subject to regulation under Rule R315-273, when handling the below listed universal wastes.
	(i)  Batteries as described in Section R315-273-2;
	(ii)  Pesticides as described in Section R315-273-3;
	(iii)  Mercury-containing equipment as described in Section R315-273-4;
	(iv)  Lamps as described in Section R315-273-5;
	(v)  Antifreeze as described in Subsection R315-272-6(a); and
	(vi)  Aerosol cans as described in Subsection R315-273-6(b).
	(h)  The requirements of Rule R315-264 apply to owners or operators of all facilities which treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes referred to in Rule R315-268.
	(i)  Reserved
	(j)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-10 through 19, 30 through 37, 50 through 56, and 101 do not apply to remediation waste management sites.  However, some remediation waste management sites may be a part of a facility that is subject to a traditional hazardous waste permit because the facility is also treating, storing or disposing of hazardous wastes that are not remediation wastes.  In these cases, Sections R315-264-10 through 19, 30 through 37, 50 through 56, and 101 do apply to the facility subject to the traditional hazardous waste permit.  Instead of the requirements of Sections R315-264-10 through 19, 30 through 37, and 50 through 56, owners or operators of remediation waste management sites shall:
	(1)  Obtain an EPA identification number by applying to the Administrator using EPA Form 8700-12;
	(2)  Obtain a detailed chemical and physical analysis of a representative sample of the hazardous remediation wastes to be managed at the site.  At a minimum, the analysis shall contain all of the information which shall be known to treat, store or dispose of the waste according to Rules R315-264 and 268, and shall be kept accurate and up to date;
	(3)  Prevent people who are unaware of the danger from entering, and minimize the possibility for unauthorized people or livestock to enter onto the active portion of the remediation waste management site, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Director that:
	(i)  Physical contact with the waste, structures, or equipment within the active portion of the remediation waste management site shall not injure people or livestock who may enter the active portion of the remediation waste management site; and
	(ii)  Disturbance of the waste or equipment by people or livestock who enter onto the active portion of the remediation waste management site, shall not cause a violation of the requirements of Rule R315-264;
	(4)  Inspect the remediation waste management site for malfunctions, deterioration, operator errors, and discharges that may be causing, or may lead to, a release of hazardous waste constituents to the environment, or a threat to human health.  The owner or operator shall conduct these inspections often enough to identify problems in time to correct them before they harm human health or the environment, and shall remedy the problem before it leads to a human health or environmental hazard.  Where a hazard is imminent or has already occurred, the owner/operator shall take remedial action immediately;
	(5)  Provide personnel with classroom or on-the-job training on how to perform their duties in a way that ensures the remediation waste management site complies with the requirements of Rule R315-264, and on how to respond effectively to emergencies;
	(6)  Take precautions to prevent accidental ignition or reaction of ignitable or reactive waste, and prevent threats to human health and the environment from ignitable, reactive and incompatible waste;
	(7)  For remediation waste management sites subject to regulation under Sections R315-264-170 through 179,190 through 200, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 Through 283, 300 through 317, 340 through 351, and 600 through 603, the owner/operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a unit within a 100-year floodplain to prevent washout of any hazardous waste by a 100-year flood, unless the owner/operator can meet the demonstration of Subsection R315-264-18(b);
	(8)  Not place any non-containerized or bulk liquid hazardous waste in any salt dome formation, salt bed formation, underground mine or cave;
	(9)  Develop and maintain a construction quality assurance program for all surface impoundments, waste piles and landfill units that are required to comply with Subsections R315-264-221(c) and (d), 264-251(c) and (d), and 264-301(c) and (d) at the remediation waste management site, according to the requirements of Section R315-264-19;
	(10)  Develop and maintain procedures to prevent accidents and a contingency and emergency plan to control accidents that occur.  These procedures shall address proper design, construction, maintenance, and operation of remediation waste management units at the site.  The goal of the plan shall be to minimize the possibility of, and the hazards from a fire, explosion, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water that could threaten human health or the environment.  The plan shall explain specifically how to treat, store and dispose of the hazardous remediation waste in question, and shall be implemented immediately whenever a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which could threaten human health or the environment;
	(11)  Designate at least one employee, either on the facility premises or on call (that is, available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility quickly), to coordinate all emergency response measures.  This emergency coordinator shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility's contingency plan, all operations and activities at the facility, the location and characteristics of waste handled, the location of all records within the facility, and the facility layout.  In addition, this person shall have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan;
	(12)  Develop, maintain and implement a plan to meet the requirements in Subsections R315-264-1(j)(2) through (j)(6) and (j)(9) through (j)(10); and
	(13)  Maintain records documenting compliance with Subsections R315-264-1(j)(1) through (j)(12).

R315-264-3.  Relationship to Interim Status Standards.
	A facility owner or operator who has fully complied with the requirements for interim status-as defined in section 3005(e) of RCRA and regulations under Section R315-270-70-shall comply with the regulations specified in Rule 265 in lieu of the regulations in Rule R315-264, until final administrative disposition of his permit application is made, except as provided under Sections R315-264-550 through 555.

R315-264-4.  Imminent Hazard Action.
	Notwithstanding any other provisions of these regulations, enforcement actions may be brought pursuant to Section 19-5-115.

R315-264-10.  Applicability.
	(a)  The regulations in Sections R315-264-10 through 19 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as provided in Section R315-264-1 and in Subsection R315-264-10(b).
	(b)  Subsection R315-264-18(b) applies only to facilities subject to regulation under Sections R315-264-170 through 179, 190 through 200, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, 340 through 351, and 600 through 603.

R315-264-11.  Identification Number.
	Every facility owner or operator shall apply to Director for an EPA identification number using EPA form 8700-12.  Information on obtaining this number can be acquired by contacting the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control.

R315-264-12.  General Facility Standards - Required Notices.
	(a)  The owner or operator of a facility that is arranging or has arranged to receive hazardous waste subject to Sections R315-262-80 through 262-84 from a foreign source shall submit the following required notices:
	(1)  As per Subsection R315-262-84(b), for imports where the competent authority of the country of export does not require the foreign exporter to submit to it a notification proposing export and obtain consent from EPA and the competent authorities for the countries of transit, such owner or operator of the facility, if acting as the importer, shall provide notification of the proposed transboundary movement in English to EPA using the allowable methods listed in Subsection R315-262-84(b)(1) at least 60 days before the first shipment is expected to depart the country of export.  The notification may cover up to one year of shipments of wastes having similar physical and chemical characteristics, the same United Nations classification, the same RCRA waste codes and OECD waste codes, and being sent from the same foreign exporter.
	(2)  As per Subsection R315-262-84(d)(2)(xv), a copy of the movement document bearing all required signatures within three working days of receipt of the shipment to the foreign exporter; to the competent authorities of the countries of export and transit that control the shipment as an export and transit shipment of hazardous waste respectively; and on or after the electronic import-export reporting compliance date, to EPA electronically using EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system.  The original of the signed movement document shall be maintained at the facility for at least three years.  The owner or operator of a facility may satisfy this recordkeeping requirement by retaining electronically submitted documents in the facility's account on EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system, provided that copies are readily available for viewing and production if requested by any EPA or Utah inspector.  No owner or operator of a facility may be held liable for the inability to produce the documents for inspection under Section R315-264-12 if the owner or operator of a facility can demonstrate that the inability to produce the document is due exclusively to technical difficulty with EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system for which the owner or operator of a facility bears no responsibility.
	(3)  As per Subsection R315-262-84(f)(4), if the facility has physical control of the waste and it must be sent to an alternate facility or returned to the country of export, such owner or operator of the facility shall inform EPA, using the allowable methods listed in Subsection R315-262-84(b)(1) of the need to return or arrange alternate management of the shipment.
	(4)  As per Subsection R315-262-84(g), such owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Send copies of the signed and dated confirmation of recovery or disposal, as soon as possible, but no later than 30 days after completing recovery or disposal on the waste in the shipment and no later than one calendar year following receipt of the waste, to the foreign exporter, to the competent authority of the country of export that controls the shipment as an export of hazardous waste, and for shipments recycled or disposed of on or after the electronic import-export reporting compliance date, to EPA electronically using EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system.
	(ii)  If the facility performed any of recovery operations R12, R13, or RC16, or disposal operations D13 through D15, or DC17, promptly send copies of the confirmation of recovery or disposal that it receives from the final recovery or disposal facility within one year of shipment delivery to the final recovery or disposal facility that performed one of recovery operations R1 through R11, or RC16, or one of disposal operations D1 through D12, or DC15 to DC16, to the competent authority of the country of export that controls the shipment as an export of hazardous waste, and on or after the electronic import-export reporting compliance date, to EPA electronically using EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system.  The recovery and disposal operations in Section R315-264-12(a)(4)(ii) are defined in Section R315-262-81.
	(b)  The owner or operator of a facility that receives hazardous waste from an off-site source, except where the owner or operator is also the generator, shall inform the generator in writing that he has the appropriate permit(s) for, and will accept, the waste the generator is shipping.  The owner or operator shall keep a copy of this written notice as part of the operating record.
	(c)  Before transferring ownership or operation of a facility during its operating life, or of a disposal facility during the post-closure care period, the owner or operator shall notify the new owner or operator in writing of the requirements of Rule R315-264 and Rule R315-270.  An owner's or operator's failure to notify the new owner or operator of the requirements of Rule R315-264 in no way relieves the new owner or operator of his obligation to comply with all applicable requirements.

R315-264-13.  General Waste Analysis.
	(a)(1)  Before an owner or operator treats, stores, or disposes of any hazardous wastes, or nonhazardous wastes if applicable under Subsection R315-264-113(d), he shall obtain a detailed chemical and physical analysis of a representative sample of the wastes. At a minimum, the analysis shall contain all the information which shall be known to treat, store, or dispose of the waste in accordance with Rules R315-264 and 268.
	(2)  The analysis may include data developed under Rule R315-261, and existing published or documented data on the hazardous waste or on hazardous waste generated from similar processes.  For example, the facility's records of analyses performed on the waste before the effective date of these regulations, or studies conducted on hazardous waste generated from processes similar to that which generated the waste to be managed at the facility, may be included in the data base required to comply with Subsection R315-264-13(a)(1). The owner or operator of an off-site facility may arrange for the generator of the hazardous waste to supply part of the information required by Subsection R315-264-13(a)(1), except as otherwise specified in Subsections R315-268-7(b) and (c). If the generator does not supply the information, and the owner or operator chooses to accept a hazardous waste, the owner or operator is responsible for obtaining the information required to comply with Section R315-264-13.
	(3)  The analysis shall be repeated as necessary to ensure that it is accurate and up to date. At a minimum, the analysis shall be repeated:
	(i)  When the owner or operator is notified, or has reason to believe, that the process or operation generating the hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under Subsection R315-264-113(d), has changed; and
	(ii)  For off-site facilities, when the results of the inspection required in Subsection R315-264-13(a)(4) indicate that the hazardous waste received at the facility does not match the waste designated on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper.
	(4)  The owner or operator of an off-site facility shall inspect and, if necessary, analyze each hazardous waste movement received at the facility to determine whether it matches the identity of the waste specified on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall develop and follow a written waste analysis plan which describes the procedures which he will carry out to comply with Subsection R315-264-13(a). He shall keep this plan at the facility. At a minimum, the plan shall specify:
	(1)  The parameters for which each hazardous waste, or non-hazardous waste if applicable under Subsection R315-264-113(d), will be analyzed and the rationale for the selection of these parameters, i.e., how analysis for these parameters will provide sufficient information on the waste's properties to comply with Subsection R315-264-13(a);
	(2)  The test methods which will be used to test for these parameters;
	(3)  The sampling method which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste to be analyzed. A representative sample may be obtained using either:
	(i)  One of the sampling methods described in appendix I of Rule R315-261; or
	(ii)  An equivalent sampling method.  See Section R315-260-21 for related discussion.
	(4)  The frequency with which the initial analysis of the waste will be reviewed or repeated to ensure that the analysis is accurate and up to date; and
	(5)  For off-site facilities, the waste analyses that hazardous waste generators have agreed to supply.
	(6)  Where applicable, the methods that will be used to meet the additional waste analysis requirements for specific waste management methods as specified in Sections R315-264-17, 264-314, 264-341, 264-1083, and 268-7 and Subsections R315-264-1034(d) and 264-1063(d).
	(7)  For surface impoundments exempted from land disposal restrictions under Subsection R315-268-4(a), the procedures and schedules for:
	(i)  The sampling of impoundment contents;
	(ii)  The analysis of test data; and,
	(iii)  The annual removal of residues which are not delisted under Section R315-260-22 or which exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste and either:
	(A)  Do not meet applicable treatment standards of Sections R315-268-40 through 49; or
	(B)  Where no treatment standards have been established:
	(I)  Such residues are prohibited from land disposal under Section R315-268-32 or RCRA section 3004(d); or
	(II)  Such residues are prohibited from land disposal under Subsection R315-268-33(f).
	(8)  For owners and operators seeking an exemption to the air emission standards of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1091 in accordance with Section R315-264-1082:
	(i)  If direct measurement is used for the waste determination, the procedures and schedules for waste sampling and analysis, and the results of the analysis of test data to verify the exemption.
	(ii)  If knowledge of the waste is used for the waste determination, any information prepared by the facility owner or operator or by the generator of the hazardous waste, if the waste is received from off-site, that is used as the basis for knowledge of the waste.
	(c)  For off-site facilities, the waste analysis plan required in Subsection R315-264-13(b) shall also specify the procedures which will be used to inspect and, if necessary, analyze each movement of hazardous waste received at the facility to ensure that it matches the identity of the waste designated on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper. At a minimum, the plan shall describe:
	(1)  The procedures which will be used to determine the identity of each movement of waste managed at the facility; and
	(2)  The sampling method which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste to be identified, if the identification method includes sampling.
	(3)  The procedures that the owner or operator of an off-site landfill receiving containerized hazardous waste will use to determine whether a hazardous waste generator or treater has added a biodegradable sorbent to the waste in the container.

R315-264-14.  Security.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall prevent the unknowing entry, and minimize the possibility for the unauthorized entry, of persons or livestock onto the active portion of his facility, unless he can demonstrate to the Director that:
	(1)  Physical contact with the waste, structures, or equipment within the active portion of the facility will not injure unknowing or unauthorized persons or livestock which may enter the active portion of a facility; and
	(2)  Disturbance of the waste or equipment, by the unknowing or unauthorized entry of persons or livestock onto the active portion of a facility, will not cause a violation of the requirements of Rule R315-264.  An owner or operator who wishes to make the demonstration referred to above shall do so with part B of the permit application.
	(b)  Unless the owner or operator has made a successful demonstration under Subsection R315-264-14(a)(1) and (2), a facility shall have:
	(1)  A 24-hour surveillance system, e.g., television monitoring or surveillance by guards or facility personnel, which continuously monitors and controls entry onto the active portion of the facility; or
	(2)(i)  An artificial or natural barrier, e.g., a fence in good repair or a fence combined with a cliff, which completely surrounds the active portion of the facility; and
	(ii)  A means to control entry, at all times, through the gates or other entrances to the active portion of the facility, e.g., an attendant, television monitors, locked entrance, or controlled roadway access to the facility.  The requirements of Subsection R315-264-14(b) are satisfied if the facility or plant within which the active portion is located itself has a surveillance system, or a barrier and a means to control entry, which complies with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-14(b)(1) or (2).
	(c)  Unless the owner or operator has made a successful demonstration under Subsection R315-264-14(a)(1) and (2), a sign with the legend, "Danger-Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out", shall be posted at each entrance to the active portion of a facility, and at other locations, in sufficient numbers to be seen from any approach to this active portion.  The legend shall be written in English and in any other language predominant in the area surrounding the facility, e.g., facilities in counties bordering the Canadian province of Quebec shall post signs in French; facilities in counties bordering Mexico shall post signs in Spanish, and shall be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.  Existing signs with a legend other than "Danger-Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out" may be used if the legend on the sign indicates that only authorized personnel are allowed to enter the active portion, and that entry onto the active portion can be dangerous.  See Subsection R315-264-117(b) for discussion of security requirements at disposal facilities during the post-closure care period.

R315-264-15.  General Facility Standards -- General Inspection Requirements.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall inspect his facility for malfunctions and deterioration, operator errors, and discharges which may be causing-or may lead to-release of hazardous waste constituents to the environment or a threat to human health.  The owner or operator shall conduct these inspections often enough to identify problems in time to correct them before they harm human health or the environment.
	(b)(1)  The owner or operator shall develop and follow a written schedule for inspecting monitoring equipment, safety and emergency equipment, security devices, and operating and structural equipment, such as dikes and sump pumps, that are important to preventing, detecting, or responding to environmental or human health hazards.
	(2)  He shall keep this schedule at the facility.
	(3)  The schedule shall identify the types of problems, e.g., malfunctions or deterioration, which are to be looked for during the inspection, e.g., inoperative sump pump, leaking fitting, eroding dike, etc.
	(4)  The frequency of inspection may vary for the items on the schedule.  However, the frequency should be based on the rate of deterioration of the equipment and the probability of an environmental or human health incident if the deterioration, malfunction, or operator error goes undetected between inspections.  Areas subject to spills, such as loading and unloading areas, shall be inspected daily when in use.  At a minimum, the inspection schedule shall include the items and frequencies called for in Sections R315-264-174, 193, 195, 226, 254, 278, 303, 347, 602, 1033, 1052, 1053, 1058, and 1083 through 1089, where applicable.  Rule R315-270 requires the inspection schedule to be submitted with part B of the permit application.  The Director shall evaluate the schedule along with the rest of the application to ensure that it adequately protects human health and the environment.  As part of this review, The Director may modify or amend the schedule as may be necessary.
	(c)  The owner or operator shall remedy any deterioration or malfunction of equipment or structures which the inspection reveals on a schedule which ensures that the problem does not lead to an environmental or human health hazard.  Where a hazard is imminent or has already occurred, remedial action shall be taken immediately.
	(d)  The owner or operator shall record inspections in an inspection log or summary.  He shall keep these records for at least three years from the date of inspection.  At a minimum, these records shall include the date and time of the inspection, the name of the inspector, a notation of the observations made, and the date and nature of any repairs or other remedial actions.

R315-264-16.  Personnel Training.
	(a)(1)  Facility personnel shall successfully complete a program of classroom instruction or on-the-job training that teaches them to perform their duties in a way that ensures the facility's compliance with the requirements of Rule R315-264.  The owner or operator shall ensure that this program includes all the elements described in the document required under Subsection R315-264-16(d)(3).  Rule R315-270 requires that owners and operators submit with part B of the RCRA permit application, an outline of the training program used, or to be used, at the facility and a brief description of how the training program is designed to meet actual job tasks.
	(2)  This program shall be directed by a person trained in hazardous waste management procedures, and shall include instruction which teaches facility personnel hazardous waste management procedures, including contingency plan implementation, relevant to the positions in which they are employed.
	(3)  At a minimum, the training program shall be designed to ensure that facility personnel are able to respond effectively to emergencies by familiarizing them with emergency procedures, emergency equipment, and emergency systems, including, where applicable:
	(i)  Procedures for using, inspecting, repairing, and replacing facility emergency and monitoring equipment;
	(ii)  Key parameters for automatic waste feed cut-off systems;
	(iii)  Communications or alarm systems;
	(iv)  Response to fires or explosions;
	(v)  Response to ground-water contamination incidents; and
	(vi)  Shutdown of operations.
	(4)  For facility employees that receive emergency response training pursuant to Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations 29 CFR 1910.120(p)(8) and 1910.120(q), the facility is not required to provide separate emergency response training pursuant to Section R315-264-16, provided that the overall facility training meets all the requirements Section R315-264-16.
	(b)  Facility personnel shall successfully complete the program required in Subsection R315-264-16(a) within six months after the effective date of these regulations or six months after the date of their employment or assignment to a facility, or to a new position at a facility, whichever is later.  Employees hired after the effective date of these regulations shall not work in unsupervised positions until they have completed the training requirements of Subsection R315-264-16(a).
	(c)  Facility personnel shall take part in an annual review of the initial training required in Subsection R315-264-16(a).
	(d)  The owner or operator shall maintain the following documents and records at the facility:
	(1)  The job title for each position at the facility related to hazardous waste management, and the name of the employee filling each job;
	(2)  A written job description for each position listed under Subsection R315-264-16(d)(1).  This description may be consistent in its degree of specificity with descriptions for other similar positions in the same company location or bargaining unit, but shall include the requisite skill, education, or other qualifications, and duties of employees assigned to each position;
	(3)  A written description of the type and amount of both introductory and continuing training that will be given to each person filling a position listed under Subsection R315-264-16(d)(1);
	(4)  Records that document that the training or job experience required under Subsections R315-264-16(a), (b), and (c) has been given to, and completed by, facility personnel.
	(e)  Training records on current personnel shall be kept until closure of the facility; training records on former employees shall be kept for at least three years from the date the employee last worked at the facility.  Personnel training records may accompany personnel transferred within the same company.

R315-264-17.  General Requirements for Ignitable, Reactive, or Incompatible Wastes.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall take precautions to prevent accidental ignition or reaction of ignitable or reactive waste. This waste shall be separated and protected from sources of ignition or reaction including but not limited to: open flames; smoking; cutting and welding; hot surfaces; frictional heat; sparks, static, electrical, or mechanical; spontaneous ignition, e.g., from heat-producing chemical reactions; and radiant heat. While ignitable or reactive waste is being handled, the owner or operator shall confine smoking and open flame to specially designated locations. "No Smoking" signs shall be conspicuously placed wherever there is a hazard from ignitable or reactive waste.
	(b)  Where specifically required by other sections of Rule R315-264, the owner or operator of a facility that treats, stores or disposes ignitable or reactive waste, or mixes incompatible waste or incompatible wastes and other materials, shall take precautions to prevent reactions which:
	(1)  Generate extreme heat or pressure, fire or explosions, or violent reactions;
	(2)  Produce uncontrolled toxic mists, fumes, dusts, or gases in sufficient quantities to threaten human health or the environment;
	(3)  Produce uncontrolled flammable fumes or gases in sufficient quantities to pose a risk of fire or explosions;
	(4)  Damage the structural integrity of the device or facility;
	(5)  Through other like means threaten human health or the environment.
	(c)  When required to comply with Subsections R315-264-17(a) or (b), the owner or operator shall document that compliance. This documentation may be based on references to published scientific or engineering literature, data from trial tests, e.g., bench scale or pilot scale tests, waste analyses, as specified in Section R315-264-264-13, or the results of the treatment of similar wastes by similar treatment processes and under similar operating conditions.

R315-264-18.  Location Standards.
	(a)  Seismic considerations.
	(1)  Portions of new facilities where treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste will be conducted shall not be located within 61 meters (200 feet) of a fault which has had displacement in Holocene time.  Procedures for demonstrating compliance with this standard in part B of the permit application are specified in Subsection R315-270-14(b)(11).  Facilities which are located in political jurisdictions other than those listed in appendix VI of Rule R315-264, are assumed to be in compliance with this requirement.
	(2)  As used in Subsection R315-264-18(a)(1):
	(i)  "Fault" means a fracture along which rocks on one side have been displaced with respect to those on the other side.
	(ii)  "Displacement" means the relative movement of any two sides of a fault measured in any direction.
	(iii)  "Holocene" means the most recent epoch of the Quaternary period, extending from the end of the Pleistocene to the present.
	(b)  Floodplains.
	(1)  A facility located in a 100-year floodplain shall be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to prevent washout of any hazardous waste by a 100-year flood, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Director's satisfaction that:
	(i)  Procedures are in effect which will cause the waste to be removed safely, before flood waters can reach the facility, to a location where the wastes will not be vulnerable to flood waters, provided that the facility where the waste is moved is a permitted hazardous waste disposal facility or a facility in interim status; or
	(ii)  For existing surface impoundments, waste piles, land treatment units, landfills, and miscellaneous units, no adverse effects on human health or the environment will result if washout occurs, considering:
	(A)  The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the facility;
	(B)  The concentration of hazardous constituents that would potentially affect surface waters as a result of washout;
	(C)  The impact of such concentrations on the current or potential uses of and water quality standards established for the affected surface waters; and
	(D)  The impact of hazardous constituents on the sediments of affected surface waters or the soils of the 100-year floodplain that could result from washout.
	(2)  As used in Subsection R315-264-18(b)(1):
	(i)  "100-year floodplain" means any land area which is subject to a one percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year from any source.
	(ii)  "Washout" means the movement of hazardous waste from the active portion of the facility as a result of flooding.
	(iii)  "100-year flood" means a flood that has a one percent chance of being equalled or exceeded in any given year.
	(c)  Salt dome formations, salt bed formations, underground mines and caves.  The placement of any noncontainerized or bulk liquid hazardous waste in any salt dome formation, salt bed formation, underground mine or cave is prohibited, except for the Department of Energy Waste Isolation Pilot Project in New Mexico.

R315-264-19.  Construction Quality Assurance Program.
	(a)  CQA program.
	(1)  A construction quality assurance (CQA) program is required for all surface impoundment, waste pile, and landfill units that are required to comply with Subsections R315-264-221(c) and (d), 264-251(c) and (d), and 264-301(c) and (d). The program shall ensure that the constructed unit meets or exceeds all design criteria and specifications in the permit. The program shall be developed and implemented under the direction of a CQA officer who is a registered professional engineer.
	(2)  The CQA program shall address the following physical components, where applicable:
	(i)  Foundations;
	(ii)  Dikes;
	(iii)  Low-permeability soil liners;
	(iv)  Geomembranes, flexible membrane liners;
	(v)  Leachate collection and removal systems and leak detection systems; and
	(vi)  Final cover systems.
	(b)  Written CQA plan. The owner or operator of units subject to the CQA program under Subsection R315-264-19(a) shall develop and implement a written CQA plan. The plan shall identify steps that will be used to monitor and document the quality of materials and the condition and manner of their installation. The CQA plan shall include:
	(1)  Identification of applicable units, and a description of how they will be constructed.
	(2)  Identification of key personnel in the development and implementation of the CQA plan, and CQA officer qualifications.
	(3)  A description of inspection and sampling activities for all unit components identified in Subsection R315-264-19(a)(2), including observations and tests that will be used before, during, and after construction to ensure that the construction materials and the installed unit components meet the design specifications. The description shall cover: Sampling size and locations; frequency of testing; data evaluation procedures; acceptance and rejection criteria for construction materials; plans for implementing corrective measures; and data or other information to be recorded and retained in the operating record under Sections R315-264-73.
	(c)  Contents of program.
	(1)  The CQA program shall include observations, inspections, tests, and measurements sufficient to ensure:
	(i)  Structural stability and integrity of all components of the unit identified in Subsection R315-264-19(a)(2);
	(ii)  Proper construction of all components of the liners, leachate collection and removal system, leak detection system, and final cover system, according to permit specifications and good engineering practices, and proper installation of all components, e.g., pipes, according to design specifications;
	(iii)  Conformity of all materials used with design and other material specifications under Sections R315-264-221, 264-251, and 264-301.
	(2)  The CQA program shall include test fills for compacted soil liners, using the same compaction methods as in the full scale unit, to ensure that the liners are constructed to meet the hydraulic conductivity requirements of Subsections R315-264-221(c)(1)(i)(B), 264-251(c)(1)(i)(B), and 264-301(c)(1)(i)(B) in the field. Compliance with the hydraulic conductivity requirements shall be verified by using in-situ testing on the constructed test fill. The Director may accept an alternative demonstration, in lieu of a test fill, where data are sufficient to show that a constructed soil liner will meet the hydraulic conductivity requirements of Subsections R315-264-221(c)(1)(i)(B), 264-251(c)(1)(i)(B), and 264-301(c)(1)(i)(B) in the field.
	(d)  Certification. Waste shall not be received in a unit subject to Section R315-26419 until the owner or operator has submitted to the Director by certified mail or hand delivery a certification signed by the CQA officer that the approved CQA plan has been successfully carried out and that the unit meets the requirements of Subsections R315-264-221 (c) or (d), 264-251 (c) or (d), or 264-301 (c) or (d); and the procedure in Subsection R315-270-30(l)(2)(ii) has been completed. Documentation supporting the CQA officer's certification shall be furnished to the Director upon request.

R315-264-30.  Applicability.
	The regulations in Sections R316-264-30 through 37 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.

R315-264-31.  Design and Operation of Facility.
	Facilities shall be designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to minimize the possibility of a fire, explosion, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water which could threaten human health or the environment.

R315-264-32.  Required Equipment.
	All facilities shall be equipped with the following, unless it can be demonstrated to the Director that none of the hazards posed by waste handled at the facility could require a particular kind of equipment specified below:
	(a)  An internal communications or alarm system capable of providing immediate emergency instruction, voice or signal, to facility personnel;
	(b)  A device, such as a telephone, immediately available at the scene of operations, or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning emergency assistance from local police departments, fire departments, or State or local emergency response teams;
	(c)  Portable fire extinguishers, fire control equipment; including special extinguishing equipment, such as that using foam, inert gas, or dry chemicals; spill control equipment; and decontamination equipment; and
	(d)  Water at adequate volume and pressure to supply water hose streams, or foam producing equipment, or automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems.
	Rule R315-270 requires that an owner or operator who wishes to make the demonstration referred to above shall do so with part B of the permit application.

R315-264-33.  Testing and Maintenance of Equipment.
	All facility communications or alarm systems, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment, where required, shall be tested and maintained as necessary to assure its proper operation in time of emergency.

R315-264-34.  Access to Communications or Alarm System.
	(a)  Whenever hazardous waste is being poured, mixed, spread, or otherwise handled, all personnel involved in the operation shall have immediate access to an internal alarm or emergency communication device, either directly or through visual or voice contact with another employee, unless the Director has ruled that such a device is not required under Section R315-264-32.
	(b)  If there is ever just one employee on the premises while the facility is operating, he shall have immediate access to a device, such as a telephone, immediately available at the scene of operation, or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning external emergency assistance, unless the Director has ruled that such a device is not required under Section R315-264-32.

R315-264-35.  Required Aisle Space.
	The owner or operator shall maintain aisle space to allow the unobstructed movement of personnel, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment to any area of facility operation in an emergency, unless it can be demonstrated to the Director that aisle space is not needed for any of these purposes.  This demonstration shall be made with the part B permit application.

R315-264-37.  Arrangements with Local Authorities.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall attempt to make the following arrangements, as appropriate for the type of waste handled at his facility and the potential need for the services of these organizations:
	(1)  Arrangements to familiarize police, fire departments, and emergency response teams with the layout of the facility, properties of hazardous waste handled at the facility and associated hazards, places where facility personnel would normally be working, entrances to and roads inside the facility, and possible evacuation routes;
	(2)  Where more than one police and fire department might respond to an emergency, agreements designating primary emergency authority to a specific police and a specific fire department, and agreements with any others to provide support to the primary emergency authority;
	(3)  Agreements with State emergency response teams, emergency response contractors, and equipment suppliers; and
	(4)  Arrangements to familiarize local hospitals with the properties of hazardous waste handled at the facility and the types of injuries or illnesses which could result from fires, explosions, or releases at the facility.
	(b)  Where State or local authorities decline to enter into such arrangements, the owner or operator shall document the refusal in the operating record.

R315-264-50.  Contingency Plan and Emergency Procedures -- Applicability.
	The regulations in Sections R315-264-50 through 56 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.

R315-264-51.  Purpose and Implementation of Contingency Plan.
	(a)  Each owner or operator shall have a contingency plan for his facility.  The contingency plan shall be designed to minimize hazards to human health or the environment from fires, explosions, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water.
	(b)  The provisions of the plan shall be carried out immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which could threaten human health or the environment.

R315-264-52.  Content of Contingency Plan.
	(a)  The contingency plan shall describe the actions facility personnel shall take to comply with Sections R315-264-51 and 56 in response to fires, explosions, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water at the facility.
	(b)  If the owner or operator has already prepared a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan in accordance with 40 CFR 112, or some other emergency or contingency plan, he need only amend that plan to incorporate hazardous waste management provisions that are sufficient to comply with the requirements of Rule R315-264.  The owner or operator may develop one contingency plan which meets all regulatory requirements.  EPA recommends that the plan be based on the National Response Team's Integrated Contingency Plan Guidance ("One Plan").  When modifications are made to non-RCRA provisions in an integrated contingency plan, the changes do not trigger the need for a RCRA permit modification.
	(c)  The plan shall describe arrangements agreed to by local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, contractors, and State and local emergency response teams to coordinate emergency services, pursuant to Section R315-264-37.
	(d)  The plan shall list names, addresses, and phone numbers, office and home, of all persons qualified to act as emergency coordinator, see Section R315-264-55, and this list shall be kept up to date.  Where more than one person is listed, one shall be named as primary emergency coordinator and others shall be listed in the order in which they will assume responsibility as alternates.  For new facilities, this information shall be supplied to the Director at the time of certification, rather than at the time of permit application.
	(e)  The plan shall include a list of all emergency equipment at the facility; such as fire extinguishing systems, spill control equipment, communications and alarm systems, internal and external, and decontamination equipment; where this equipment is required.  This list shall be kept up to date.  In addition, the plan shall include the location and a physical description of each item on the list, and a brief outline of its capabilities.
	(f)  The plan shall include an evacuation plan for facility personnel where there is a possibility that evacuation could be necessary.  This plan shall describe signal(s) to be used to begin evacuation, evacuation routes, and alternate evacuation routes, in cases where the primary routes could be blocked by releases of hazardous waste or fires.

R315-264-53.  Copies of Contingency Plan.
	A copy of the contingency plan and all revisions to the plan shall be:
	(a)  Maintained at the facility;
	(b)  Submitted to all local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, and State and local emergency response teams that may be called upon to provide emergency services; and
	(c)  Made available upon request.  The contingency plan shall be submitted to the Director with Part B of the permit application under Rule R315-270 and, after modification or approval, will become a condition of any permit issued.

R315-264-54.  Amendment of Contingency Plan.
	The contingency plan shall be reviewed, and immediately amended, if necessary, whenever:
	(a)  The facility permit is revised;
	(b)  The plan fails in an emergency;
	(c)  The facility changes-in its design, construction, operation, maintenance, or other circumstances-in a way that materially increases the potential for fires, explosions, or releases of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents, or changes the response necessary in an emergency;
	(d)  The list of emergency coordinators changes; or
	(e)  The list of emergency equipment changes.

R315-264-55.  Emergency Coordinator.
	At all times, there shall be at least one employee either on the facility premises or on call, i.e., available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility within a short period of time, with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures.  This emergency coordinator shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility's contingency plan, all operations and activities at the facility, the location and characteristics of waste handled, the location of all records within the facility, and the facility layout.  In addition, this person shall have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan.  The emergency coordinator's responsibilities are more fully spelled out in Section R315-264-56.  Applicable responsibilities for the emergency coordinator vary, depending on factors such as type and variety of waste(s) handled by the facility, and type and complexity of the facility.

R315-264-56.  Emergency Procedures.
	(a)  Whenever there is an imminent or actual emergency situation, the emergency coordinator, or his designee when the emergency coordinator is on call, shall immediately:
	(1)  Activate internal facility alarms or communication systems, where applicable, to notify all facility personnel; and
	(2)  Notify appropriate State or local agencies with designated response roles if their help is needed.
	(b)  Whenever there is a release, fire, or explosion, the emergency coordinator shall immediately identify the character, exact source, amount, and areal extent of any released materials.  He may do this by observation or review of facility records or manifests, and, if necessary, by chemical analysis.
	(c)  Concurrently, the emergency coordinator shall assess possible hazards to human health or the environment that may result from the release, fire, or explosion.  This assessment shall consider both direct and indirect effects of the release, fire, or explosion, e.g., the effects of any toxic, irritating, or asphyxiating gases that are generated, or the effects of any hazardous surface water run-off from water or chemical agents used to control fire and heat-induced explosions.
	(d)  If the emergency coordinator determines that the facility has had a release, fire, or explosion which could threaten human health, or the environment, outside the facility, he shall report his findings as follows:
	(1)  If his assessment indicates that evacuation of local areas may be advisable, he shall immediately notify appropriate local authorities.  He shall be available to help appropriate officials decide whether local areas should be evacuated; and
	(2)  He shall immediately notify Utah Department of Environmental Quality as specified in Section R315-263-30 and either the government official designated as the on-scene coordinator for that geographical area, or the National Response Center (using their 24-hour toll free number 800/424-8802).  The report shall include:
	(i)  Name and telephone number of reporter;
	(ii)  Name and address of facility;
	(iii)  Time and type of incident (e.g., release, fire);
	(iv)  Name and quantity of material(s) involved, to the extent known;
	(v)  The extent of injuries, if any; and
	(vi)  The possible hazards to human health, or the environment, outside the facility.
	(e)  During an emergency, the emergency coordinator shall take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread to other hazardous waste at the facility.  These measures shall include, where applicable, stopping processes and operations, collecting and containing release waste, and removing or isolating containers.
	(f)  If the facility stops operations in response to a fire, explosion, or release, the emergency coordinator shall monitor for leaks, pressure buildup, gas generation, or ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment, wherever this is appropriate.
	(g)  Immediately after an emergency, the emergency coordinator shall provide for treating, storing, or disposing of recovered waste, contaminated soil or surface water, or any other material that results from a release, fire, or explosion at the facility.  Unless the owner or operator can demonstrate, in accordance with Subsection R315-261-3(c) or (d), that the recovered material is not a hazardous waste, the owner or operator becomes a generator of hazardous waste and shall manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of Rules R315-262, 263, and 264.
	(h)  The emergency coordinator shall ensure that, in the affected area(s) of the facility:
	(1)  No waste that may be incompatible with the released material is treated, stored, or disposed of until cleanup procedures are completed; and
	(2)  All emergency equipment listed in the contingency plan is cleaned and fit for its intended use before operations are resumed.
	(i)  The owner or operator shall note in the operating record the time, date, and details of any incident that requires implementing the contingency plan.  Within 15 days after the incident, he shall submit a written report on the incident to the Director.  The report shall include:
	(1)  Name, address, and telephone number of the owner or operator;
	(2)  Name, address, and telephone number of the facility;
	(3)  Date, time, and type of incident (e.g., fire, explosion);
	(4)  Name and quantity of material(s) involved;
	(5)  The extent of injuries, if any;
	(6)  An assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, where this is applicable; and
	(7)  Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident.
	(j)  The facility owner or operator shall notify the Director and other appropriate federal, State, and local authorities, that the facility is in compliance with R315-264-56(h) before operations are resumed in the affected area(s) of the facility.

R315-264-70.  Manifest System, Recordkeeping, and Reporting -- Applicability.
	(a)  The regulations in Sections R315-264-70 through 77 apply to owners and operators of both on-site and off-site facilities, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.  Sections R315-264-71, 72, and 76 do not apply to owners and operators of on-site facilities that do not receive any hazardous waste from off-site sources.  Subsection R315-264-73(b) only applies to permittees who treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes on-site where such wastes were generated.

R315-264-71.  Manifest System, Recordkeeping, and Reporting -- Use of Manifest System.
	(a)(1)  If a facility receives hazardous waste accompanied by a manifest, the owner, operator or his/her agent shall sign and date the manifest as indicated in Subsection R315-264-71(a)(2) to certify that the hazardous waste covered by the manifest was received, that the hazardous waste was received except as noted in the discrepancy space of the manifest, or that the hazardous waste was rejected as noted in the manifest discrepancy space.
	(2)  If the facility receives a hazardous waste shipment accompanied by a manifest, the owner, operator, or his agent shall:
	(i)  Sign and date, by hand, each copy of the manifest;
	(ii)  Note any discrepancies, as defined in Subsection R315-264-72(a), on each copy of the manifest;
	(iii)  Immediately give the transporter at least one copy of the manifest;
	(iv)  Within 30 days of delivery, send a copy, Page 3, of the manifest to the generator,
	(v)  Within 30 days of delivery, send the top copy, Page 1, of the Manifest to the e-Manifest system for purposes of data entry and processing.  In lieu of mailing this paper copy to EPA, the owner or operator may transmit to the EPA system an image file of Page 1 of the manifest, or both a data string file and the image file corresponding to Page 1 of the manifest.  Any data or image files transmitted to EPA under Subsection R315-264-71(a) shall be submitted in data file and image file formats that are acceptable to EPA and that are supported by EPA's electronic reporting requirements and by the electronic manifest system.
	(vi)  Retain at the facility a copy of each manifest for at least three years from the date of delivery.
	(3)  The owner or operator of a facility receiving hazardous waste subject to Sections R315-262-80 through 262-84 from a foreign source shall:
	(i)  Additionally list the relevant consent number from consent documentation supplied by EPA to the facility for each waste listed on the manifest, matched to the relevant list number for the waste from block 9b.  If additional space is needed, the owner or operator should use a Continuation Sheet(s), EPA Form 8700-22A; and
	(ii)  Send a copy of the manifest within 30 days of delivery to EPA using the addresses listed in Subsection R315-262-82(e) until the facility can submit such a copy to the e-Manifest system per Subsection R315-264-71(a)(2)(v).
	(b)  If a facility receives, from a rail or water (bulk shipment) transporter, hazardous waste which is accompanied by a shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest; excluding the EPA identification numbers, generator's certification, and signatures; the owner or operator, or his agent, shall:
	(1)  Sign and date each copy of the manifest or shipping paper, if the manifest has not been received, to certify that the hazardous waste covered by the manifest or shipping paper was received;
	(2)  Note any significant discrepancies, as defined in Subsection R315-264-72(a), in the manifest or shipping paper, if the manifest has not been received, on each copy of the manifest or shipping paper.  The Director does not intend that the owner or operator of a facility whose procedures under R315-264-13(c) include waste analysis shall perform that analysis before signing the shipping paper and giving it to the transporter.  Subsection R315-264-72(b), however, requires reporting an unreconciled discrepancy discovered during later analysis.
	(3)  Immediately give the rail or water (bulk shipment) transporter at least one copy of the manifest or shipping paper, if the manifest has not been received;
	(4)  Within 30 days after the delivery, send a copy of the signed and dated manifest or a signed and dated copy of the shipping paper, if the manifest has not been received within 30 days after delivery, to the generator; and
	Comment:  Subsection R315-262-23(c) requires the generator to send three copies of the manifest to the facility when hazardous waste is sent by rail or water (bulk shipment).
	(5)  Retain at the facility a copy of the manifest and shipping paper, if signed in lieu of the manifest at the time of delivery, for at least three years from the date of delivery.
	(c)  Whenever a shipment of hazardous waste is initiated from a facility, the owner or operator of that facility shall comply with the requirements of Rule R315-262.  The provisions of Sections R315-262-15, R315-262-16, and R315-262-17 are applicable to the on-site accumulation of hazardous wastes by generators.  Therefore, the provisions of Sections R315-262-15, R315-262-16, and R315-262-17 only apply to owners or operators who are shipping hazardous waste which they generated at that facility or operating as a large quantity generator consolidating hazardous waste from very small quantity generators under Subsection R315-262-17(f).
	(d)  As per Subsection R315-262-84(d)(2)(xv), within three working days of the receipt of a shipment subject to Sections R315-262-80 through 262-84 the owner or operator of a facility shall provide a copy of the movement document bearing all required signatures to the foreign exporter; to the competent authorities of the countries of export and transit that control the shipment as an export and transit of hazardous waste respectively; and on or after the electronic import-export reporting compliance date, to EPA electronically using EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system.  The original copy of the movement document shall be maintained at the facility for at least three years from the date of signature.  The owner or operator of a facility may satisfy this recordkeeping requirement by retaining electronically submitted documents in the facility's account on EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system, provided that copies are readily available for viewing and production if requested by any EPA or Utah inspector.  No owner or operator of a facility may be held liable for the inability to produce the documents for inspection under Section R315-264-71 if the owner or operator of a facility can demonstrate that the inability to produce the document is due exclusively to technical difficulty with EPA's Waste Import Export Tracking System (WIETS), or its successor system, for which the owner or operator of a facility bears no responsibility.
	(e)  A facility shall determine whether the consignment state for a shipment regulates any additional wastes, beyond those regulated Federally, as hazardous wastes under its state hazardous waste program.  Facilities shall also determine whether the consignment state or generator state requires the facility to submit any copies of the manifest to these states.
	(f)  Legal equivalence to paper manifests.  Electronic manifests that are obtained, completed, and transmitted in accordance with Subsection R315-262-20(a)(3), and used in accordance with Section R315-264-71 in lieu of the paper manifest form are the legal equivalent of paper manifest forms bearing handwritten signatures, and satisfy for all purposes any requirement in these regulations to obtain, complete, sign, provide, use, or retain a manifest.
	(1)  Any requirement in these regulations for the owner or operator of a facility to sign a manifest or manifest certification by hand, or to obtain a handwritten signature, is satisfied by signing with or obtaining a valid and enforceable electronic signature within the meaning of Section R315-262-25.
	(2)  Any requirement in these regulations to give, provide, send, forward, or to return to another person a copy of the manifest is satisfied when a copy of an electronic manifest is transmitted to the other person.
	(3)  Any requirement in these regulations for a manifest to accompany a hazardous waste shipment is satisfied when a copy of an electronic manifest is accessible during transportation and forwarded to the person or persons who are scheduled to receive delivery of the waste shipment.
	(4)  Any requirement in these regulations for an owner or operator to keep or retain a copy of each manifest is satisfied by the retention of the facility's electronic manifest copies in its account on the e-Manifest system, provided that such copies are readily available for viewing and production if requested by any EPA or Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control inspector.
	(5)  No owner or operator may be held liable for the inability to produce an electronic manifest for inspection under Section R315-264-71 if the owner or operator can demonstrate that the inability to produce the electronic manifest is due exclusively to a technical difficulty with the electronic manifest system for which the owner or operator bears no responsibility.
	(g)  An owner or operator may participate in the electronic manifest system either by accessing the electronic manifest system from the owner's or operator's electronic equipment, or by accessing the electronic manifest system from portable equipment brought to the owner's or operator's site by the transporter who delivers the waste shipment to the facility.
	(h)  Special procedures applicable to replacement manifests.  If a facility receives hazardous waste that is accompanied by a paper replacement manifest for a manifest that was originated electronically, the following procedures apply to the delivery of the hazardous waste by the final transporter:
	(1)  Upon delivery of the hazardous waste to the designated facility, the owner or operator shall sign and date each copy of the paper replacement manifest by hand in Item 20, Designated Facility Certification of Receipt, and note any discrepancies in Item 18, Discrepancy Indication Space, of the paper replacement manifest,
	(2)  The owner or operator of the facility shall give back to the final transporter one copy of the paper replacement manifest,
	(3)  Within 30 days of delivery of the waste to the designated facility, the owner or operator of the facility shall send one signed and dated copy of the paper replacement manifest to the generator, and send an additional signed and dated copy of the paper replacement manifest to the electronic manifest system, and
	(4)  The owner or operator of the facility shall retain at the facility one copy of the paper replacement manifest for at least three years from the date of delivery.
	(i)  Special procedures applicable to electronic signature methods undergoing tests.  If an owner or operator using an electronic manifest signs this manifest electronically using an electronic signature method which is undergoing pilot or demonstration tests aimed at demonstrating the practicality or legal dependability of the signature method, then the owner or operator shall also sign with an ink signature the facility's certification of receipt or discrepancies on the printed copy of the manifest provided by the transporter.  Upon executing its ink signature on this printed copy, the owner or operator shall retain this original copy among its records for at least 3 years from the date of delivery of the waste.
	(j)  Imposition of user fee for electronic manifest use.  An owner or operator who is a user of the electronic manifest format may be assessed a user fee by EPA for the origination or processing of each electronic manifest.  An owner or operator may also be assessed a user fee by EPA for the collection and processing of paper manifest copies that owners or operators shall submit to the electronic manifest system operator under Subsection R315-264-71(a)(2)(v).  EPA shall maintain and update from time-to-time the current schedule of electronic manifest system user fees, which shall be determined based on current and projected system costs and level of use of the electronic manifest system.  The current schedule of electronic manifest user fees shall be published as an appendix to 40 CFR 262.
	(k)  Electronic manifest signatures.  Electronic manifest signatures shall meet the criteria described in Section R315-262-25.

R315-264-72.  Manifest Discrepancies.
	(a)  Manifest discrepancies are:
	(1)  Significant differences, as defined by Subsection R315-264-72(b), between the quantity or type of hazardous waste designated on the manifest or shipping paper, and the quantity and type of hazardous waste a facility actually receives;
	(2)  Rejected wastes, which may be a full or partial shipment of hazardous waste that the treatment, storage, or disposal facility cannot accept; or
	(3)  Container residues, which are residues that exceed the quantity limits for "empty" containers set forth in Subsection R315-261-7(b).
	(b)  Significant differences in quantity are: For bulk waste, variations greater than 10 percent in weight; for batch waste, any variation in piece count, such as a discrepancy of one drum in a truckload.  Significant differences in type are obvious differences which can be discovered by inspection or waste analysis, such as waste solvent substituted for waste acid, or toxic constituents not reported on the manifest or shipping paper.
	(c)  Upon discovering a significant difference in quantity or type, the owner or operator shall attempt to reconcile the discrepancy with the waste generator or transporter, e.g., with telephone conversations.  If the discrepancy is not resolved within 15 days after receiving the waste, the owner or operator shall immediately submit to the Director a letter describing the discrepancy and attempts to reconcile it, and a copy of the manifest or shipping paper at issue.
	(d)(1)  Upon rejecting waste or identifying a container residue that exceeds the quantity limits for "empty" containers set forth in Subsection R315-261-7(b), the facility shall consult with the generator prior to forwarding the waste to another facility that can manage the waste.  If it is impossible to locate an alternative facility that can receive the waste, the facility may return the rejected waste or residue to the generator.  The facility shall send the waste to the alternative facility or to the generator within 60 days of the rejection or the container residue identification.
	(2)  While the facility is making arrangements for forwarding rejected wastes or residues to another facility under Section R315-264-72, it shall ensure that either the delivering transporter retains custody of the waste, or, the facility shall provide for secure, temporary custody of the waste, pending delivery of the waste to the first transporter designated on the manifest prepared under Subsections R315-264-72(e) or (f).
	(e)  Except as provided in Subsections R315-264-72(e)(7), for full or partial load rejections and residues that are to be sent off-site to an alternate facility, the facility is required to prepare a new manifest in accordance with Subsection R315-262-20(a) and the following instructions:
	(1)  Write the generator's U.S. EPA ID number in Item 1 of the new manifest.  Write the generator's name and mailing address in Item 5 of the new manifest.  If the mailing address is different from the generator's site address, then write the generator's site address in the designated space for Item 5.
	(2)  Write the name of the alternate designated facility and the facility's U.S. EPA ID number in the designated facility block, Item 8, of the new manifest.
	(3)  Copy the manifest tracking number found in Item 4 of the old manifest to the Special Handling and Additional Information Block of the new manifest, and indicate that the shipment is a residue or rejected waste from the previous shipment.
	(4)  Copy the manifest tracking number found in Item 4 of the new manifest to the manifest reference number line in the Discrepancy Block of the old manifest, Item 18a.
	(5)  Write the DOT description for the rejected load or the residue in Item 9, U.S. DOT Description, of the new manifest and write the container types, quantity, and volume(s) of waste.
	(6)  Sign the Generator's/Offeror's Certification to certify, as the offeror of the shipment, that the waste has been properly packaged, marked and labeled and is in proper condition for transportation, and mail a signed copy of the manifest to the generator identified in Item 5 of the new manifest.
	(7)  For full load rejections that are made while the transporter remains present at the facility, the facility may forward the rejected shipment to the alternate facility by completing Item 18b of the original manifest and supplying the information on the next destination facility in the Alternate Facility space.  The facility shall retain a copy of this manifest for its records, and then give the remaining copies of the manifest to the transporter to accompany the shipment.  If the original manifest is not used, then the facility shall use a new manifest and comply with Subsections R315-264-72(e)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6).
	(f)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-72(f)(7), for rejected wastes and residues that shall be sent back to the generator, the facility is required to prepare a new manifest in accordance with Subsection R315-262-20(a) and the following instructions:
	(1)  Write the facility's U.S. EPA ID number in Item 1 of the new manifest.  Write the facility's name and mailing address in Item 5 of the new manifest.  If the mailing address is different from the facility's site address, then write the facility's site address in the designated space for Item 5 of the new manifest.
	(2)  Write the name of the initial generator and the generator's U.S. EPA ID number in the designated facility block, Item 8, of the new manifest.
	(3)  Copy the manifest tracking number found in Item 4 of the old manifest to the Special Handling and Additional Information Block of the new manifest, and indicate that the shipment is a residue or rejected waste from the previous shipment.
	(4)  Copy the manifest tracking number found in Item 4 of the new manifest to the manifest reference number line in the Discrepancy Block of the old manifest, Item 18a.
	(5)  Write the DOT description for the rejected load or the residue in Item 9, U.S. DOT Description, of the new manifest and write the container types, quantity, and volume(s) of waste.
	(6)  Sign the Generator's/Offeror's Certification to certify, as offeror of the shipment, that the waste has been properly packaged, marked and labeled and is in proper condition for transportation.
	(7)  For full load rejections that are made while the transporter remains at the facility, the facility may return the shipment to the generator with the original manifest by completing Item 18a and 18b of the manifest and supplying the generator's information in the Alternate Facility space.  The facility shall retain a copy for its records and then give the remaining copies of the manifest to the transporter to accompany the shipment.  If the original manifest is not used, then the facility shall use a new manifest and comply with Subsections R315-264-72(f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (8).
	(8)  For full or partial load rejections and container residues contained in non-empty containers that are returned to the generator, the facility shall also comply with the exception reporting requirements in Subsection R315-262-42(a).
	(g)  If a facility rejects a waste or identifies a container residue that exceeds the quantity limits for "empty" containers set forth in Subsection R315-261-7(b) after it has signed, dated, and returned a copy of the manifest to the delivering transporter or to the generator, the facility shall amend its copy of the manifest to indicate the rejected wastes or residues in the discrepancy space of the amended manifest.  The facility shall also copy the manifest tracking number from Item 4 of the new manifest to the Discrepancy space of the amended manifest, and shall re-sign and date the manifest to certify to the information as amended.  The facility shall retain the amended manifest for at least three years from the date of amendment, and shall within 30 days, send a copy of the amended manifest to the transporter and generator that received copies prior to their being amended.

R315-264-73.  Operating Record.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall keep a written operating record at his facility.
	(b)  The following information shall be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record for three years unless noted as follows:
	(1)  A description and the quantity of each hazardous waste received, and the method(s) and date(s) of its treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility as required by appendix I of Rule R315-264.  This information shall be maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility;
	(2)  The location of each hazardous waste within the facility and the quantity at each location.  For disposal facilities, the location and quantity of each hazardous waste shall be recorded on a map or diagram that shows each cell or disposal area.  For all facilities, this information shall include cross-references to manifest document numbers if the waste was accompanied by a manifest.  This information shall be maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility.  See Section R315-264-119 for related requirements.
	(3)  Records and results of waste analyses and waste determinations performed as specified in Sections R315-264-13, 17, 314, 341, 1034, 1063, 1083, and 268-7, and Subsection R315-268-4(a).
	(4)  Summary reports and details of all incidents that require implementing the contingency plan as specified in Subsection R315-264-56(j);
	(5)  Records and results of inspections as required by Subsection R315-264-15(d), except these data need be kept only three years;
	(6)  Monitoring, testing or analytical data, and corrective action where required by Sections R315-264-90 through 101, and Sections R315-264-19, 191, 193, 195, 222, 223, 226, 252, 254, 276, 278, 280, 302, 304, 309, 602, 1035, 1064, and 1082 through 1090 and Subsections R315-264-1034(c), 1034(f), 1063(d), and 1063(i).  Maintain in the operating record for three years, except for records and results pertaining to ground-water monitoring and cleanup which shall be maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility.
	(7)  For off-site facilities, notices to generators as specified in Subsection R315-264-12(b); and
	(8)  All closure cost estimates under Section R315-264-142, and for disposal facilities, all post-closure cost estimates under Section R315-264-144.  This information shall be maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility.
	(9)  A certification by the permittee no less often than annually, that the permittee has a program in place to reduce the volume and toxicity of hazardous waste that he generates to the degree determined by the permittee to be economically practicable; and the proposed method of treatment, storage or disposal is that practicable method currently available to the permittee which minimizes the present and future threat to human health and the environment.
	(10)  Records of the quantities and date of placement for each shipment of hazardous waste placed in land disposal units under an extension to the effective date of any land disposal restriction granted pursuant to Section R315-268-5, a petition pursuant to Section R315-268-6, or a certification under R315-268-8, and the applicable notice required by a generator under Subsection R315-268-7(a).  This information shall be maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility.
	(11)  For an off-site treatment facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under Sections R315-268-7 or 8;
	(12)  For an on-site treatment facility, the information contained in the notice, except the manifest number, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under Sections R315-268-7 or 8;
	(13)  For an off-site land disposal facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator of a treatment facility under Sections R315-268-7 or 8, whichever is applicable; and
	(14)  For an on-site land disposal facility, the information contained in the notice required by the generator or owner or operator of a treatment facility under Section R315-268-7, except for the manifest number, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required under Section R315-268-8, whichever is applicable.
	(15)  For an off-site storage facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under Sections R315-268-7 or 8; and
	(16)  For an on-site storage facility, the information contained in the notice, except the manifest number, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under Sections R315-268-7 or 8.
	(17)  Any records required under Subsection R315-264-1(j)(13).
	(18)  Monitoring, testing or analytical data where required by Section R315-264-347 shall be maintained in the operating record for five years.
	(19)  Certifications as required by Subsection R315-264-196(f) shall be maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility.

R315-264-74.  Availability, Retention, and Disposition of Records.
	(a)  All records, including plans, required under Rule R315-264 shall be furnished upon request, and made available at all reasonable times for inspection, by any officer, employee, or representative of EPA who is duly designated by the Administrator, or any designated representative of the Director.
	(b)  The retention period for all records required under Rule R315-264 is extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the facility or as requested by the Director.
	(c)  A copy of records of waste disposal locations and quantities under Subsection R315-264-73(b)(2) shall be submitted to the Director and local land authority upon closure of the facility.

R315-264-75.  Manifest System, Recordkeeping, and Reporting -- Biennial Report.
	The owner or operator shall complete and submit EPA Form 8700-13 A/B to the Director by March 1 of the following even numbered year and shall cover activities during the previous year.

R315-264-76.  Unmanifested Waste Report.
	(a)  If a facility accepts for treatment, storage, or disposal any hazardous waste from an off-site source without an accompanying manifest, or without an accompanying shipping paper as described by Subsection R315-263-20(e), and if the waste is not excluded from the manifest requirement by Rules R315-260, through 266, 268, 270, and 273 then the owner or operator shall prepare and submit a letter to the Director within 15 days after receiving the waste.  The unmanifested waste report shall contain the following information:
	(1)  The EPA identification number, name and address of the facility;
	(2)  The date the facility received the waste;
	(3)  The EPA identification number, name and address of the generator and the transporter, if available;
	(4)  A description and the quantity of each unmanifested hazardous waste the facility received;
	(5)  The method of treatment, storage, or disposal for each hazardous waste;
	(6)  The certification signed by the owner or operator of the facility or his authorized representative; and,
	(7)  A brief explanation of why the waste was unmanifested, if known.

R315-264-77.  Additional Reports.
	In addition to submitting the biennial reports and unmanifested waste reports described in Sections R315-264-75 and 76, the owner or operator shall also report to the Director:
	(a)  Releases, fires, and explosions as specified in Subsection R315-264-56(j);
	(b)  Facility closures specified in Section R315-264-115; and
	(c)  As otherwise required by Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, 1030 through 1049, 1050 through 1079, and 1080 through 1091.

R315-264-90.  Releases From Solid Waste Management Units -- Applicability.
	(a)(1)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-90 (b), the regulations in Sections R315-264-90 through 101 apply to owners or operators of facilities that treat, store or dispose of hazardous waste.  The owner or operator shall satisfy the requirements identified in Subsection R315-264-90(a)(2) for all wastes, or constituents thereof, contained in solid waste management units at the facility, regardless of the time at which waste was placed in such units.
	(2)  All solid waste management units shall comply with the requirements in Section R315-264-101.  A surface impoundment, waste pile, and land treatment unit or landfill that receives hazardous waste after July 26, 1982, hereinafter referred to as a "regulated unit", shall comply with the requirements of Sections R315-264-91 through 100 in lieu of Section R315-264-101 for purposes of detecting, characterizing and responding to releases to the uppermost aquifer.  The financial responsibility requirements of Section R315-264-101 apply to regulated units.
	(3)  Groundwater monitoring shall be required at non-land disposal facilities as determined to be necessary and appropriate by the Director.
	(b)  The owner or operator's regulated unit or units are not subject to regulation for releases into the uppermost aquifer under Sections R315-264-90 through 101 if:
	(1)  The owner or operator is exempted under Section R315-264-1; or
	(2)  He operates a unit which the Director finds:
	(i)  Is an engineered structure,
	(ii)  Does not receive or contain liquid waste or waste containing free liquids,
	(iii)  Is designed and operated to exclude liquid, precipitation, and other run-on and run-off,
	(iv)  Has both inner and outer layers of containment enclosing the waste,
	(v)  Has a leak detection system built into each containment layer,
	(vi)  The owner or operator shall provide continuing operation and maintenance of these leak detection systems during the active life of the unit and the closure and post-closure care periods, and
	(vii)  To a reasonable degree of certainty, will not allow hazardous constituents to migrate beyond the outer containment layer prior to the end of the post-closure care period.
	(3)  The Director finds, pursuant to Section R315-264-280(d), that the treatment zone of a land treatment unit that qualifies as a regulated unit does not contain levels of hazardous constituents that are above background levels of those constituents by an amount that is statistically significant, and if an unsaturated zone monitoring program meeting the requirements of Section R35-264-278 has not shown a statistically significant increase in hazardous constituents below the treatment zone during the operating life of the unit.  An exemption under Subsection R315-264-90(b) can only relieve an owner or operator of responsibility to meet the requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101 during the post-closure care period; or
	(4)  The Director finds that there is no potential for migration of liquid from a regulated unit to the uppermost aquifer during the active life of the regulated unit, including the closure period, and the post-closure care period specified under Section R315-264-117.  This demonstration shall be certified by a qualified geologist or geotechnical engineer.  In order to provide an adequate margin of safety in the prediction of potential migration of liquid, the owner or operator shall base any predictions made under Subsection R315-264-90(b) on assumptions that maximize the rate of liquid migration.
	(5)  He designs and operates a pile in compliance with Section R315-264-250(c).
	(c)  The regulations under Sections R315-264-90 through 101 apply during the active life of the regulated unit, including the closure period.  After closure of the regulated unit, the regulations in Sections R315-264-90 through 101:
	(1)  Do not apply if all waste, waste residues, contaminated containment system components, and contaminated subsoils are removed or decontaminated at closure;
	(2)  Apply during the post-closure care period under Section R315-264-117 if the owner or operator is conducting a detection monitoring program under Section R315-264-98; or
	(3)  Apply during the compliance period under Section R315-264-96 if the owner or operator is conducting a compliance monitoring program under Section R315-264-99 or a corrective action program under Section R315-264-100.
	(d)  Regulations in Sections R315-264-90 through 101 may apply to miscellaneous units when necessary to comply with Sections R315-264-601 through 603.
	(e)  The regulations of Sections R315-264-90 through 101 apply to all owners and operators subject to the requirements of Subsection R315-270-1(c)(7), when the Agency issues either a post-closure permit or an enforceable document, as defined in Subsection R315-270-1(c)(7) at the facility.  When the Director issues an enforceable document, references in Sections R315-264-90 through 101 to "in the permit" mean "in the enforceable document."
	(f)  The Director may replace all or part of the requirements of Sections R315-264-91 through 100 applying to a regulated unit with alternative requirements for groundwater monitoring and corrective action for releases to groundwater set out in the permit, or in an enforceable document, as defined in Subsection R315-270-1(c)(7), where the Director determines that:
	(1)  The regulated unit is situated among solid waste management units, or areas of concern, a release has occurred, and both the regulated unit and one or more solid waste management unit(s), or areas of concern, are likely to have contributed to the release; and
	(2)  It is not necessary to apply the groundwater monitoring and corrective action requirements of Sections R315-264-91 through 100 because alternative requirements will protect human health and the environment.

R315-264-91.  Required Programs.
	(a)  Owners and operators subject to Sections R315-264-90 through 101 shall conduct a monitoring and response program as follows:
	(1)  Whenever hazardous constituents under Section R315-264-93 from a regulated unit are detected at a compliance point under Section R315-264-95, the owner or operator shall institute a compliance monitoring program under Section R315-264-99.  Detected is defined as statistically significant evidence of contamination as described in Subsection R315-264-98(f);
	(2)  Whenever the ground-water protection standard under Section R315-264-92 is exceeded, the owner or operator shall institute a corrective action program under Section R315-264-100.  Exceeded is defined as statistically significant evidence of increased contamination as described in Subsection R315-264-99(d);
	(3)  Whenever hazardous constituents under Section R315-264-93 from a regulated unit exceed concentration limits under Section R315-264-94 in ground water between the compliance point under Section R315-264-95 and the downgradient facility property boundary, the owner or operator shall institute a corrective action program under Section R315-264-100; or
	(4)  In all other cases, the owner or operator shall institute a detection monitoring program under Section R315-264-98.
	(b)  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the specific elements of the monitoring and response program.  The Director may include one or more of the programs identified in Subsection R315-264-91(a) in the facility permit as may be necessary to protect human health and the environment and will specify the circumstances under which each of the programs will be required.  In deciding whether to require the owner or operator to be prepared to institute a particular program, the Director shall consider the potential adverse effects on human health and the environment that might occur before final administrative action on a permit modification application to incorporate such a program could be taken.

R315-264-92.  Ground-Water Protection Standard.
	The owner or operator shall comply with conditions specified in the facility permit that are designed to ensure that hazardous constituents under Section R315-264-93 detected in the ground water from a regulated unit do not exceed the concentration limits under Section R315-264-94 in the uppermost aquifer underlying the waste management area beyond the point of compliance under Section R315-264-95 during the compliance period under Section R315-264-96.  The Director shall establish this ground-water protection standard in the facility permit when hazardous constituents have been detected in the ground water.

R315-264-93.  Hazardous Constituents.
	(a)  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the hazardous constituents to which the ground-water protection standard of Section R315-264-92 applies.  Hazardous constituents are constituents identified in appendix VIII of Rule R315-261 that have been detected in ground water in the uppermost aquifer underlying a regulated unit and that are reasonably expected to be in or derived from waste contained in a regulated unit, unless the Director has excluded them under Subsection R315-264-93(b).
	(b)  The Director shall exclude a Rule R315-261 appendix VIII constituent from the list of hazardous constituents specified in the facility permit if he finds that the constituent is not capable of posing a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment.  In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Director shall consider the following:
	(1)  Potential adverse effects on ground-water quality, considering:
	(i)  The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit, including its potential for migration;
	(ii)  The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;
	(iii)  The quantity of ground water and the direction of ground-water flow;
	(iv)  The proximity and withdrawal rates of ground-water users;
	(v)  The current and future uses of ground water in the area;
	(vi)  The existing quality of ground water, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the ground-water quality;
	(vii)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;
	(viii)  The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;
	(ix)  The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects; and
	(2)  Potential adverse effects on hydraulically-connected surface water quality, considering:
	(i)  The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit;
	(ii)  The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;
	(iii)  The quantity and quality of ground water, and the direction of ground-water flow;
	(iv)  The patterns of rainfall in the region;
	(v)  The proximity of the regulated unit to surface waters;
	(vi)  The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters;
	(vii)  The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface-water quality;
	(viii)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;
	(ix)  The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents; and
	(x)  The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects.
	(c)  In making any determination under Subsection R315-264-93(b) about the use of ground water in the area around the facility, the Director shall consider any identification of underground sources of drinking water and exempted aquifers made under 40 CFR 144.8.

R315-264-94.  Concentration Limits.
	(a)  The Director shall specify in the facility permit concentration limits in the ground water for hazardous constituents established under Section R315-264-93.  The concentration of a hazardous constituent:
	(1)  Shall not exceed the background level of that constituent in the ground water at the time that limit is specified in the permit; or
	(2)  For any of the constituents listed in Table 1, shall not exceed the respective value given in that table if the background level of the constituent is below the value given in Table 1; or

	Table 1

	Maximum Concentration of Constituents for Ground-water
	Protection

                Constituent                     Maximum
                                             concentration(1)

Arsenic                                           0.05
Barium                                            1.0
Cadmium                                           0.01
Chromium                                          0.05
Lead                                              0.05
Mercury                                           0.002
Selenium                                          0.01
Silver                                            0.05
Endrin (1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,7-epoxy        0.0002
1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,9a-octahydro-1, 4-endo,
endo-5,8-dimethano naphthalene)
Lindane (1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachlorocyclohexane,       0.004
gamma isomer)
Methoxychlor (1,1,1-Trichloro-2,2-bis (p-         0.1
methoxyphenylethane)
Toxaphene (C10H10Cl6, Technical chlorinated       0.005
camphene, 67-69 percent chlorine)
2,4-D (2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid)            0.1
2,4,5-TP Silvex                                   0.01
(2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxypropionic acid)

(1) Milligrams per liter.
	
	(3)  Shall not exceed an alternate limit established by the Director under Subsection R315-264-94(b).
	(b)  The Director shall establish an alternate concentration limit for a hazardous constituent if he finds that the constituent will not pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment as long as the alternate concentration limit is not exceeded.  In establishing alternate concentration limits, the Director shall consider the following factors:
	(1)  Potential adverse effects on ground-water quality, considering:
	(i)  The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit, including its potential for migration;
	(ii)  The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;
	(iii)  The quantity of ground water and the direction of ground-water flow;
	(iv)  The proximity and withdrawal rates of ground-water users;
	(v)  The current and future uses of ground water in the area;
	(vi)  The existing quality of ground water, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the ground-water quality;
	(vii)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;
	(viii)  The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;
	(ix)  The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects; and
	(2)  Potential adverse effects on hydraulically-connected surface-water quality, considering:
	(i)  The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit;
	(ii)  The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;
	(iii)  The quantity and quality of ground water, and the direction of ground-water flow;
	(iv)  The patterns of rainfall in the region;
	(v)  The proximity of the regulated unit to surface waters;
	(vi)  The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters;
	(vii)  The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface water quality;
	(viii)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;
	(ix)  The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents; and
	(x)  The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects.
	(c)  In making any determination under Subsection R315-264-94(b) about the use of ground water in the area around the facility the Director shall consider any identification of underground sources of drinking water and exempted aquifers made under 40 CFR 144.7.

R315-264-95.  Point of Compliance.
	(a)  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the point of compliance at which the ground-water protection standard of Section R315-264-92 applies and at which monitoring shall be conducted.  The point of compliance is a vertical surface located at the hydraulically downgradient limit of the waste management area that extends down into the uppermost aquifer underlying the regulated units.
	(b)  The waste management area is the limit projected in the horizontal plane of the area on which waste will be placed during the active life of a regulated unit.
	(1)  The waste management area includes horizontal space taken up by any liner, dike, or other barrier designed to contain waste in a regulated unit.
	(2)  If the facility contains more than one regulated unit, the waste management area is described by an imaginary line circumscribing the several regulated units.

R315-264-96.  Compliance Period.
	(a)  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the compliance period during which the ground-water protection standard of Section R315-264-92 applies.  The compliance period is the number of years equal to the active life of the waste management area, including any waste management activity prior to permitting, and the closure period.
	(b)  The compliance period begins when the owner or operator initiates a compliance monitoring program meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-99.
	(c)  If the owner or operator is engaged in a corrective action program at the end of the compliance period specified in Subsection R316-264-96(a), the compliance period is extended until the owner or operator can demonstrate that the ground-water protection standard of Section R315-264-92 has not been exceeded for a period of three consecutive years.

R315-264-97.  General Ground-Water Monitoring Requirements.
	The owner or operator shall comply with the following requirements for any ground-water monitoring program developed to satisfy Sections R315-264-98 through 100:
	(a)  The ground-water monitoring system shall consist of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and depths to yield ground-water samples from the uppermost aquifer that:
	(1)  Represent the quality of background ground water that has not been affected by leakage from a regulated unit;
	(i)  A determination of background ground-water quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically upgradient of the waste management area where:
	(A)  Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; and
	(B)  Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of background ground-water quality that is representative or more representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and
	(2)  Represent the quality of ground water passing the point of compliance.
	(3)  Allow for the detection of contamination when hazardous waste or hazardous constituents have migrated from the waste management area to the uppermost aquifer.
	(b)  If a facility contains more than one regulated unit, separate ground-water monitoring systems are not required for each regulated unit provided that provisions for sampling the ground water in the uppermost aquifer will enable detection and measurement at the compliance point of hazardous constituents from the regulated units that have entered the ground water in the uppermost aquifer.
	(c)  All monitoring wells shall be cased in a manner that maintains the integrity of the monitoring-well bore hole.  This casing shall be screened or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable collection of ground-water samples. The annular space, i.e., the space between the bore hole and well casing, above the sampling depth shall be sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the ground water.
	(d)  The ground-water monitoring program shall include consistent sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure monitoring results that provide a reliable indication of ground-water quality below the waste management area.  At a minimum the program shall include procedures and techniques for:
	(1)  Sample collection;
	(2)  Sample preservation and shipment;
	(3)  Analytical procedures; and
	(4)  Chain of custody control.
	(e)  The ground-water monitoring program shall include sampling and analytical methods that are appropriate for ground-water sampling and that accurately measure hazardous constituents in ground-water samples.
	(f)  The ground-water monitoring program shall include a determination of the ground-water surface elevation each time ground water is sampled.
	(g)  In detection monitoring or where appropriate in compliance monitoring, data on each hazardous constituent specified in the permit will be collected from background wells and wells at the compliance point(s).  The number and kinds of samples collected to establish background shall be appropriate for the form of statistical test employed, following generally accepted statistical principles.  The sample size shall be as large as necessary to ensure with reasonable confidence that a contaminant release to ground water from a facility will be detected.  The owner or operator shall determine an appropriate sampling procedure and interval for each hazardous constituent listed in the facility permit which shall be specified in the unit permit upon approval by the Director. This sampling procedure shall be:
	(1)  A sequence of at least four samples, taken at an interval that assures, to the greatest extent technically feasible, that an independent sample is obtained, by reference to the uppermost aquifer's effective porosity, hydraulic conductivity, and hydraulic gradient, and the fate and transport characteristics of the potential contaminants, or
	(2)  an alternate sampling procedure proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director.
	(h)  The owner or operator shall specify one of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating ground-water monitoring data for each hazardous constituent which, upon approval by the Director, shall be specified in the unit permit.  The statistical test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent in each well.  Where practical quantification limits (pql's) are used in any of the following statistical procedures to comply with Subsection R315-264-97(i)(5), the pql shall be proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director.  Use of any of the following statistical methods shall be protective of human health and the environment and shall comply with the performance standards outlined in Subsection R315-264-97(i).
	(1)  A parametric analysis of variance, ANOVA, followed by multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of contamination.  The method shall include estimation and testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean levels for each constituent.
	(2)  An analysis of variance, ANOVA, based on ranks followed by multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of contamination.  The method shall include estimation and testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's median and the background median levels for each constituent.
	(3)  A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of the background data, and the level of each constituent in each compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.
	(4)  A control chart approach that gives control limits for each constituent.
	(5)  Another statistical test method submitted by the owner or operator and approved by the Director.
	(i)  Any statistical method chosen under Subsection R315-264-97(h) for specification in the unit permit shall comply with the following performance standards, as appropriate:
	(1)  The statistical method used to evaluate ground-water monitoring data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or hazardous constituents.  If the distribution of the chemical parameters or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used.  If the distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical method may be needed.
	(2)  If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an individual compliance well constituent concentration with background constituent concentrations or a ground-water protection standard, the test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each testing period.  If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I experimentwise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than 0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well comparisons shall be maintained.  This performance standard does not apply to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals or control charts.
	(3)  If a control chart approach is used to evaluate ground-water monitoring data, the specific type of control chart and its associated parameter values shall be proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director if he or she finds it to be protective of human health and the environment.
	(4)  If a tolerance interval or a prediction interval is used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval shall contain, shall be proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director if he or she finds these parameters to be protective of human health and the environment.  These parameters shall be determined after considering the number of samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.
	(5)  The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of human health and the environment.  Any practical quantification limit (pql)  approved by the Director under Subsection R315-264-97(h) that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are available to the facility.
	(6)  If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability as well as temporal correlation in the data.
	(j)  Ground-water monitoring data collected in accordance with Subsection R315-264-97(g) including actual levels of constituents shall be maintained in the facility operating record.  The Director shall specify in the permit when the data shall be submitted for review.

R315-264-98.  Detection Monitoring Program.
	An owner or operator required to establish a detection monitoring program under Sections R315-264-90 through 101 shall, at a minimum, discharge the following responsibilities:
	(a)  The owner or operator shall monitor for indicator parameters, e.g., specific conductance, total organic carbon, or total organic halogen, waste constituents, or reaction products that provide a reliable indication of the presence of hazardous constituents in ground water. The Director shall specify the parameters or constituents to be monitored in the facility permit, after considering the following factors:
	(1)  The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in wastes managed at the regulated unit;
	(2)  The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the waste management area;
	(3)  The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents, and reaction products in ground water; and
	(4)  The concentrations or values and coefficients of variation of proposed monitoring parameters or constituents in the ground-water background.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall install a ground-water monitoring system at the compliance point as specified under Section R315-264-95. The ground-water monitoring system shall comply with Subsections R315-264-97(a)(2), (b), and (c).
	(c)  The owner or operator shall conduct a ground-water monitoring program for each chemical parameter and hazardous constituent specified in the permit pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(a) in accordance with Section R315-264-97(g). The owner or operator shall maintain a record of ground-water analytical data as measured and in a form necessary for the determination of statistical significance under Subsection R315-264-97(h).
	(d)  The Director shall specify the frequencies for collecting samples and conducting statistical tests to determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of contamination for any parameter or hazardous constituent specified in the permit conditions under Subsection R315-264-98(a) in accordance with Subsection R315-264-97(g).
	(e)  The owner or operator shall determine the ground-water flow rate and direction in the uppermost aquifer at least annually.
	(f)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of contamination for any chemical parameter of hazardous constituent specified in the permit pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(a) at a frequency specified under Subsection R315-264-98(d).
	(1)  In determining whether statistically significant evidence of contamination exists, the owner or operator shall use the method(s) specified in the permit under Subsection R315-264-97(h). These method(s) shall compare data collected at the compliance point(s) to the background ground-water quality data.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of contamination at each monitoring well as the compliance point within a reasonable period of time after completion of sampling.  The Director shall specify in the facility permit what period of time is reasonable, after considering the complexity of the statistical test and the availability of laboratory facilities to perform the analysis of ground-water samples.
	(g)  If the owner or operator determines pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(f) that there is statistically significant evidence of contamination for chemical parameters or hazardous constituents specified pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(a) at any monitoring well at the compliance point, he or she shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director of this finding in writing within seven days.  The notification shall indicate what chemical parameters or hazardous constituents have shown statistically significant evidence of contamination;
	(2)  Immediately sample the ground water in all monitoring wells and determine whether constituents in the list of appendix IX of Rule R315-264 are present, and if so, in what concentration.  However, the Director, on a discretionary basis, may allow sampling for a site-specific subset of constituents from the appendix IX list of Rule R315-264 and other representative/related waste constituents.
	(3)  For any appendix IX compounds found in the analysis pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(g)(2), the owner or operator may resample within one month or at an alternative site-specific schedule approved by the Director and repeat the analysis for those compounds detected.  If the results of the second analysis confirm the initial results, then these constituents shall form the basis for compliance monitoring.  If the owner or operator does not resample for the compounds in Subsection R315-264-98(g)(2), the hazardous constituents found during this initial appendix IX analysis shall form the basis for compliance monitoring.
	(4)  Within 90 days, submit to the Director an application for a permit modification to establish a compliance monitoring program meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-99.  The application shall include the following information:
	(i)  An identification of the concentration of any appendix IX constituent detected in the ground water at each monitoring well at the compliance point;
	(ii)  Any proposed changes to the ground-water monitoring system at the facility necessary to meet the requirements of Section R315-264-99;
	(iii)  Any proposed additions or changes to the monitoring frequency, sampling and analysis procedures or methods, or statistical methods used at the facility necessary to meet the requirements of Section R315-264-99;
	(iv)  For each hazardous constituent detected at the compliance point, a proposed concentration limit under Subsections R315-264-94(a)(1) or (2), or a notice of intent to seek an alternate concentration limit under Subsection R315-264-94(b); and
	(5)  Within 180 days, submit to the Director:
	(i)  All data necessary to justify an alternate concentration limit sought under Subsection R315-264-94(b); and
	(ii)  An engineering feasibility plan for a corrective action program necessary to meet the requirement of Section R315-264-100, unless:
	(A)  All hazardous constituents identified under Subsection R315-264-98(g)(2) are listed in Table 1 of Section R315-264-94 and their concentrations do not exceed the respective values given in that Table; or
	(B)  The owner or operator has sought an alternate concentration limit under Subsection R315-264-94(b) for every hazardous constituent identified under Subsection R315-264-98(g)(2).
	(6)  If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(f), that there is a statistically significant difference for chemical parameters or hazardous constituents specified pursuant to Subsection R315-264-98(a) at any monitoring well at the compliance point, he or she may demonstrate that a source other than a regulated unit caused the contamination or that the detection is an artifact caused by an error in sampling, analysis, or statistical evaluation or natural variation in the ground water. The owner operator may make a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-98(g) in addition to, or in lieu of, submitting a permit modification application under Subsection R315-264-98(g)(4); however, the owner or operator is not relieved of the requirement to submit a permit modification application within the time specified in Subsection R315-264-98(g)(4) unless the demonstration made under Subsection R315-264-98(g) successfully shows that a source other than a regulated unit caused the increase, or that the increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation. In making a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-98(g), the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Notify the Director in writing within seven days of determining statistically significant evidence of contamination at the compliance point that he intends to make a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-98(g);
	(ii)  Within 90 days, submit a report to the Director which demonstrates that a source other than a regulated unit caused the contamination or that the contamination resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation;
	(iii)  Within 90 days, submit to the Director an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the detection monitoring program facility; and
	(iv)  Continue to monitor in accordance with the detection monitoring program established under Section R315-264-98.
	(h)  If the owner or operator determines that the detection monitoring program no longer satisfies the requirements of Section R315-264-98, he or she shall, within 90 days, submit an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the program.

R315-264-99.  Compliance Monitoring Program.
	An owner or operator required to establish a compliance monitoring program under Sections R315-264-90 through 101 shall, at a minimum, discharge the following responsibilities:
	(a)  The owner or operator shall monitor the ground water to determine whether regulated units are in compliance with the ground-water protection standard under Section R315-264-92.  The Director shall specify the ground-water protection standard in the facility permit, including:
	(1)  A list of the hazardous constituents identified under Section R315-264-93;
	(2)  Concentration limits under Section R315-264-94 for each of those hazardous constituents;
	(3)  The compliance point under Section R315-264-95; and
	(4)  The compliance period under Section R315-264-96.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall install a ground-water monitoring system at the compliance point as specified under Section R315-264-95.  The ground-water monitoring system shall comply with Subsections R315-264-97(a)(2), (b), and (c).
	(c)  The Director shall specify the sampling procedures and statistical methods appropriate for the constituents and the facility, consistent with Subsections R315-264-97(g) and (h).
	(1)  The owner or operator shall conduct a sampling program for each chemical parameter or hazardous constituent in accordance with Subsection R315-264-97(g).
	(2)  The owner or operator shall record ground-water analytical data as measured and in form necessary for the determination of statistical significance under Subsection R315-264-97(h)  for the compliance period of the facility.
	(d)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of increased contamination for any chemical parameter or hazardous constituent specified in the permit, pursuant to Subsection R315-264-99(a), at a frequency specified under Subsection R315-264-99(f).
	(1)  In determining whether statistically significant evidence of increased contamination exists, the owner or operator shall use the method(s) specified in the permit under Subsection R315-264-97(h).  The methods(s) shall compare data collected at the compliance point(s) to a concentration limit developed in accordance with Section R315-264-94.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of increased contamination at each monitoring well at the compliance point within a reasonable time period after completion of sampling.  The Director shall specify that time period in the facility permit, after considering the complexity of the statistical test and the availability of laboratory facilities to perform the analysis of ground-water samples.
	(e)  The owner or operator shall determine the ground-water flow rate and direction in the uppermost aquifer at least annually.
	(f)  The Director shall specify the frequencies for collecting samples and conducting statistical tests to determine statistically significant evidence of increased contamination in accordance with Subsection R315-264-97(g).
	(g)  Annually, the owner or operator shall determine whether additional hazardous constituents from appendix IX of Rule R315-264, which could possibly be present but are not on the detection monitoring list in the permit, are actually present in the uppermost aquifer and, if so, at what concentration, pursuant to procedures in Subsection R315-264-98(f).  To accomplish this, the owner or operator shall consult with the Director to determine on a case-by-case basis: which sample collection event during the year will involve enhanced sampling; the number of monitoring wells at the compliance point to undergo enhanced sampling; the number of samples to be collected from each of these monitoring wells; and, the specific constituents from appendix IX of Rule R315-264 for which these samples shall be analyzed.  If the enhanced sampling event indicates that appendix IX constituents are present in the ground water that are not already identified in the permit as monitoring constituents, the owner or operator may resample within one month or at an alternative site-specific schedule approved by the Director, and repeat the analysis.  If the second analysis confirms the presence of new constituents, the owner or operator shall report the concentration of these additional constituents to the Director within seven days after the completion of the second analysis and add them to the monitoring list.  If the owner or operator chooses not to resample, then he or she shall report the concentrations of these additional constituents to the Director within seven days after completion of the initial analysis, and add them to the monitoring list.
	(h)  If the owner or operator determines pursuant to Subsection R315-264-99(d) that any concentration limits under Section R315-264-94 are being exceeded at any monitoring well at the point of compliance he or she shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director of this finding in writing within seven days.  The notification shall indicate what concentration limits have been exceeded.
	(2)  Submit to the Director an application for a permit modification to establish a corrective action program meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-100 within 180 days, or within 90 days if an engineering feasibility study has been previously submitted to the Director under Subsection R315-264-98(g)(5).  The application shall at a minimum include the following information:
	(i)  A detailed description of corrective actions that will achieve compliance with the ground-water protection standard specified in the permit under Subsection R315-264-99(a); and
	(ii)  A plan for a ground-water monitoring program that will demonstrate the effectiveness of the corrective action.  Such a ground-water monitoring program may be based on a compliance monitoring program developed to meet the requirements of Section R315-264-99.
	(i)  If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Subsection R315-264-99(d), that the ground-water concentration limits under Section R315-264-99 are being exceeded at any monitoring well at the point of compliance, he or she may demonstrate that a source other than a regulated unit caused the contamination or that the detection is an artifact caused by an error in sampling, analysis, or statistical evaluation or natural variation in the ground water.  In making a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-99(h), the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director in writing within seven days that he intends to make a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-99(h);
	(2)  Within 90 days, submit a report to the Director which demonstrates that a source other than a regulated unit caused the standard to be exceeded or that the apparent noncompliance with the standards resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation;
	(3)  Within 90 days, submit to the Director an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the compliance monitoring program at the facility; and
	(4)  Continue to monitor in accord with the compliance monitoring program established under Section R315-264-99.
	(j)  If the owner or operator determines that the compliance monitoring program no longer satisfies the requirements of Section R315-264-99, he shall, within 90 days, submit an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the program.

R315-264-100.  Corrective Action Program.
	An owner or operator required to establish a corrective action program under Sections R315-264-90 through 101 shall, at a minimum, discharge the following responsibilities:
	(a)  The owner or operator shall take corrective action to ensure that regulated units are in compliance with the ground-water protection standard under Section R315-264-92. The Director shall specify the ground-water protection standard in the facility permit, including:
	(1)  A list of the hazardous constituents identified under Section R315-264-93;
	(2)  Concentration limits under Section R315-264-94 for each of those hazardous constituents;
	(3)  The compliance point under Section R315-264-95; and
	(4)  The compliance period under Section R315-264-96.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall implement a corrective action program that prevents hazardous constituents from exceeding their respective concentration limits at the compliance point by removing the hazardous waste constituents or treating them in place. The permit shall specify the specific measures that will be taken.
	(c)  The owner or operator shall begin corrective action within a reasonable time period after the ground-water protection standard is exceeded. The Director shall specify that time period in the facility permit. If a facility permit includes a corrective action program in addition to a compliance monitoring program, the permit shall specify when the corrective action will begin and such a requirement will operate in lieu of Subsection R315-264-99(i)(2).
	(d)  In conjunction with a corrective action program, the owner or operator shall establish and implement a ground-water monitoring program to demonstrate the effectiveness of the corrective action program. Such a monitoring program may be based on the requirements for a compliance monitoring program under Section R315-264-99 and shall be as effective as that program in determining compliance with the ground-water protection standard under Section R315-264-92 and in determining the success of a corrective action program under Subsection R315-264-100(e), where appropriate.
	(e)  In addition to the other requirements of Section R315-264-100, the owner or operator shall conduct a corrective action program to remove or treat in place any hazardous constituents under Section R315-264-93 that exceed concentration limits under Section R315-264-94 in groundwater:
	(1)  Between the compliance point under Section R315-264-95 and the downgradient property boundary; and
	(2)  Beyond the facility boundary, where necessary to protect human health and the environment, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that, despite the owner's or operator's best efforts, the owner or operator was unable to obtain the necessary permission to undertake such action. The owner/operator is not relieved of all responsibility to clean up a release that has migrated beyond the facility boundary where off-site access is denied. On-site measures to address such releases will be determined on a case-by-case basis.
	(3)  Corrective action measures under Subsection R315-264-100(e) shall be initiated and completed within a reasonable period of time considering the extent of contamination.
	(4)  Corrective action measures under Subsection R315-264-100(e) may be terminated once the concentration of hazardous constituents under Section R315-264-93 is reduced to levels below their respective concentration limits under Section R315-264-94.
	(f)  The owner or operator shall continue corrective action measures during the compliance period to the extent necessary to ensure that the ground-water protection standard is not exceeded. If the owner or operator is conducting corrective action at the end of the compliance period, he shall continue that corrective action for as long as necessary to achieve compliance with the ground-water protection standard. The owner or operator may terminate corrective action measures taken beyond the period equal to the active life of the waste management area, including the closure period, if he can demonstrate, based on data from the ground-water monitoring program under Subsection R315-264-100(d), that the ground-water protection standard of Section R315-264-92 has not been exceeded for a period of three consecutive years.
	(g)  The owner or operator shall report in writing to the Director on the effectiveness of the corrective action program. The owner or operator shall submit these reports annually.
	(h)  If the owner or operator determines that the corrective action program no longer satisfies the requirements Section R315-264-100, he shall, within 90 days, submit an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the program.

R315-264-101.  Corrective Action for Solid Waste Management Units.
	(a)  The owner or operator of a facility seeking a permit for the treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste shall institute corrective action as necessary to protect human health and the environment for all releases of hazardous waste or constituents from any solid waste management unit at the facility, regardless of the time at which waste was placed in such unit.
	(b)  Corrective action shall be specified in the permit in accordance with Section R315-264-101 and Sections R315-264-550 through 555.  The permit shall contain schedules of compliance for such corrective action, where such corrective action cannot be completed prior to issuance of the permit, and assurances of financial responsibility for completing such corrective action.
	(c)  The owner or operator shall implement corrective actions beyond the facility property boundary, where necessary to protect human health and the environment, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that, despite the owner's or operator's best efforts, the owner or operator was unable to obtain the necessary permission to undertake such actions.  The owner/operator is not relieved of all responsibility to clean up a release that has migrated beyond the facility boundary where off-site access is denied.  On-site measures to address such releases shall be determined on a case-by-case basis.  Assurances of financial responsibility for such corrective action shall be provided.
	(d)  Section R315-264-101 does not apply to remediation waste management sites unless they are part of a facility subject to a permit for treating, storing or disposing of hazardous wastes that are not remediation wastes.

R315-264-110.  Closure and Post-Closure -- Applicability.
	Except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise:
	(a)  Sections R315-264-111 through 115, which concern closure, apply to the owners and operators of all hazardous waste management facilities; and
	(b)  Sections R315-264-116 through 120, which concern post-closure care, apply to the owners and operators of:
	(1)  All hazardous waste disposal facilities;
	(2)  Waste piles and surface impoundments from which the owner or operator intends to remove the wastes at closure to the extent that these sections are made applicable to such facilities in Sections R315-264-228 or 258;
	(3)  Tank systems that are required under Section R315-264-197 to meet the requirements for landfills; and
	(4)  Containment buildings that are required under Section R315-264-1102 to meet the requirement for landfills.
	(c)  The Director may replace all or part of the requirements of Sections R315-264-110 through 120, including the unit-specific standards referenced in Subsection R315-264-111(c) applying to a regulated unit, with alternative requirements set out in a permit or in an enforceable document, as defined in Subsection R315-270-1(c)(7), where the Director determines that:
	(1)  The regulated unit is situated among solid waste management units, or areas of concern, a release has occurred, and both the regulated unit and one or more solid waste management unit(s), or areas of concern, are likely to have contributed to the release; and
	(2)  It is not necessary to apply the closure requirements of Sections R315-264-110 through 120, and those referenced herein, because the alternative requirements will protect human health and the environment and will satisfy the closure performance standard of Subsections R315-264-111(a) and (b).

R315-264-111.  Closure Performance Standard.
	The owner or operator shall close the facility in a manner that:
	(a)  Minimizes the need for further maintenance; and
	(b)  Controls, minimizes or eliminates, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, post-closure escape of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated run-off, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground or surface waters or to the atmosphere; and
	(c)  Complies with the closure requirements of Rule R315-264, including, but not limited to, the requirements of Sections R315-264-178, 197, 228, 258, 280, 310, 351, 601 through 603, and 1102.

R315-264-112.  Closure plan; Amendment of Plan.
	(a)  Written plan.
	(1)  The owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility shall have a written closure plan.  In addition, certain surface impoundments and waste piles from which the owner or operator intends to remove or decontaminate the hazardous waste at partial or final closure are required by Subsections R315-264-228(c)(1)(i) and 258(c)(1)(i) to have contingent closure plans.  The plan shall be submitted with the permit application, in accordance with Subsection R315-270-14(b)(13), and approved by the Director as part of the permit issuance procedures under Rule R315-124.  In accordance with Section R315-270-32, the approved closure plan shall become a condition of any permit.
	(2)  Plans shall be consistent with Sections R315-264-111 through 115 and the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, Sections R315-264-178, 197, 228, 258, 280, 310, 351, 601, and 1102.  Until final closure is completed and certified in accordance with Section R315-264-115, a copy of the approved plan and all approved revisions shall be furnished to the Director upon request, including requests by mail.
	(b)  Content of plan.  The plan shall identify steps necessary to perform partial and/or final closure of the facility at any point during its active life.  The closure plan shall include, at least:
	(1)  A description of how each hazardous waste management unit at the facility will be closed in accordance with Section R315-264-111;
	(2)  A description of how final closure of the facility will be conducted in accordance with Section R315-264-111.  The description shall identify the maximum extent of the operations which will be unclosed during the active life of the facility; and
	(3)  An estimate of the maximum inventory of hazardous wastes ever on-site over the active life of the facility and a detailed description of the methods to be used during partial closures and final closure, including, but not limited to, methods for removing, transporting, treating, storing, or disposing of all hazardous wastes, and identification of the type(s) of the off-site hazardous waste management units to be used, if applicable; and
	(4)  A detailed description of the steps needed to remove or decontaminate all hazardous waste residues and contaminated containment system components, equipment, structures, and soils during partial and final closure, including, but not limited to, procedures for cleaning equipment and removing contaminated soils, methods for sampling and testing surrounding soils, and criteria for determining the extent of decontamination required to satisfy the closure performance standard; and
	(5)  A detailed description of other activities necessary during the closure period to ensure that all partial closures and final closure satisfy the closure performance standards, including, but not limited to, ground-water monitoring, leachate collection, and run-on and run-off control; and
	(6)  A schedule for closure of each hazardous waste management unit and for final closure of the facility.  The schedule shall include, at a minimum, the total time required to close each hazardous waste management unit and the time required for intervening closure activities which will allow tracking of the progress of partial and final closure.  For example, in the case of a landfill unit, estimates of the time required to treat or dispose of all hazardous waste inventory and of the time required to place a final cover shall be included.
	(7)  For facilities that use trust funds to establish financial assurance under Section R315-264-143 or Section R315-264-145 and that are expected to close prior to the expiration of the permit, an estimate of the expected year of final closure.
	(8)  For facilities where the Director has applied alternative requirements at a regulated unit under Subsections R315-264-90(f), 264-110(c), and/or Subsection R315-264-140(d), either the alternative requirements applying to the regulated unit, or a reference to the enforceable document containing those alternative requirements.
	(c)  Amendment of plan.  The owner or operator shall submit a written notification of or request for a permit modification to authorize a change in operating plans, facility design, or the approved closure plan in accordance with the applicable procedures in Rules R315-124 and 270.  The written notification or request shall include a copy of the amended closure plan for review or approval by the Director.
	(1)  The owner or operator may submit a written notification or request to the Director for a permit modification to amend the closure plan at any time prior to the notification of partial or final closure of the facility.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall submit a written notification of or request for a permit modification to authorize a change in the approved closure plan whenever:
	(i)  Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the closure plan, or
	(ii)  There is a change in the expected year of closure, if applicable, or
	(iii)  In conducting partial or final closure activities, unexpected events require a modification of the approved closure plan.
	(iv)  The owner or operator requests the Director to apply alternative requirements to a regulated unit under Subsections R315-264-90(f), 264-110(c), and/or Subsection R315-264-140(d).
	(3)  The owner or operator shall submit a written request for a permit modification including a copy of the amended closure plan for approval at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no later than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the closure plan.  If an unexpected event occurs during the partial or final closure period, the owner or operator shall request a permit modification no later than 30 days after the unexpected event.  An owner or operator of a surface impoundment or waste pile that intends to remove all hazardous waste at closure and is not otherwise required to prepare a contingent closure plan under Subsection R315-264-228(c)(1)(i) or Subsection R315-264-258(c)(1)(i), shall submit an amended closure plan to the Director no later than 60 days from the date that the owner or operator or Director determines that the hazardous waste management unit shall be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of Section R315-264-310, or no later than 30 days from that date if the determination is made during partial or final closure.  The Director shall approve, disapprove, or modify this amended plan in accordance with the procedures in Rules R315-124 and 270.  In accordance with Section R315-270-32, the approved closure plan shall become a condition of any permit issued.
	(4)  The Director may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in Subsection R315-264-112(c)(2).  The owner or operator shall submit the modified plan within 60 days of the Director's request, or within 30 days if the change in facility conditions occurs during partial or final closure.  Any modifications requested by the Director shall be approved in accordance with the procedures in Rules R315-124 and 270.
	(d)  Notification of partial closure and final closure.
	(1)  The owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing at least 60 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin closure of a surface impoundment, waste pile, land treatment or landfill unit, or final closure of a facility with such a unit.  The owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin final closure of a facility with only treatment or storage tanks, container storage, or incinerator units to be closed.  The owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin partial or final closure of a boiler or industrial furnace, whichever is earlier.
	(2)  The date when he "expects to begin closure" shall be either:
	(i)  No later than 30 days after the date on which any hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of hazardous wastes, or if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of hazardous wastes.  If the owner or operator of a hazardous waste management unit can demonstrate to the Director that the hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes and he has taken all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements, the Director may approve an extension to this one-year limit; or
	(ii)  For units meeting the requirements of Subsection R315-264-113(d), no later than 30 days after the date on which the hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of non-hazardous wastes, or if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional non-hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of non-hazardous wastes.  If the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Director that the hazardous waste management unit has the capacity to receive additional non-hazardous wastes and he has taken, and will continue to take, all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements, the Director may approve an extension to this one-year limit.
	(3)  If the facility's permit is terminated, or if the facility is otherwise ordered, by judicial decree or final administrative order, to cease receiving hazardous wastes or to close, then the requirements of Subsection R315-264-112(d) do not apply.  However, the owner or operator shall close the facility in accordance with the deadlines established in Section R315-264-113.
	(e)  Removal of wastes and decontamination or dismantling of equipment.  Nothing in Section R315-264-112 shall preclude the owner or operator from removing hazardous wastes and decontaminating or dismantling equipment in accordance with the approved partial or final closure plan at any time before or after notification of partial or final closure.

R315-264-113.  Closure; Time Allowed for Closure.
	(a)  Within 90 days after receiving the final volume of hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in Subsections R315-264-113(d) and (e), at a hazardous waste management unit or facility, the owner or operator shall treat, remove from the unit or facility, or dispose of on-site, all hazardous wastes in accordance with the approved closure plan.  The Director may approve a longer period if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements for requesting a modification to the permit and demonstrates that:
	(1)(i)  The activities required to comply with R315-264-113 will, of necessity, take longer than 90 days to complete; or
	(ii)(A)  The hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes, or has the capacity to receive non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with Subsections R315-264-113(d) and (e); and
	(B)  There is a reasonable likelihood that he or another person will recommence operation of the hazardous waste management unit or the facility within one year; and
	(C)  Closure of the hazardous waste management unit or facility would be incompatible with continued operation of the site; and
	(2)  He has taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall complete partial and final closure activities in accordance with the approved closure plan and within 180 days after receiving the final volume of hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in Subsections R315-264-113(d) and (e), at the hazardous waste management unit or facility.  The Director may approve an extension to the closure period if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements for requesting a modification to the permit and demonstrates that:
	(1)(i)  The partial or final closure activities will, of necessity, take longer than 180 days to complete; or
	(ii)(A)  The hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes, or has the capacity to receive non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with Subsections R315-264-113(d) and (e); and
	(B)  There is reasonable likelihood that he or another person will recommence operation of the hazardous waste management unit or the facility within one year; and
	(C)  Closure of the hazardous waste management unit or facility would be incompatible with continued operation of the site; and
	(2)  He has taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment from the unclosed but not operating hazardous waste management unit or facility, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements.
	(c)  The demonstrations referred to in Subsections R315-264-113(a)(1) and (b)(1) shall be made as follows:
	(1)  The demonstrations in Subsection R315-264-113(a)(1) shall be made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the 90-day period in Subsection R315-264-113(a); and
	(2)  The demonstration in Subsection R315-264-113(b)(1) shall be made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the 180-day period in Subsection R315-264-113(b), unless the owner or operator is otherwise subject to the deadlines in Subsection R315-264-113(d).
	(d)  The Director may allow an owner or operator to receive only non-hazardous wastes in a landfill, land treatment, or surface impoundment unit after the final receipt of hazardous wastes at that unit if:
	(1)  The owner or operator requests a permit modification in compliance with all applicable requirements in Rules R315-270 and 124 and in the permit modification request demonstrates that:
	(i)  The unit has the existing design capacity as indicated on the part A application to receive non-hazardous wastes; and
	(ii)  There is a reasonable likelihood that the owner or operator or another person will receive non-hazardous wastes in the unit within one year after the final receipt of hazardous wastes; and
	(iii)  The non-hazardous wastes will not be incompatible with any remaining wastes in the unit, or with the facility design and operating requirements of the unit or facility under Rule R315-264; and
	(iv)  Closure of the hazardous waste management unit would be incompatible with continued operation of the unit or facility; and
	(v)  The owner or operator is operating and will continue to operate in compliance with all applicable permit requirements; and
	(2)  The request to modify the permit includes an amended waste analysis plan, ground-water monitoring and response program, human exposure assessment required under RCRA section 3019, and closure and post-closure plans, and updated cost estimates and demonstrations of financial assurance for closure and post-closure care as necessary and appropriate, to reflect any changes due to the presence of hazardous constituents in the non-hazardous wastes, and changes in closure activities, including the expected year of closure if applicable under Subsection R315-264-112(b)(7), as a result of the receipt of non-hazardous wastes following the final receipt of hazardous wastes; and
	(3)  The request to modify the permit includes revisions, as necessary and appropriate, to affected conditions of the permit to account for the receipt of non-hazardous wastes following receipt of the final volume of hazardous wastes; and
	(4)  The request to modify the permit and the demonstrations referred to in Subsections R315-264-113(d)(1) and (d)(2) are submitted to the Director no later than 120 days prior to the date on which the owner or operator of the facility receives the known final volume of hazardous wastes at the unit, or no later than 90 days after the effective date of this rule in the state in which the unit is located, whichever is later.
	(e)  In addition to the requirements in Subsection R315-264-113(d), an owner or operator of a hazardous waste surface impoundment that is not in compliance with the liner and leachate collection system requirements in Subsection R315-264-221(c) or (d) shall:
	(1)  Submit with the request to modify the permit:
	(i)  A contingent corrective measures plan, unless a corrective action plan has already been submitted under Section R315-264-99; and
	(ii)  A plan for removing hazardous wastes in compliance with Subsection R315-264-113(e)(2); and
	(2)  Remove all hazardous wastes from the unit by removing all hazardous liquids, and removing all hazardous sludges to the extent practicable without impairing the integrity of the liner(s), if any.
	(3)  Removal of hazardous wastes shall be completed no later than 90 days after the final receipt of hazardous wastes. The Director may approve an extension to this deadline if the owner or operator demonstrates that the removal of hazardous wastes will, of necessity, take longer than the allotted period to complete and that an extension will not pose a threat to human health and the environment.
	(4)  If a release that is a statistically significant increase, or decrease in the case of pH, over background values for detection monitoring parameters or constituents specified in the permit or that exceeds the facility's ground-water protection standard at the point of compliance, if applicable, is detected in accordance with the requirements in Sections R315-264-90 through 101, the owner or operator of the unit:
	(i)  Shall implement corrective measures in accordance with the approved contingent corrective measures plan required by Subsection R315-264-113(e)(1) no later than one year after detection of the release, or approval of the contingent corrective measures plan, whichever is later;
	(ii)  May continue to receive wastes at the unit following detection of the release only if the approved corrective measures plan includes a demonstration that continued receipt of wastes will not impede corrective action; and
	(iii)  May be required by the Director to implement corrective measures in less than one year or to cease the receipt of wastes until corrective measures have been implemented if necessary to protect human health and the environment.
	(5)  During the period of corrective action, the owner or operator shall provide annual reports to the Director describing the progress of the corrective action program, compile all ground-water monitoring data, and evaluate the effect of the continued receipt of non-hazardous wastes on the effectiveness of the corrective action.
	(6)  The Director may require the owner or operator to commence closure of the unit if the owner or operator fails to implement corrective action measures in accordance with the approved contingent corrective measures plan within one year as required in Subsection R315-264-113(e)(4), or fails to make substantial progress in implementing corrective action and achieving the facility's ground-water protection standard or background levels if the facility has not yet established a ground-water protection standard.
	(7)  If the owner or operator fails to implement corrective measures as required in Subsection R315-264-113(e)(4), or if the Director determines that substantial progress has not been made pursuant to Subsection R315-264-113(e)(6) he shall:
	(i)  Notify the owner or operator in writing that the owner or operator shall begin closure in accordance with the deadlines in Subsections R315-264-113(a) and (b) and provide a detailed statement of reasons for this determination, and
	(ii)  Provide the owner or operator and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the decision no later than 20 days after the date of the notice.
	(iii)  If the Director receives no written comments, the decision shall become final five days after the close of the comment period. The Director shall notify the owner or operator that the decision is final, and that a revised closure plan, if necessary, shall be submitted within 15 days of the final notice and that closure shall begin in accordance with the deadlines in Subsections R315-264-113 (a) and (b).
	(iv)  If the Director receives written comments on the decision, he shall make a final decision within 30 days after the end of the comment period, and provide the owner or operator in writing and the public through a newspaper notice, a detailed statement of reasons for the final decision. If the Director determines that substantial progress has not been made, closure shall be initiated in accordance with the deadlines in Subsections R315-264-113(a) and (b).
	(v)  The final determinations made by the Director under Subsections R315-264-113(e)(7)(iii) and (iv) are not subject to administrative appeal.

R315-264-114.  Disposal or Decontamination of Equipment, Structures and Soils.
	During the partial and final closure periods, all contaminated equipment, structures and soils shall be properly disposed of or decontaminated unless otherwise specified in Sections R315-264-197, 228, 258, 280 or 310.  By removing any hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents during partial and final closure, the owner or operator may become a generator of hazardous waste and shall handle that waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of Rule R315-262.

R315-264-115.  Certification of Closure.
	Within 60 days of completion of closure of each hazardous waste surface impoundment, waste pile, land treatment, and landfill unit, and within 60 days of the completion of final closure, the owner or operator shall submit to the Director, by registered mail, a certification that the hazardous waste management unit or facility, as applicable, has been closed in accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan.  The certification shall be signed by the owner or operator and by a qualified Professional Engineer.  Documentation supporting the Professional Engineer's certification shall be furnished to the Director upon request until he releases the owner or operator from the financial assurance requirements for closure under Subsection R315-264-143(i).

R315-264-116.  Survey Plat.
	No later than the submission of the certification of closure of each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator shall submit to the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, and to the Director, a survey plat indicating the location and dimensions of landfill cells or other hazardous waste disposal units with respect to permanently surveyed benchmarks.  This plat shall be prepared and certified by a professional land surveyor.  The plat filed with the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, shall contain a note, prominently displayed, which states the owner's or operator's obligation to restrict disturbance of the hazardous waste disposal unit in accordance with the applicable Sections of R315-264-110 through 120.

R315-264-117.  Post-Closure Care and Use of Property.
	(a)(1)  Post-closure care for each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-117 through 120 shall begin after completion of closure of the unit and continue for 30 years after that date and shall consist of at least the following:
	(i)  Monitoring and reporting in accordance with the requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 220 through 232, 250 through 254, 256 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, and 600 through 603; and
	(ii)  Maintenance and monitoring of waste containment systems in accordance with the requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 220 through 232, 250 through 254, 256 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, and 600 through 603.
	(2)  Any time preceding partial closure of a hazardous waste management unit subject to post-closure care requirements or final closure, or any time during the post-closure period for a particular unit, the Director may, in accordance with the permit modification procedures in Rules R315-124 and 270:
	(i)  Shorten the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste management unit, or facility, if all disposal units have been closed, if he finds that the reduced period is sufficient to protect human health and the environment, e.g., leachate or ground-water monitoring results, characteristics of the hazardous wastes, application of advanced technology, or alternative disposal, treatment, or re-use techniques indicate that the hazardous waste management unit or facility is secure; or
	(ii)  Extend the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste management unit or facility if he finds that the extended period is necessary to protect human health and the environment, e.g., leachate or ground-water monitoring results indicate a potential for migration of hazardous wastes at levels which may be harmful to human health and the environment.
	(b)  The Director may require, at partial and final closure, continuation of any of the security requirements of Section R315-264-14 during part or all of the post-closure period when:
	(1)  Hazardous wastes may remain exposed after completion of partial or final closure; or
	(2)  Access by the public or domestic livestock may pose a hazard to human health.
	(c)  Post-closure use of property on or in which hazardous wastes remain after partial or final closure shall never be allowed to disturb the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other components of the containment system, or the function of the facility's monitoring systems, unless the Director finds that the disturbance:
	(1)  Is necessary to the proposed use of the property, and will not increase the potential hazard to human health or the environment; or
	(2)  Is necessary to reduce a threat to human health or the environment.
	(d)  All post-closure care activities shall be in accordance with the provisions of the approved post-closure plan as specified in Section R315-264-118.

R315-264-118.  Post-Closure Plan; Amendment of Plan.
	(a)  Written Plan.  The owner or operator of a hazardous waste disposal unit shall have a written post-closure plan.  In addition, certain surface impoundments and waste piles from which the owner or operator intends to remove or decontaminate the hazardous wastes at partial or final closure are required by Subsections R315-264-228(c)(1)(ii) and 264-258(c)(1)(ii) to have contingent post-closure plans.  Owners or operators of surface impoundments and waste piles not otherwise required to prepare contingent post-closure plans under Subsections R315-264-228(c)(1)(ii) and 264-258(c)(1)(ii) shall submit a post-closure plan to the Director within 90 days from the date that the owner or operator or Director determines that the hazardous waste management unit shall be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-117 through 120.  The plan shall be submitted with the permit application, in accordance with Subsection R315-270-14(b)(13), and approved by the Director as part of the permit issuance procedures under Rule R315-124.  In accordance with Section R315-270-32, the approved post-closure plan shall become a condition of any RCRA permit issued.
	(b)  For each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements Section R315-264-118, the post-closure plan shall identify the activities that will be carried on after closure of each disposal unit and the frequency of these activities, and include at least:
	(1)  A description of the planned monitoring activities and frequencies at which they will be performed to comply with Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, and 600 through 603 during the post-closure care period; and
	(2)  A description of the planned maintenance activities, and frequencies at which they will be performed, to ensure:
	(i)  The integrity of the cap and final cover or other containment systems in accordance with the requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, and 600 through 603; and
	(ii)  The function of the monitoring equipment in accordance with the requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, and 600 through 603; and
	(3)  The name, address, and phone number of the person or office to contact about the hazardous waste disposal unit or facility during the post-closure care period.
	(4)  For facilities where the Director has applied alternative requirements at a regulated unit under Subsections R315-264-90(f), 264-110(c), and/or 264-140(d), either the alternative requirements that apply to the regulated unit, or a reference to the enforceable document containing those requirements.
	(c)  Until final closure of the facility, a copy of the approved post-closure plan shall be furnished to the Director upon request, including request by mail.  After final closure has been certified, the person or office specified in Subsection R315-264-118(b)(3) shall keep the approved post-closure plan during the remainder of the post-closure period.
	(d)  Amendment of plan.  The owner or operator shall submit a written notification of or request for a permit modification to authorize a change in the approved post-closure plan in accordance with the applicable requirements in Rules R315-124 and 270.  The written notification or request shall include a copy of the amended post-closure plan for review or approval by the Director.
	(1)  The owner or operator may submit a written notification or request to the Director for a permit modification to amend the post-closure plan at any time during the active life of the facility or during the post-closure care period.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall submit a written notification of or request for a permit modification to authorize a change in the approved post-closure plan whenever:
	(i)  Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the approved post-closure plan, or
	(ii)  There is a change in the expected year of final closure, if applicable, or
	(iii)  Events which occur during the active life of the facility, including partial and final closures, affect the approved post-closure plan.
	(iv)  The owner or operator requests the Director to apply alternative requirements to a regulated unit under Subsections R315-264-90(f), 264-110(c), and/or 264-140(d).
	(3)  The owner or operator shall submit a written request for a permit modification at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no later than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the post-closure plan.  An owner or operator of a surface impoundment or waste pile that intends to remove all hazardous waste at closure and is not otherwise required to submit a contingent post-closure plan under Subsections R315-264-228(c)(1)(ii) 258(c)(1)(ii) shall submit a post-closure plan to the Director no later than 90 days after the date that the owner or operator or Director determines that the hazardous waste management unit shall be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of Section R315-264-310.  The Director shall approve, disapprove or modify this plan in accordance with the procedures in Rules R315-124 and 270.  In accordance with Section R315-270-32, the approved post-closure plan shall become a permit condition.
	(4)  The Director may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in Subsection R315-264-118(d)(2).  The owner or operator shall submit the modified plan no later than 60 days after the Director's request, or no later than 90 days if the unit is a surface impoundment or waste pile not previously required to prepare a contingent post-closure plan.  Any modifications requested by the Director shall be approved, disapproved, or modified in accordance with the procedures in Rules R315-124 and 270.

R315-264-119.  Post-Closure Notices.
	(a)  No later than 60 days after certification of closure of each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator shall submit to the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, and to the Director a record of the type, location, and quantity of hazardous wastes disposed of within each cell or other disposal unit of the facility.  For hazardous wastes disposed of before January 12, 1981, the owner or operator shall identify the type, location, and quantity of the hazardous wastes to the best of his knowledge and in accordance with any records he has kept.
	(b)  Within 60 days of certification of closure of the first hazardous waste disposal unit and within 60 days of certification of closure of the last hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Record, in accordance with State law, a notation on the deed to the facility property-or on some other instrument which is normally examined during title search-that will in perpetuity notify any potential purchaser of the property that:
	(i)  The land has been used to manage hazardous wastes; and
	(ii)  Its use is restricted under Sections R315-264-110 through 120; and
	(iii)  The survey plat and record of the type, location, and quantity of hazardous wastes disposed of within each cell or other hazardous waste disposal unit of the facility required by Section R315-264-116 and Subsection R315-264-119(a) have been filed with the local zoning authority or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use and with the Director; and
	(2)  Submit a certification, signed by the owner or operator, that he has recorded the notation specified in Subsection R315-264-119(b)(1), including a copy of the document in which the notation has been placed, to the Director.
	(c)  If the owner or operator or any subsequent owner or operator of the land upon which a hazardous waste disposal unit is located wishes to remove hazardous wastes and hazardous waste residues, the liner, if any, or contaminated soils, he shall request a modification to the post-closure permit in accordance with the applicable requirements in Rules R315-124 and 270.  The owner or operator shall demonstrate that the removal of hazardous wastes will satisfy the criteria of Subsection R315-264-117(c).  By removing hazardous waste, the owner or operator may become a generator of hazardous waste and shall manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of Rules R315-260 through 266, 268, 270, and 273.  If he is granted a permit modification or otherwise granted approval to conduct such removal activities, the owner or operator may request that the Director approve either:
	(1)  The removal of the notation on the deed to the facility property or other instrument normally examined during title search; or
	(2)  The addition of a notation to the deed or instrument indicating the removal of the hazardous waste.

R315-264-120.  Certification of Completion of Post-Closure Care.
	No later than 60 days after completion of the established post-closure care period for each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator shall submit to the Director, by registered mail, a certification that the post-closure care period for the hazardous waste disposal unit was performed in accordance with the specifications in the approved post-closure plan.  The certification shall be signed by the owner or operator and a qualified Professional Engineer.  Documentation supporting the Professional Engineer's certification shall be furnished to the Director upon request until he releases the owner or operator from the financial assurance requirements for post-closure care under Subsection R315-264-145(i).

R315-264-140.  Financial Requirements -- Applicability.
	(a)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-142, 143, 147 through 151 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as provided otherwise in Section R315-264-140 or in Section R315-264-1.
	(b)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-144 and 145 apply only to owners and operators of:
	(1)  Disposal facilities;
	(2)  Piles, and surface impoundments from which the owner or operator intends to remove the wastes at closure, to the extent that these sections are made applicable to such facilities in Sections R315-264-228 and 258;
	(3)  Tank systems that are required under Section R315-264-197 to meet the requirements for landfills; and
	(4)  Containment buildings that are required under Section R315-264-1102 to meet the requirements for landfills.
	(c)  States and the Federal government are exempt from the requirements of Sections R315-264-140 through 151.
	(d)  The Director may replace all or part of the requirements of Sections R315-264-140 through 151 applying to a regulated unit with alternative requirements for financial assurance set out in the permit or in an enforceable document, as defined in Subsection R315-270-1(c)(7), where the Director:
	(1)  Prescribes alternative requirements for the regulated unit under Subsection R315-264-90(f) and/or Subsection R315-264-110(c); and
	(2)  Determines that it is not necessary to apply the requirements of Sections R315-264-140 through 151 because the alternative financial assurance requirements will protect human health and the environment.

R315-264-141.  Definitions of Terms as Used in Sections R315-264-140 through 151.
	(a)  Closure plan means the plan for closure prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-112.
	(b)  Current closure cost estimate means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with Subsections R315-264-142(a), (b), and (c).
	(c)  Current post-closure cost estimate means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with Subsection R315-264-144(a), (b), and (c).
	(d)  Parent corporation means a corporation which directly owns at least 50 percent of the voting stock of the corporation which is the facility owner or operator; the latter corporation is deemed a "subsidiary" of the parent corporation.
	(e)  Post-closure plan means the plan for post-closure care prepared in accordance with the requirements of Sections R315-264-117 through 120.
	(f)  The following terms are used in the specifications for the financial tests for closure, post-closure care, and liability coverage.  The definitions are intended to assist in the understanding of these regulations and are not intended to limit the meanings of terms in a way that conflicts with generally accepted accounting practices.
	Assets means all existing and all probable future economic benefits obtained or controlled by a particular entity.
	Current assets means cash or other assets or resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.
	Current liabilities means obligations whose liquidation is reasonably expected to require the use of existing resources properly classifiable as current assets or the creation of other current liabilities.
	Current plugging and abandonment cost estimate means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 40 CFR 144.62(a), (b), and (c).
	Independently audited refers to an audit performed by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
	Liabilities means probable future sacrifices of economic benefits arising from present obligations to transfer assets or provide services to other entities in the future as a result of past transactions or events.
	Net working capital means current assets minus current liabilities.
	Net worth means total assets minus total liabilities and is equivalent to owner's equity.
	Tangible net worth means the tangible assets that remain after deducting liabilities; such assets would not include intangibles such as goodwill and rights to patents or royalties.
	(g)  In the liability insurance requirements the terms bodily injury and property damage shall have the meanings given these terms by applicable State law.  However, these terms do not include those liabilities which, consistent with standard industry practices, are excluded from coverage in liability policies for bodily injury and property damage.  The Director intends the meanings of other terms used in the liability insurance requirements to be consistent with their common meanings within the insurance industry.  The definitions given below of several of the terms are intended to assist in the understanding of these regulations and are not intended to limit their meanings in a way that conflicts with general insurance industry usage.
	Accidental occurrence means an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to conditions, which results in bodily injury or property damage neither expected nor intended from the standpoint of the insured.
	Legal defense costs means any expenses that an insurer incurs in defending against claims of third parties brought under the terms and conditions of an insurance policy.
	Nonsudden accidental occurrence means an occurrence which takes place over time and involves continuous or repeated exposure.
	Sudden accidental occurrence means an occurrence which is not continuous or repeated in nature.
	(h)  Substantial business relationship means the extent of a business relationship necessary under applicable State law to make a guarantee contract issued incident to that relationship valid and enforceable.  A "substantial business relationship" shall arise from a pattern of recent or ongoing business transactions, in addition to the guarantee itself, such that a currently existing business relationship between the guarantor and the owner or operator is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Director.

R315-264-142.  Cost Estimate for Closure.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall have a detailed written estimate, in current dollars, of the cost of closing the facility in accordance with the requirements in Sections R315-264-111 through 115 and applicable closure requirements in Sections R315-264-178, 197, 228, 258, 280, 310, 351, 601 through 603, and 1102.
	(1)  The estimate shall equal the cost of final closure at the point in the facility's active life when the extent and manner of its operation would make closure the most expensive, as indicated by its closure plan, see Subsection R315-264-112(b); and
	(2)  The closure cost estimate shall be based on the costs to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to close the facility.  A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor a subsidiary of the owner or operator.  See definition of parent corporation in Subsection R315-264-141(d).  The owner or operator may use costs for on-site disposal if he can demonstrate that on-site disposal capacity will exist at all times over the life of the facility.
	(3)  The closure cost estimate may not incorporate any salvage value that may be realized with the sale of hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under Subsection R315-264-113(d), facility structures or equipment, land, or other assets associated with the facility at the time of partial or final closure.
	(4)  The owner or operator may not incorporate a zero cost for hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under Subsection R315-264-113(d), that might have economic value.
	(b)  During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator shall adjust the closure cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with Section R315-264-143.  For owners and operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the closure cost estimate shall be updated for inflation within 30 days after the close of the firm's fiscal year and before submission of updated information to the Director as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3).  The adjustment may be made by recalculating the maximum costs of closure in current dollars, or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business, as specified in Subsections R315-264-142(b)(1) and (2).  The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.
	(1)  The first adjustment is made by multiplying the closure cost estimate by the inflation factor.  The result is the adjusted closure cost estimate.
	(2)  Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted closure cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.
	(c)  During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator shall revise the closure cost estimate no later than 30 days after the Director has approved the request to modify the closure plan, if the change in the closure plan increases the cost of closure.  The revised closure cost estimate shall be adjusted for inflation as specified in Subsection R315-264-142(b).
	(d)  The owner or operator shall keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility: The latest closure cost estimate prepared in accordance with Subsection R315-264-142(a) and (c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-142(b), the latest adjusted closure cost estimate

R315-264-143.  Financial Assurance for Closure.
	An owner or operator of each facility shall establish financial assurance for closure of the facility.  He shall choose from the options as specified in Subsections R315-264-143(a) through (f).
	(a)  Closure trust fund.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by establishing a closure trust fund which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The trustee shall be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(2)  The wording of the trust agreement shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(a)(1), and the trust agreement shall be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment, for example, see Subsection R315-264-151(a)(2).  Schedule A of the trust agreement shall be updated within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current closure cost estimate covered by the agreement.
	(3)  Payments into the trust fund shall be made annually by the owner or operator over the term of the initial RCRA permit or over the remaining operating life of the facility as estimated in the closure plan, whichever period is shorter; this period is hereafter referred to as the "pay-in period." The payments into the closure trust fund shall be made as follows:
	(i)  For a new facility, the first payment shall be made before the initial receipt of hazardous waste for treatment, storage, or disposal.  A receipt from the trustee for this payment shall be submitted by the owner or operator to the Director before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The first payment shall be at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-143(g), divided by the number of years in the pay-in period.  Subsequent payments shall be made no later than 30 days after each anniversary date of the first payment.  The amount of each subsequent payment shall be determined by this formula:
	Next Payment = (CE-CV)/Y
	where CE is the current closure cost estimate, CV is the current value of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay-in period.
	(ii)  If an owner or operator establishes a trust fund as specified in 40 CFR 265.143(a), which is adopted by reference; and the value of that trust fund is less than the current closure cost estimate when a permit is awarded for the facility, the amount of the current closure cost estimate still to be paid into the trust fund shall be paid in over the pay-in period as defined in Subsection R315-264-143(a)(3).  Payments shall continue to be made no later than 30 days after each anniversary date of the first payment made pursuant to Rule R315-265.  The amount of each payment shall be determined by this formula:
	Next Payment = (CE-CV)/Y
	where CE is the current closure cost estimate, CV is the current value of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay-in period.
	(4)  The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current closure cost estimate at the time the fund is established.  However, he shall maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a)(3).
	(5)  If the owner or operator establishes a closure trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in Section R315-264-143 or in 40 CFR 265.143, which is adopted by reference, his first payment shall be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made according to specifications of Section R315-264-143 and 40 CFR 265.143(a), which is adopted by reference; as applicable.
	(6)  After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current closure cost estimate changes, the owner or operator shall compare the new estimate with the trustee's most recent annual valuation of the trust fund.  If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, shall either deposit an amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current closure cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 to cover the difference.
	(7)  If the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current closure cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Director for release of the amount in excess of the current closure cost estimate.
	(8)  If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 for all or part of the trust fund, he may submit a written request to the Director for release of the amount in excess of the current closure cost estimate covered by the trust fund.
	(9)  Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a)(7) or (8), the Director shall instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Director specifies in writing.
	(10)  After beginning partial or final closure, an owner or operator or another person authorized to conduct partial or final closure may request reimbursements for partial or final closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Director.  The owner or operator may request reimbursements for partial closure only if sufficient funds are remaining in the trust fund to cover the maximum costs of closing the facility over its remaining operating life.  Within 60 days after receiving bills for partial or final closure activities, the Director shall instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Director specifies in writing, if the Director determines that the partial or final closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved closure plan, or otherwise justified.  If the Director has reason to believe that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the value of the trust fund, he may withhold reimbursements of such amounts as he deems prudent until he determines, in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i) that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility.  If the Director does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, he shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.
	(11)  The Director shall agree to termination of the trust when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i).
	(b)  Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a closure trust fund.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(b) and submitting the bond to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the bond to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The bond shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The surety company issuing the bond shall, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
	(2)  The wording of the surety bond shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(b).
	(3)  The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-143 shall also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder shall be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Director.  This standby trust fund shall meet the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a), except that:
	(i)  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to the Director with the surety bond; and
	(ii)  Until the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of Section R315-264-143, the following are not required by these regulations:
	(A)  Payments into the trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a);
	(B)  Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement, see Subsection R315-264-151(a), to show current closure cost estimates;
	(C)  Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and
	(D)  Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.
	(4)  The bond shall guarantee that the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum of the bond before the beginning of final closure of the facility; or
	(ii)  Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum within 15 days after an administrative order to begin final closure issued by the Director becomes final, or within 15 days after an order to begin final closure is issued by a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction; or
	(iii)  Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143, and obtain the Director's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.
	(5)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety shall become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.
	(6)  The penal sum of the bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-143(g).
	(7)  Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 to cover the increase.  Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(8)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director.  Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(9)  The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Director has given prior written consent based on his receipt of evidence of alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143.
	(c)  Surety bond guaranteeing performance of closure.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(c) and submitting the bond to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the bond to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The bond shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The surety company issuing the bond shall, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
	(2)  The wording of the surety bond shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(c).
	(3)  The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-143 shall also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder shall be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Director.  This standby trust shall meet the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a), except that:
	(i)  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to the Director with the surety bond; and
	(ii)  Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of Section R315-264-143, the following are not required by Section R315-264-143:
	(A)  Payments into the trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a);
	(B)  Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement, see Subsection R315-264-151(a), to show current closure cost estimates;
	(C)  Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and
	(D)  Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.
	(4)  The bond shall guarantee that the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Perform final closure in accordance with the closure plan and other requirements of the permit for the facility whenever required to do so; or
	(ii)  Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143, and obtain the Director's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.
	(5)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety shall become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.  Following a final administrative determination pursuant to section 3008 of RCRA that the owner or operator has failed to perform final closure in accordance with the approved closure plan and other permit requirements when required to do so, under the terms of the bond the surety shall perform final closure as guaranteed by the bond or shall deposit the amount of the penal sum into the standby trust fund.
	(6)  The penal sum of the bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate.
	(7)  Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143.  Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(8)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director.  Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(9)  The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Director has given prior written consent.  The Director shall provide such written consent when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i).
	(10)  The surety shall not be liable for deficiencies in the performance of closure by the owner or operator after the Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i).
	(d)  Closure letter of credit.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(d) and submitting the letter to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the letter of credit to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The letter of credit shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The issuing institution shall be an entity which has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(2)  The wording of the letter of credit shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(d).
	(3)  An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 shall also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the Director shall be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Director.  This standby trust fund shall meet the requirements of the trust fund specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a), except that:
	(i)  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to the Director with the letter of credit; and
	(ii)  Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of Section R315-264-143, the following are not required by Rule R315-264:
	(A)  Payments into the trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a);
	(B)  Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement, see Subsection R315-264-151(a), to show current closure cost estimates;
	(C)  Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and
	(D)  Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.
	(4)  The letter of credit shall be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the following information: the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for closure of the facility by the letter of credit.
	(5)  The letter of credit shall be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least 1 year.  The letter of credit shall provide that the expiration date shall be automatically extended for a period of at least 1 year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and the Director by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date.  Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days shall begin on the date when both the owner or operator and the Director have received the notice, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(6)  The letter of credit shall be issued in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-143(g).
	(7)  Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the amount of the credit, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the amount of the credit to be increased so that it at least equals the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 to cover the increase.  Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the amount of the credit may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(8)  Following a final administrative determination pursuant to section 3008 of RCRA that the owner or operator has failed to perform final closure in accordance with the closure plan and other permit requirements when required to do so, the Director may draw on the letter of credit.
	(9)  If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 and obtain written approval of such alternate assurance from the Director within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice from issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, the Director shall draw on the letter of credit.  The Director may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit.  During the last 30 days of any such extension the Director shall draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Director.
	(10)  The Director shall return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i).
	(e)  Closure insurance.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by obtaining closure insurance which conforms to the requirements of this Subsection R315-264-143(e) and submitting a certificate of such insurance to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the certificate of insurance to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The insurance shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  At a minimum, the insurer shall be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.
	(2)  The wording of the certificate of insurance shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(e).
	(3)  The closure insurance policy shall be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-143(g).  The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy.  Actual payments by the insurer shall not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability shall be lowered by the amount of the payments.
	(4)  The closure insurance policy shall guarantee that funds shall be available to close the facility whenever final closure occurs.  The policy shall also guarantee that once final closure begins, the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of the Director, to such party or parties as the Director specifies.
	(5)  After beginning partial or final closure, an owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct closure may request reimbursements for closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Director.  The owner or operator may request reimbursements for partial closure only if the remaining value of the policy is sufficient to cover the maximum costs of closing the facility over its remaining operating life.  Within 60 days after receiving bills for closure activities, the Director shall instruct the insurer to make reimbursements in such amounts as the Director specifies in writing, if the Director determines that the partial or final closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved closure plan or otherwise justified.  If the Director has reason to believe that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the face amount of the policy, he may withhold reimbursements of such amounts as he deems prudent until he determines, in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i), that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility.  If the Director does not instruct the insurer to make such reimbursements, he shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.
	(6)  The owner or operator shall maintain the policy in full force and effect until the Director consents to termination of the policy by the owner or operator as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(e)(10).  Failure to pay the premium, without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143, shall constitute a significant violation of these regulations, warranting such remedy as the Director deems necessary.  Such violation shall be deemed to begin upon receipt by the Director of a notice of future cancellation, termination, or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.
	(7)  Each policy shall contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator.  Such assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided such consent is not unreasonably refused.
	(8)  The policy shall provide that the insurer may not cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium.  The automatic renewal of the policy shall, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy.  If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and the Director.  Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both the Director and the owner or operator, as evidenced by the return receipts.  Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur and the policy shall remain in full force and effect in the event that on or before the date of expiration:
	(i)  The Director deems the facility abandoned; or
	(ii)  The permit is terminated or revoked or a new permit is denied; or
	(iii)  Closure is ordered by the Director or a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction; or
	(iv)  The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code; or
	(v)  The premium due is paid.
	(9)  Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the face amount of the policy, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the face amount to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 to cover the increase.  Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the face amount may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(10)  The Director shall give written consent to the owner or operator that he may terminate the insurance policy when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i).
	(f)  Financial test and corporate guarantee for closure.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f).  To pass this test the owner or operator shall meet the criteria of either Subsections R315-264-143(f)(1)(i) or (ii):
	(i)  The owner or operator shall have:
	(A)  Two of the following three ratios: a ratio of total liabilities to net worth less than 2.0; a ratio of the sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization to total liabilities greater than 0.1; and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities greater than 1.5; and
	(B)  Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates; and
	(C)  Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and
	(D)  Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall have:
	(A)  A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa as issued by Moody's; and
	(B)  Tangible net worth at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates; and
	(C)  Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and
	(D)  Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates.
	(2)  The phrase "current closure and post-closure cost estimates" as used in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1) refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer, Subsection R315-264-151(f).  The phrase "current plugging and abandonment cost estimates" as used in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1) refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer, 40 CFR 144.70(f).
	(3)  To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator shall submit the following items to the Director:
	(i)  A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in Subsection R315-264-151(f); and
	(ii)  A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and
	(iii)  A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:
	(A)  He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and
	(B)  In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.
	(4)  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the items specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3) to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.
	(5)  After the initial submission of items specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3), the owner or operator shall send updated information to the Director within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year.  This information shall consist of all three items specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3).
	(6)  If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1), he shall send notice to the Director of intent to establish alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143.  The notice shall be sent by certified mail within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements.  The owner or operator shall provide the alternate financial assurance within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.
	(7)  The Director may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1), require reports of financial condition at any time from the owner or operator in addition to those specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3).  If the Director finds, on the basis of such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1), the owner or operator shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 within 30 days after notification of such a finding.
	(8)  The Director may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements, see Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3)(ii).  An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion shall be cause for disallowance.  The Director shall evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis.  The owner or operator shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 within 30 days after notification of the disallowance.
	(9)  The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3) when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-143(i).
	(10)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by obtaining a written guarantee.  The guarantor shall be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator.  The guarantor shall meet the requirements for owners or operators in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1) through (8) and shall comply with the terms of the guarantee.  The wording of the guarantee shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(h).  The certified copy of the guarantee shall accompany the items sent to the Director as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f)(3).  One of these items shall be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer.  If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter shall describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee.  If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter shall describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee.  The terms of the guarantee shall provide that:
	(i)  If the owner or operator fails to perform final closure of a facility covered by the corporate guarantee in accordance with the closure plan and other permit requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor shall do so or establish a trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a) in the name of the owner or operator.
	(ii)  The corporate guarantee shall remain in force unless the guarantor sends notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director.  Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(iii)  If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-143 and obtain the written approval of such alternate assurance from the Director within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the corporate guarantee from the guarantor, the guarantor shall provide such alternative financial assurance in the name of the owner or operator.
	(g)  Use of multiple financial mechanisms.  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-143 by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility.  These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, letters of credit, and insurance.  The mechanisms shall be as specified in Subsections R315-264-143(a), (b), (d), and (e), respectively, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which shall provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate.  If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms.  A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms.  The Director may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for closure of the facility.
	(h)  Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities.  An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in Section R315-264-143 to meet the requirements of Section R315-264-143 for more than one facility.  Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Director shall include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of funds for closure assured by the mechanism.  If the facilities covered by the mechanism are in more than one State, identical evidence of financial assurance shall be submitted to and maintained with the State Agency regulating hazardous waste in states other than Utah or with the appropriate Regional Administrator if the facility is located in an unauthorized State.  The amount of funds available through the mechanism shall be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility.  In directing funds available through the mechanism for closure of any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Director may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.
	(i)  Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-143.  Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and a qualified Professional Engineer that final closure has been completed in accordance with the approved closure plan, the Director shall notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by Section R315-264-143 to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility, unless the Director has reason to believe that final closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.  The Director shall provide the owner or operator a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.

R315-264-144.  Cost Estimate for Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  The owner or operator of a disposal surface impoundment, disposal miscellaneous unit, land treatment unit, or landfill unit, or of a surface impoundment or waste pile required under Sections R315-264-228 and 258 to prepare a contingent closure and post-closure plan, shall have a detailed written estimate, in current dollars, of the annual cost of post-closure monitoring and maintenance of the facility in accordance with the applicable post-closure regulations in Sections R315-264-117 through 120, 228, 258, 280, 310, and 603.
	(1)  The post-closure cost estimate shall be based on the costs to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to conduct post-closure care activities.  A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor a subsidiary of the owner or operator.  See definition of parent corporation in Subsection R315-264-141(d).
	(2)  The post-closure cost estimate is calculated by multiplying the annual post-closure cost estimate by the number of years of post-closure care required under Section R315-264-117.
	(b)  During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator shall adjust the post-closure cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with Section R315-264-145.  For owners or operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the post-closure cost estimate shall be updated for inflation within 30 days after the close of the firm's fiscal year and before the submission of updated information to the Director as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(5).  The adjustment may be made by recalculating the post-closure cost estimate in current dollars or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business as specified in Subsections R315-264-145(b)(1) and (2).  The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.
	(1)  The first adjustment is made by multiplying the post-closure cost estimate by the inflation factor.  The result is the adjusted post-closure cost estimate.
	(2)  Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted post-closure cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.
	(c)  During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator shall revise the post-closure cost estimate within 30 days after the Director has approved the request to modify the post-closure plan, if the change in the post-closure plan increases the cost of post-closure care.  The revised post-closure cost estimate shall be adjusted for inflation as specified in Subsection R315-264-144(b).
	(d)  The owner or operator shall keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility: The latest post-closure cost estimate prepared in accordance with Subsection R315-264-144(a) and (c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-144(b), the latest adjusted post-closure cost estimate.

R315-264-145.  Financial Assurance for Post-Closure Care.
	The owner or operator of a hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of Section R315-264-144 shall establish financial assurance for post-closure care in accordance with the approved post-closure plan for the facility 60 days prior to the initial receipt of hazardous waste or the effective date of the regulation, whichever is later.  He shall choose from the following options:
	(a)  Post-closure trust fund.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-144 by establishing a post-closure trust fund which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.  The trustee shall be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(2)  The wording of the trust agreement shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(a)(1), and the trust agreement shall be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment, for example, see Subsection R315-264-151(a)(2).  Schedule A of the trust agreement shall be updated within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate covered by the agreement.
	(3)  Payments into the trust fund shall be made annually by the owner or operator over the term of the initial RCRA permit or over the remaining operating life of the facility as estimated in the closure plan, whichever period is shorter; this period is hereafter referred to as the "pay-in period." The payments into the post-closure trust fund shall be made as follows:
	(i)  For a new facility, the first payment shall be made before the initial receipt of hazardous waste for disposal.  A receipt from the trustee for this payment shall be submitted by the owner or operator to the Director before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The first payment shall be at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-145(g), divided by the number of years in the pay-in period.  Subsequent payments shall be made no later than 30 days after each anniversary date of the first payment.  The amount of each subsequent payment shall be determined by this formula:
	Next payment = (CE-CV)/Y
	where CE is the current post-closure cost estimate, CV is the current value of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay-in period.
	(ii)  If an owner or operator establishes a trust fund as specified in 40 CFR 265.145(a); which is adopted by reference, and the value of that trust fund is less than the current post-closure cost estimate when a permit is awarded for the facility, the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate still to be paid into the fund shall be paid in over the pay-in period as defined in Subsection R315-264-145(a)(3).  Payments shall continue to be made no later than 30 days after each anniversary date of the first payment made pursuant to R315-265.  The amount of each payment shall be determined by this formula:
	Next payment = (CE-CV)/Y
	where CE is the current post-closure cost estimate, CV is the current value of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay-in period.
	(4)  The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current post-closure cost estimate at the time the fund is established.  However, he shall maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a)(3).
	(5)  If the owner or operator establishes a post-closure trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in Section R315-264-145 or in 40 CFR 265.145, which is adopted by reference; his first payment shall be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made according to specifications of Subsection R315-264-145(a) and 40 CFR 265.145(a), which is adopted by reference; as applicable.
	(6)  After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current post-closure cost estimate changes during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator shall compare the new estimate with the trustee's most recent annual valuation of the trust fund.  If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, shall either deposit an amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 to cover the difference.
	(7)  During the operating life of the facility, if the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current post-closure cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Director for release of the amount in excess of the current post-closure cost estimate.
	(8)  If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 for all or part of the trust fund, he may submit a written request to the Director for release of the amount in excess of the current post-closure cost estimate covered by the trust fund.
	(9)  Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a)(7) or (8), the Director shall instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Director specifies in writing.
	(10)  During the period of post-closure care, the Director may approve a release of funds if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that the value of the trust fund exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.
	(11)  An owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct post-closure care may request reimbursements for post-closure care expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Director.  Within 60 days after receiving bills for post-closure care activities, the Director shall instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Director specifies in writing, if the Director determines that the post-closure care expenditures are in accordance with the approved post-closure plan or otherwise justified.  If the Director does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, he shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.
	(12)  The Director shall agree to termination of the trust when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-145(i).
	(b)  Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a post-closure trust fund.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(b) and submitting the bond to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the bond to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.  The bond shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The surety company issuing the bond shall, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
	(2)  The wording of the surety bond shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(b).
	(3)  The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-145 shall also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder shall be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Director.  This standby trust fund shall meet the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a), except that:
	(i)  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to the Director with the surety bond; and
	(ii)  Until the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements Section R315-264-145, the following are not required by these regulations:
	(A)  Payments into the trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a);
	(B)  Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement, see Subsection R315-264-151(a), to show current post-closure cost estimates;
	(C)  Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and
	(D)  Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.
	(4)  The bond shall guarantee that the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum of the bond before the beginning of final closure of the facility; or
	(ii)  Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum within 15 days after an administrative order to begin final closure issued by the Director becomes final, or within 15 days after an order to begin final closure is issued by a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction; or
	(iii)  Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145, and obtain the Director's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.
	(5)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety shall become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.
	(6)  The penal sum of the bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-145(g).
	(7)  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 to cover the increase.  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(8)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director.  Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(9)  The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Director has given prior written consent based on his receipt of evidence of alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145.
	(c)  Surety bond guaranteeing performance of post-closure care.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(c) and submitting the bond to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the bond to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.  The bond shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The surety company issuing the bond shall, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
	(2)  The wording of the surety bond shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(c).
	(3)  The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 shall also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder shall be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Director.  This standby trust fund shall meet the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a), except that:
	(i)  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to the Director with the surety bond; and
	(ii)  Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of Section R315-264-145, the following are not required by these regulations:
	(A)  Payments into the trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a);
	(B)  Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement, see Subsection R315-264-151(a), to show current post-closure cost estimates;
	(C)  Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and
	(D)  Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.
	(4)  The bond shall guarantee that the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Perform post-closure care in accordance with the post-closure plan and other requirements of the permit for the facility; or
	(ii)  Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145, and obtain the Director's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days of receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.
	(5)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety shall become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.  Following a final administrative determination pursuant to section 3008 of RCRA that the owner or operator has failed to perform post-closure care in accordance with the approved post-closure plan and other permit requirements, under the terms of the bond the surety shall perform post-closure care in accordance with the post-closure plan and other permit requirements or shall deposit the amount of the penal sum into the standby trust fund.
	(6)  The penal sum of the bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate.
	(7)  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145.  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(8)  During the period of post-closure care, the Director may approve a decrease in the penal sum if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that the amount exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.
	(9)  Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director.  Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(10)  The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Director has given prior written consent.  The Director shall provide such written consent when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-145(i).
	(11)  The surety shall not be liable for deficiencies in the performance of post-closure care by the owner or operator after the Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-145(i).
	(d)  Post-closure letter of credit.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(d) and submitting the letter to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the letter of credit to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.  The letter of credit shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  The issuing institution shall be an entity which has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(2)  The wording of the letter of credit shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(d).
	(3)  An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 shall also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the Director shall be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Director.  This standby trust fund shall meet the requirements of the trust fund specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a), except that:
	(i)  An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to the Director with the letter of credit; and
	(ii)  Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of Section R315-264-145, the following are not required by these regulations:
	(A)  Payments into the trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a);
	(B)  Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement, see Subsection R315-264-151(a), to show current post-closure cost estimates;
	(C)  Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and
	(D)  Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.
	(4)  The letter of credit shall be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the following information: the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for post-closure care of the facility by the letter of credit.
	(5)  The letter of credit shall be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least 1 year.  The letter of credit shall provide that the expiration date shall be automatically extended for a period of at least 1 year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and the Director by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date.  Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days shall begin on the date when both the owner or operator and the Director have received the notice, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(6)  The letter of credit shall be issued in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-145(g).
	(7)  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the amount of the credit during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the amount of the credit to be increased so that it at least equals the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 to cover the increase.  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility, the amount of the credit may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(8)  During the period of post-closure care, the Director may approve a decrease in the amount of the letter of credit if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that the amount exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.
	(9)  Following a final administrative determination pursuant to section 3008 of RCRA that the owner or operator has failed to perform post-closure care in accordance with the approved post-closure plan and other permit requirements, the Director may draw on the letter of credit.
	(10)  If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 and obtain written approval of such alternate assurance from the Director within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice from the issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, the Director shall draw on the letter of credit.  The Director may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit.  During the last 30 days of any such extension the Director shall draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Director.
	(11)  The Director shall return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-145(i).
	(e)  Post-closure insurance.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by obtaining post-closure insurance which conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(e) and submitting a certificate of such insurance to the Director.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the certificate of insurance to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.  The insurance shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.  At a minimum, the insurer shall be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.
	(2)  The wording of the certificate of insurance shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(e).
	(3)  The post-closure insurance policy shall be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-145(g).  The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy.  Actual payments by the insurer shall not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.
	(4)  The post-closure insurance policy shall guarantee that funds will be available to provide post-closure care of the facility whenever the post-closure period begins.  The policy shall also guarantee that once post-closure care begins, the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of the Director, to such party or parties as the Director specifies.
	(5)  An owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct post-closure care may request reimbursements for post-closure care expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Director.  Within 60 days after receiving bills for post-closure care activities, the Director shall instruct the insurer to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Director specifies in writing, if the Director determines that the post-closure care expenditures are in accordance with the approved post-closure plan or otherwise justified.  If the Director does not instruct the insurer to make such reimbursements, he shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.
	(6)  The owner or operator shall maintain the policy in full force and effect until the Director consents to termination of the policy by the owner or operator as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(e)(11).  Failure to pay the premium, without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145, shall constitute a significant violation of these regulations, warranting such remedy as the Director deems necessary.  Such violation shall be deemed to begin upon receipt by the Director of a notice of future cancellation, termination, or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.
	(7)  Each policy shall contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator.  Such assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided such consent is not unreasonably refused.
	(8)  The policy shall provide that the insurer may not cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium.  The automatic renewal of the policy shall, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy.  If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and the Director.  Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both the Director and the owner or operator, as evidenced by the return receipts.  Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur and the policy shall remain in full force and effect in the event that on or before the date of expiration:
	(i)  The Director deems the facility abandoned; or
	(ii)  The permit is terminated or revoked or a new permit is denied; or
	(iii)  Closure is ordered by the Director or a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction; or
	(iv)  The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11, Bankruptcy, U.S. Code; or
	(v)  The premium due is paid.
	(9)  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the face amount of the policy during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, shall either cause the face amount to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Director, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 to cover the increase.  Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility, the face amount may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Director.
	(10)  Commencing on the date that liability to make payments pursuant to the policy accrues, the insurer shall thereafter annually increase the face amount of the policy.  Such increase shall be equivalent to the face amount of the policy, less any payments made, multiplied by an amount equivalent to 85 percent of the most recent investment rate or of the equivalent coupon-issue yield announced by the U.S. Treasury for 26-week Treasury securities.
	(11)  The Director shall give written consent to the owner or operator that he may terminate the insurance policy when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-145(i).
	(f)  Financial test and corporate guarantee for post-closure care.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f). To pass this test the owner or operator shall meet the criteria of either Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1)(i) or (ii):
	(i)  The owner or operator shall have:
	(A)  Two of the following three ratios: a ratio of total liabilities to net worth less than 2.0; a ratio of the sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization to total liabilities greater than 0.1; and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities greater than 1.5; and
	(B)  Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates; and
	(C)  Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and
	(D)  Assets in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of his total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall have:
	(A)  A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa as issued by Moody's; and
	(B)  Tangible net worth at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates; and
	(C)  Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and
	(D)  Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of his total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates and the current plugging and abandonment cost estimates.
	(2)  The phrase "current closure and post-closure cost estimates" as used in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1) refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer, Subsection R315-264-151(f).  The phrase "current plugging and abandonment cost estimates" as used in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1) refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer, 40 CFR 144.70(f).
	(3)  To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator shall submit the following items to the Director:
	(i)  A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in Subsection R315-264-151(f); and
	(ii)  A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and
	(iii)  A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:
	(A)  He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and
	(B)  In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.
	(4)  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the items specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3) to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.
	(5)  After the initial submission of items specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3), the owner or operator shall send updated information to the Director within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year.  This information shall consist of all three items specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3).
	(6)  If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1), he shall send notice to the Director of intent to establish alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145.  The notice shall be sent by certified mail within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements.  The owner or operator shall provide the alternate financial assurance within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.
	(7)  The Director may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1), require reports of financial condition at any time from the owner or operator in addition to those specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3).  If the Director finds, on the basis of such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1), the owner or operator shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 within 30 days after notification of such a finding.
	(8)  The Director may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements, see Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3)(ii).  An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion shall be cause for disallowance.  The Director shall evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis.  The owner or operator shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 within 30 days after notification of the disallowance.
	(9)  During the period of post-closure care, the Director may approve a decrease in the current post-closure cost estimate for which this test demonstrates financial assurance if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that the amount of the cost estimate exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.
	(10)  The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3) when:
	(i)  An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145; or
	(ii)  The Director releases the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145 in accordance with Subsection R315-264-145(i).
	(11)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by obtaining a written guarantee.  The guarantor shall be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator.  The guarantor shall meet the requirements for owners or operators in Subsections R315-264-145(f)(1) through (9) and shall comply with the terms of the guarantee.  The wording of the guarantee shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(h).  A certified copy of the guarantee shall accompany the items sent to the Director as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(f)(3).  One of these items shall be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer.  If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter shall describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee.  If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter shall describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee.  The terms of the guarantee shall provide that:
	(i)  If the owner or operator fails to perform post-closure care of a facility covered by the corporate guarantee in accordance with the post-closure plan and other permit requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor shall do so or establish a trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-145(a) in the name of the owner or operator.
	(ii)  The corporate guarantee shall remain in force unless the guarantor sends notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director.  Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	(iii)  If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-145 and obtain the written approval of such alternate assurance from the Director within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the corporate guarantee from the guarantor, the guarantor shall provide such alternate financial assurance in the name of the owner or operator.
	(g)  Use of multiple financial mechanisms.  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-145 by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility.  These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, letters of credit, and insurance.  The mechanisms shall be as specified in Subsections R315-264-145(a), (b), (d), and (e), respectively, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which shall provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate.  If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms.  A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms.  The Director may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for post-closure care of the facility.
	(h)  Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities.  An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in Section R315-264-145 to meet the requirements of Section R315-264-145 for more than one facility.  Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Director shall include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of funds for post-closure care assured by the mechanism.  If the facilities covered by the mechanism are in more than one State, identical evidence of financial assurance shall be submitted to and maintained with the State Agency regulating hazardous waste in states other than Utah or with the appropriate Regional Administrator if the facility is located in an unauthorized State.  The amount of funds available through the mechanism shall be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility.  In directing funds available through the mechanism for post-closure care of any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Director may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.
	(i)  Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of Section R315-264-145.  Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and a qualified Professional Engineer that the post-closure care period has been completed for a hazardous waste disposal unit in accordance with the approved plan, the Director shall notify the owner or operator that he is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for post-closure of that unit, unless the Director has reason to believe that post-closure care has not been in accordance with the approved post-closure plan.  The Director shall provide the owner or operator a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that post-closure care has not been in accordance with the approved post-closure plan.

R315-264-146.  Use of a Mechanism for Financial Assurance of Both Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements for financial assurance for both closure and post-closure care for one or more facilities by using a trust fund, surety bond, letter of credit, insurance, financial test, or corporate guarantee that meets the specifications for the mechanism in both Sections R315-264-143 and 145.  The amount of funds available through the mechanism shall be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for financial assurance of closure and of post-closure care.

R315-264-147.  Liability Requirements.
	(a)  Coverage for sudden accidental occurrences.  An owner or operator of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility, or a group of such facilities, shall demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.  The owner or operator shall have and maintain liability coverage for sudden accidental occurrences in the amount of at least $1 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate of at least $2 million, exclusive of legal defense costs.  This liability coverage may be demonstrated as specified in Subsections R315-264-147(a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6):
	(1)  An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage by having liability insurance as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(a).
	(i)  Each insurance policy shall be amended by attachment of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or evidenced by a Certificate of Liability Insurance.  The wording of the endorsement shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(i).  The wording of the certificate of insurance shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(j).  The owner or operator shall submit a signed duplicate original of the endorsement or the certificate of insurance to the Director.  If requested by a Director, the owner or operator shall provide a signed duplicate original of the insurance policy.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the signed duplicate original of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or the Certificate of Liability Insurance to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The insurance shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.
	(ii)  Each insurance policy shall be issued by an insurer which, at a minimum, is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.
	(2)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements Section R315-264-146 by passing a financial test or using the guarantee for liability coverage as specified in Subsections R315-264-147(f) and (g).
	(3)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining a letter of credit for liability coverage as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(h).
	(4)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements Section R315-264-146 by obtaining a surety bond for liability coverage as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(i).
	(5)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements Section R315-264-146 by obtaining a trust fund for liability coverage as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(j).
	(6)  An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage through the use of combinations of insurance, financial test, guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond, and trust fund, except that the owner or operator may not combine a financial test covering part of the liability coverage requirement with a guarantee unless the financial statement of the owner or operator is not consolidated with the financial statement of the guarantor.  The amounts of coverage demonstrated shall total at least the minimum amounts required by Section R315-264-147.  If the owner or operator demonstrates the required coverage through the use of a combination of financial assurances under Subsection R315-264-147(a), the owner or operator shall specify at least one such assurance as "primary" coverage and shall specify other assurance as "excess" coverage.
	(7)  An owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing within 30 days whenever:
	(i)  A claim results in a reduction in the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage provided by a financial instrument authorized in Subsections R315-264-147(a)(1) through (a)(6); or
	(ii)  A Certification of Valid Claim for bodily injury or property damages caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is entered between the owner or operator and third-party claimant for liability coverage under Subsections R315-264-147(a)(1) through (a)(6); or
	(iii)  A final court order establishing a judgment for bodily injury or property damage caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is issued against the owner or operator or an instrument that is providing financial assurance for liability coverage under Subsections R315-264-147(a)(1) through (a)(6).
	(b)  Coverage for nonsudden accidental occurrences.  An owner or operator of a surface impoundment, landfill, land treatment facility, or disposal miscellaneous unit that is used to manage hazardous waste, or a group of such facilities, shall demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.  The owner or operator shall have and maintain liability coverage for nonsudden accidental occurrences in the amount of at least $3 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate of at least $6 million, exclusive of legal defense costs.  An owner or operator who shall meet the requirements Section R315-264-147 may combine the required per-occurrence coverage levels for sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences into a single per-occurrence level, and combine the required annual aggregate coverage levels for sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences into a single annual aggregate level.  Owners or operators who combine coverage levels for sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences shall maintain liability coverage in the amount of at least $4 million per occurrence and $8 million annual aggregate.  This liability coverage may be demonstrated as specified in Subsections R315-264-147(b)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6):
	(1)  An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage by having liability insurance as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(b).
	(i)  Each insurance policy shall be amended by attachment of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or evidenced by a Certificate of Liability Insurance.  The wording of the endorsement shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(i).  The wording of the certificate of insurance shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(j).  The owner or operator shall submit a signed duplicate original of the endorsement or the certificate of insurance to the Director.  If requested by a Director, the owner or operator shall provide a signed duplicate original of the insurance policy.  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the signed duplicate original of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or the Certificate of Liability Insurance to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.  The insurance shall be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.
	(ii)  Each insurance policy shall be issued by an insurer which, at a minimum, is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.
	(2)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements Section R315-264-147 by passing a financial test or using the guarantee for liability coverage as specified in Subsections R315-264-147(f) and (g).
	(3)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining a letter of credit for liability coverage as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(h).
	(4)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining a surety bond for liability coverage as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(i).
	(5)  An owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining a trust fund for liability coverage as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(j).
	(6)  An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage through the use of combinations of insurance, financial test, guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond, and trust fund, except that the owner or operator may not combine a financial test covering part of the liability coverage requirement with a guarantee unless the financial statement of the owner or operator is not consolidated with the financial statement of the guarantor.  The amounts of coverage demonstrated shall total at least the minimum amount required by Section R315-264-147.  If the owner or operator demonstrates the required coverage through the use of a combination of financial assurances under Subsection R315-264-147(b), the owner or operator shall specify at least one such assurance as "primary" coverage and shall specify other assurance as "excess" coverage.
	(7)  An owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing within 30 days whenever:
	(i)  A Claim results in a reduction in the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage provided by a financial instrument authorized in Subsections R315-264-147(b)(1) through (b)(6); or
	(ii)  A Certification of Valid Claim for bodily injury or property damages caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is entered between the owner or operator and third-party claimant for liability coverage under Subsections R315-264-147(b)(1) through (b)(6); or
	(iii)  A final court order establishing a judgment for bodily injury or property damage caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is issued against the owner or operator or an instrument that is providing financial assurance for liability coverage under Subsections R315-264-147(b)(1) through (b)(6).
	(c)  Request for variance.  If an owner or operator can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that the levels of financial responsibility required by Subsection R315-264-147(a) or (b) are not consistent with the degree and duration of risk associated with treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility or group of facilities, the owner or operator may obtain a variance from the Director.  The request for a variance shall be submitted to the Director as part of the application under Subsection R315-270-14 for a facility that does not have a permit, or pursuant to the procedures for permit modification under Subsection R315-124-5 for a facility that has a permit.  If granted, the variance shall take the form of an adjusted level of required liability coverage, such level to be based on the Director's assessment of the degree and duration of risk associated with the ownership or operation of the facility or group of facilities.  The Director may require an owner or operator who requests a variance to provide such technical and engineering information as is deemed necessary by the Director to determine a level of financial responsibility other than that required by Subsection R315-264-147(a) or (b).  Any request for a variance for a permitted facility shall be treated as a request for a permit modification under Subsections R315-270-41(a)(5) and R315-124-5.
	(d)  Adjustments by the Director.  If the Director determines that the levels of financial responsibility required by Subsection R315-264-147(a) or (b) are not consistent with the degree and duration of risk associated with treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility or group of facilities, the Director may adjust the level of financial responsibility required under Subsection R315-264-147(a) or (b) as may be necessary to protect human health and the environment.  This adjusted level shall be based on the Director's assessment of the degree and duration of risk associated with the ownership or operation of the facility or group of facilities.  In addition, if the Director determines that there is a significant risk to human health and the environment from nonsudden accidental occurrences resulting from the operations of a facility that is not a surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment facility, he may require that an owner or operator of the facility comply with Subsection R315-264-147(b).  An owner or operator shall furnish to the Director, within a reasonable time, any information which the Director requests to determine whether cause exists for such adjustments of level or type of coverage.  Any adjustment of the level or type of coverage for a facility that has a permit shall be treated as a permit modification under Subsections R315-270-41(a)(5) and Section R315-124-5.
	(e)  Period of coverage.  Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and a qualified Professional Engineer that final closure has been completed in accordance with the approved closure plan, the Director shall notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by Section R315-264-147 to maintain liability coverage for that facility, unless the Director has reason to believe that closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.
	(f)  Financial test for liability coverage.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f).  To pass this test the owner or operator shall meet the criteria of Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1)(i) or (ii):
	(i)  The owner or operator shall have:
	(A)  Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test; and
	(B)  Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and
	(C)  Assets in the United States amounting to either:
	(I)  At least 90 percent of his total assets; or
	(II)  at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall have:
	(A)  A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's, or Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa as issued by Moody's; and
	(B)  Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and
	(C)  Tangible net worth at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test; and
	(D)  Assets in the United States amounting to either:
	(I)  At least 90 percent of his total assets; or
	(II)  at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test.
	(2)  The phrase "amount of liability coverage" as used in Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1) refers to the annual aggregate amounts for which coverage is required under Section R315-264-147(a) and (b).
	(3)  To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator shall submit the following three items to the Director:
	(i)  A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in Subsection R315-264-151(g).  If an owner or operator is using the financial test to demonstrate both assurance for closure or post-closure care, as specified by Subsections R315-264-143(f), 145(f); or 40 CFR 265.143(e), and 145(e), which are adopted by reference; and liability coverage, he shall submit the letter specified in Subsection R315-264-151(g) to cover both forms of financial responsibility; a separate letter as specified in Subsection R315-264-151(f) is not required.
	(ii)  A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year.
	(iii)  A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:
	(A)  He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and
	(B)  In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.
	(4)  An owner or operator of a new facility shall submit the items specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f)(3) to the Director at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.
	(5)  After the initial submission of items specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f)(3), the owner or operator shall send updated information to the Director within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year.  This information shall consist of all three items specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f)(3).
	(6)  If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1), he shall obtain insurance, a letter of credit, a surety bond, a trust fund, or a guarantee for the entire amount of required liability coverage as specified in Section R315-264-147.  Evidence of liability coverage shall be submitted to the Director within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the test requirements.
	(7)  The Director may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements, see Subsection R315-264-147(f)(3)(ii).  An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion shall be cause for disallowance.  The Director shall evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis.  The owner or operator shall provide evidence of insurance for the entire amount of required liability coverage as specified in Section R315-264-147 within 30 days after notification of disallowance.
	(g)  Guarantee for liability coverage.
	(1)  Subject to Subsection R315-264-147(g)(2), an owner or operator may meet the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining a written guarantee, hereinafter referred to as "guarantee." The guarantor shall be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator.  The guarantor shall meet the requirements for owners or operators in Section R315-264-147(f)(1) through (f)(6).  The wording of the guarantee shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(h)(2).  A certified copy of the guarantee shall accompany the items sent to the Director as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f)(3).  One of these items shall be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer.  If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, this letter shall describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee.  If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter shall describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee.
	(i)  If the owner or operator fails to satisfy a judgment based on a determination of liability for bodily injury or property damage to third parties caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences, or both as the case may be, arising from the operation of facilities covered by this corporate guarantee, or fails to pay an amount agreed to in settlement of claims arising from or alleged to arise from such injury or damage, the guarantor shall do so up to the limits of coverage.
	(ii)  Reserved
	(2)(i)  In the case of corporations incorporated in the United States, a guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-147 only if the Attorneys General or Insurance Commissioners of the State in which the guarantor is incorporated have submitted a written statement to the Director that a guarantee executed as described in Section R315-264-147 and Subsection R315-264-151(h)(2) is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.
	(ii)  In the case of corporations incorporated outside the United States, a guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-147 only if
	(A)  the non-U.S. corporation has identified a registered agent for service of process in Utah and in the State in which it has its principal place of business, and
	(B)  the Attorney General or Insurance Commissioner of the State in which the guarantor corporation has its principal place of business, has submitted a written statement to the Director that a guarantee executed as described in Section R315-264-147 and Subsection R315-264-151(h)(2) is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.
	(h)  Letter of credit for liability coverage.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit that conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-147(h) and submitting a copy of the letter of credit to the Director.
	(2)  The financial institution issuing the letter of credit shall be an entity that has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter of credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(3)  The wording of the letter of credit shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(k).
	(4)  An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-147 may also establish a standby trust fund.  Under the terms of such a letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the trustee of the standby trust shall be deposited by the issuing institution into the standby trust in accordance with instructions from the trustee.  The trustee of the standby trust fund shall be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(5)  The wording of the standby trust fund shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(n).
	(i)  Surety bond for liability coverage.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by obtaining a surety bond that conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-147(i) and submitting a copy of the bond to the Director.
	(2)  The surety company issuing the bond shall be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in the most recent Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
	(3)  The wording of the surety bond shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(l).
	(4)  A surety bond may be used to satisfy the requirements Section R315-264-147 only if the Attorneys General or Insurance Commissioners of the State in which the surety is incorporated has submitted a written statement to the Director that a surety bond executed as described in Section R315-264-147 and Subsection R315-264-151(l) is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.
	(j)  Trust fund for liability coverage.
	(1)  An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-147 by establishing a trust fund that conforms to the requirements of Subsection R315-264-147(j) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Director.
	(2)  The trustee shall be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
	(3)  The trust fund for liability coverage shall be funded for the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided by the trust fund before it may be relied upon to satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-147.  If at any time after the trust fund is created the amount of funds in the trust fund is reduced below the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided, the owner or operator, by the anniversary date of the establishment of the fund, shall either add sufficient funds to the trust fund to cause its value to equal the full amount of liability coverage to be provided, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in Section R315-264-147 to cover the difference.  For purposes of Subsection R315-264-147(j), "the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided" means the amount of coverage for sudden and/or nonsudden occurrences required to be provided by the owner or operator by Section R315-264-147, less the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage that is being provided by other financial assurance mechanisms being used to demonstrate financial assurance by the owner or operator.
	(4)  The wording of the trust fund shall be identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(m).
	(k)  Notwithstanding any other provision of Rule R315-264, an owner or operator using liability insurance to satisfy the requirements of Section R315-264-147 may use, until October 16, 1982, a Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or Certificate of Liability Insurance that does not certify that the insurer is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.

R315-264-148.  Incapacity of Owners or Operators, Guarantors, or Financial Institutions.
	(a)  An owner or operator shall notify the Director by certified mail of the commencement of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11, Bankruptcy, U.S. Code, naming the owner or operator as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding.  A guarantor of a corporate guarantee as specified in Subsections R315-264-143(f) and 145(f) shall make such a notification if he is named as debtor, as required under the terms of the corporate guarantee, Subsection R315-264-151(h).
	(b)  An owner or operator who fulfills the requirements of Sections R315-264-143, 145, or 147 by obtaining a trust fund, surety bond, letter of credit, or insurance policy shall be deemed to be without the required financial assurance or liability coverage in the event of bankruptcy of the trustee or issuing institution, or a suspension or revocation of the authority of the trustee institution to act as trustee or of the institution issuing the surety bond, letter of credit, or insurance policy to issue such instruments.  The owner or operator shall establish other financial assurance or liability coverage within 60 days after such an event

R315-264-151.  Financial Requirements -- Wording of the Instruments.
	(a)(1)  A trust agreement for a trust fund, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(a) or Subsection R315-264-145(a) or 40 CFR 265.143(a) or 265.145(a), which are adopted by reference in Section R315-265-1; shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses,(), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Trust Agreement
	Trust Agreement, the "Agreement," entered into as of (date) by and between (name of the owner or operator), a (name of State) (insert "corporation," "partnership," "association," or "proprietorship"), the "Grantor," and (name of corporate trustee), (insert "incorporated in the State of ______" or "a national bank"), the "Trustee."
	Whereas, the Utah Waste Management and Radiation Control Board has established certain regulations applicable to the Grantor, requiring that an owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility shall provide assurance that funds will be available when needed for closure and/or post-closure care of the facility,
	Whereas, the Grantor has elected to establish a trust to provide all or part of such financial assurance for the facilities identified herein,
	Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its duly authorized officers, has selected the Trustee to be the trustee under this agreement, and the Trustee is willing to act as trustee,
	Now, Therefore, the Grantor and the Trustee agree as follows:
	Section 1.  Definitions.  As used in this Agreement:
	(a)  The term "Grantor" means the owner or operator who enters into this Agreement and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.
	(b)  The term "Trustee" means the Trustee who enters into this Agreement and any successor Trustee.
	(c)  The term "Board" means the "Waste Management and Radiation Control Board" created pursuant to Utah Code Annotated 19-1-106.
	(d)  The term "Director" means the Director of the Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control, his successors, designees, and any subsequent entity of the State of Utah upon whom the duties of regulation and enforcement of regulations governing hazardous waste are granted.
	Section 2.  Identification of Facilities and Cost Estimates.  This Agreement pertains to the facilities and cost estimates identified on attached Schedule A (on Schedule A, for each facility list the EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates, or portions thereof, for which financial assurance is demonstrated by this Agreement).
	Section 3.  Establishment of Fund.  The Grantor and the Trustee hereby establish a trust fund, the "Fund," for the benefit of the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control.  The Grantor and the Trustee intend that no third party have access to the Fund except as herein provided.  The Fund is established initially as consisting of the property, which is acceptable to the Trustee, described in Schedule B attached hereto.  Such property and any other property subsequently transferred to the Trustee is referred to as the Fund, together with all earnings and profits thereon, less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.  The Fund shall be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as hereinafter provided.  The Trustee shall not be responsible nor shall it undertake any responsibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor any duty to collect from the Grantor, any payments necessary to discharge any liabilities of the Grantor established by the Director.
	Section 4.  Payment for Closure and Post-Closure Care.  The Trustee shall make payments from the Fund as the Director shall direct, in writing, to provide for the payment of the costs of closure and/or post-closure care of the facilities covered by this Agreement.  The Trustee shall reimburse the Grantor or other persons as specified by the Director from the Fund for closure and post-closure expenditures in such amounts as the Director shall direct in writing.  In addition, the Trustee shall refund to the Grantor such amounts as the Director specifies in writing.  Upon refund, such funds shall no longer constitute part of the Fund as defined herein.
	Section 5.  Payments Comprising the Fund.  Payments made to the Trustee for the Fund shall consist of cash or securities acceptable to the Trustee.
	Section 6.  Trustee Management.  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Fund and keep the Fund invested as a single fund, without distinction between principal and income, in accordance with general investment policies and guidelines which the Grantor may communicate in writing to the Trustee from time to time, subject, however, to the provisions Section R315-264-151.  In investing, reinvesting, exchanging, selling, and managing the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his duties with respect to the trust fund solely in the interest of the beneficiary and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing which persons of prudence, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; except that:
	(i)  Securities or other obligations of the Grantor, or any other owner or operator of the facilities, or any of their affiliates as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2.(a), shall not be acquired or held, unless they are securities or other obligations of the Federal or a State government;
	(ii)  The Trustee is authorized to invest the Fund in time or demand deposits of the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and
	(iii)  The Trustee is authorized to hold cash awaiting investment or distribution uninvested for a reasonable time and without liability for the payment of interest thereon.
	Section 7.  Commingling and Investment.  The Trustee is expressly authorized in its discretion:
	(a)  To transfer from time to time any or all of the assets of the Fund to any common, commingled, or collective trust fund created by the Trustee in which the Fund is eligible to participate, subject to all of the provisions thereof, to be commingled with the assets of other trusts participating therein; and
	(b)  To purchase shares in any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq., including one which may be created, managed, underwritten, or to which investment advice is rendered or the shares of which are sold by the Trustee.  The Trustee may vote such shares in its discretion.
	Section 8.  Express Powers of Trustee.  Without in any way limiting the powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee by the other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized and empowered:
	(a)  To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held by it, by public or private sale.  No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity or expediency of any such sale or other disposition;
	(b)  To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;
	(c)  To register any securities held in the Fund in its own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any security in bearer form or in book entry, or to combine certificates representing such securities with certificates of the same issue held by the Trustee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of such securities in a qualified central depositary even though, when so deposited, such securities may be merged and held in bulk in the name of the nominee of such depositary with other securities deposited therein by another person, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of any securities issued by the United States Government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve bank, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Fund;
	(d)  To deposit any cash in the Fund in interest-bearing accounts maintained or savings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its separate corporate capacity, or in any other banking institution affiliated with the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and
	(e)  To compromise or otherwise adjust all claims in favor of or against the Fund.
	Section 9.  Taxes and Expenses.  All taxes of any kind that may be assessed or levied against or in respect of the Fund and all brokerage commissions incurred by the Fund shall be paid from the Fund.  All other expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of this Trust, including fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee, the compensation of the Trustee to the extent not paid directly by the Grantor, and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee shall be paid from the Fund.
	Section 10.  Annual Valuation.  The Trustee shall annually, at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund, furnish to the Grantor and to the appropriate Director a statement confirming the value of the Trust.  Any securities in the Fund shall be valued at market value as of no more than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund.  The failure of the Grantor to object in writing to the Trustee within 90 days after the statement has been furnished to the Grantor and the Director shall constitute a conclusively binding assent by the Grantor, barring the Grantor from asserting any claim or liability against the Trustee with respect to matters disclosed in the statement.
	Section 11.  Advice of Counsel.  The Trustee may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Grantor, with respect to any question arising as to the construction of this Agreement or any action to be taken hereunder.  The Trustee shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by law, in acting upon the advice of counsel.
	Section 12.  Trustee Compensation.  The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as agreed upon in writing from time to time with the Grantor.
	Section 13.  Successor Trustee.  The Trustee may resign or the Grantor may replace the Trustee, but such resignation or replacement shall not be effective until the Grantor has appointed a successor trustee and this successor accepts the appointment.  The successor trustee shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the Trustee hereunder.  Upon the successor trustee's acceptance of the appointment, the Trustee shall assign, transfer, and pay over to the successor trustee the funds and properties then constituting the Fund.  If for any reason the Grantor cannot or does not act in the event of the resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee or for instructions.  The successor trustee shall specify the date on which it assumes administration of the trust in a writing sent to the Grantor, the Director, and the present Trustee by certified mail 10 days before such change becomes effective.  Any expenses incurred by the Trustee as a result of any of the acts contemplated by this Section shall be paid as provided in Section 9.
	Section 14.  Instructions to the Trustee.  All orders, requests, and instructions by the Grantor to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such persons as are designated in the attached Exhibit A or such other designees as the Grantor may designate by amendment to Exhibit A.  The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting without inquiry in accordance with the Grantor's orders, requests, and instructions.  All orders, requests, and instructions by the Director to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by the Director, and the Trustee shall act and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such orders, requests, and instructions.  The Trustee shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary, that no event constituting a change or a termination of the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Grantor or EPA hereunder has occurred.  The Trustee shall have no duty to act in the absence of such orders, requests, and instructions from the Grantor and/or the Director, except as provided for herein.
	Section 15.  Notice of Nonpayment.  The Trustee shall notify the Grantor and the Director and the appropriate Regional Administrator(s), by certified mail within 10 days following the expiration of the 30-day period after the anniversary of the establishment of the Trust, if no payment is received from the Grantor during that period.  After the pay-in period is completed, the Trustee shall not be required to send a notice of nonpayment.
	Section 16.  Amendment of Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Director, or by the Trustee and the Director if the Grantor ceases to exist.
	Section 17.  Irrevocability and Termination.  Subject to the right of the parties to amend this Agreement as provided in Section 16, this Trust shall be irrevocable and shall continue until terminated at the written agreement of the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Director, or by the Trustee and the Director, if the Grantor ceases to exist.  Upon termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be delivered to the Grantor.
	Section 18.  Immunity and Indemnification.  The Trustee shall not incur personal liability of any nature in connection with any act or omission, made in good faith, in the administration of this Trust, or in carrying out any directions by the Grantor or the Director issued in accordance with this Agreement.  The Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Grantor or from the Trust Fund, or both, from and against any personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct in its official capacity, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Grantor fails to provide such defense.
	Section 19.  Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Utah.
	Section 20.  Interpretation.  As used in this Agreement, words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.  The descriptive headings for each Section of this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation or the legal efficacy of this Agreement.
	In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers duly authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first above written: The parties below certify that the wording of this Agreement is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(a)(1) as such regulations were constituted on the date first above written.
	(Signature of Grantor)
	(Title)
	Attest:
	(Title)
	(Seal)
	(Signature of Trustee)
	Attest:
	(Title)
	(Seal)
	(2)  The following is an example of the certification of acknowledgment which shall accompany the trust agreement for a trust fund as specified in Subsections R315-264-143(a) and 145(a) or 40 CFR 265.143(a) or 145(a), which is adopted by reference.  State requirements may differ on the proper content of this acknowledgment.
	State of
	County of
	On this (date), before me personally came (owner or operator) to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she/he resides at (address), that she/he is (title) of (corporation), the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to such instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/his name thereto by like order.
	(Signature of Notary Public)
	(b)  A surety bond guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(b) or 145(b) or 40 CFR 265.143(b) or 145(b), which are adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Financial Guarantee Bond
	Date bond executed:
	Effective date:
	Principal: (legal name and business address of owner or operator)
	Type of Organization: (insert "individual," "joint venture," "partnership," or "corporation")
	State of incorporation:
	Surety(ies): (name(s) and business address(es))
	EPA Identification Number, name, address and closure and/or post-closure amount(s) for each facility guaranteed by this bond (indicate closure and post-closure amounts separately):
	Total penal sum of bond: $
	Surety's bond number:
	Know All Persons By These Presents, That we, the Principal and Surety(ies) hereto are firmly bound to the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control (hereinafter called Director), in the above penal sum for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally; provided that, where the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in such sum "jointly and severally" only for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety binds itself, jointly and severally with the Principal, for the payment of such sum only as is set forth opposite the name of such Surety, but if no limit of liability is indicated, the limit of liability shall be the full amount of the penal sum.
	Whereas said Principal is required, under the Utah Solid and Hazardous Waste Act (the Act), to have a permit or interim status in order to own or operate each hazardous waste management facility identified above, and
	Whereas said Principal is required to provide financial assurance for closure, or closure and post-closure care, as a condition of the permit or interim status, and
	Whereas said Principal shall establish a standby trust fund as is required when a surety bond is used to provide such financial assurance;
	Now, Therefore, the conditions of the obligation are such that if the Principal shall faithfully, before the beginning of final closure of each facility identified above, fund the standby trust fund in the amount(s) identified above for the facility,
	Or, if the Principal shall fund the standby trust fund in such amount(s) within 15 days after a final order to begin closure is issued by an the Director or a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction,
	Or, if the Principal shall provide alternate financial assurance, as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference; as applicable, and obtain the Director's written approval of such assurance, within 90 days after the date notice of cancellation is received by both the Principal and the Director from the Surety(ies), then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it is to remain in full force and effect.
	The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this bond obligation only when the Principal has failed to fulfill the conditions described above.  Upon notification by an the Director that the Principal has failed to perform as guaranteed by this bond, the Surety(ies) shall place funds in the amount guaranteed for the facility(ies) into the standby trust fund as directed by the Director.
	The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of the bond, but in no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said penal sum.
	The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the Principal and to the Director, provided, however, that cancellation shall not occur during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the Principal and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	The Principal may terminate this bond by sending written notice to the Surety(ies), provided, however, that no such notice shall become effective until the Surety(ies) receive(s) written authorization for termination of the bond by the Director.
	(The following paragraph is an optional rider that may be included but is not required.)
	Principal and Surety(ies) hereby agree to adjust the penal sum of the bond yearly so that it guarantees a new closure and/or post-closure amount, provided that the penal sum does not increase by more than 20 percent in any one year, and no decrease in the penal sum takes place without the written permission of the Director.
	In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Financial Guarantee Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.
	The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(b) as such regulations were constituted on the date this bond was executed.
	Principal
	(Signature(s))
	(Name(s))
	(Title(s))
	(Corporate seal)
	Corporate Surety(ies)
	(Name and address)
	State of incorporation:
	Liability limit: $
	(Signature(s))
	(Name(s) and title(s))
	(Corporate seal)
	(For every co-surety, provide signature(s), corporate seal, and other information in the same manner as for Surety above.)
	Bond premium: $
	(c)  A surety bond guaranteeing performance of closure and/or post-closure care, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(c) or 145(c), shall be worded as follows, except that the instructions in parentheses,(), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Performance Bond
	Date bond executed:
	Effective date:
	Principal: (legal name and business address of owner or operator)
	Type of organization: (insert "individual," "joint venture," "partnership," or "corporation")
	State of incorporation:
	Surety(ies): (name(s) and business address(es))
	EPA Identification Number, name, address, and closure and/or post-closure amount(s) for each facility guaranteed by this bond (indicate closure and post-closure amounts separately): _________
	Total penal sum of bond: $
	Surety's bond number:
	Know All Persons By These Presents, That we, the Principal and Surety(ies) hereto are firmly bound to the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control (hereinafter called Director), in the above penal sum for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally; provided that, where the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in such sum "jointly and severally" only for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety binds itself, jointly and severally with the Principal, for the payment of such sum only as is set forth opposite the name of such Surety, but if no limit of liability is indicated, the limit of liability shall be the full amount of the penal sum.
	Whereas said Principal is required, under the Utah Solid and Hazardous Waste Act (the Act), to have a permit in order to own or operate each hazardous waste management facility identified above, and
	Whereas said Principal is required to provide financial assurance for closure, or closure and post-closure care, as a condition of the permit, and
	Whereas said Principal shall establish a standby trust fund as is required when a surety bond is used to provide such financial assurance;
	Now, Therefore, the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform closure, whenever required to do so, of each facility for which this bond guarantees closure, in accordance with the closure plan and other requirements of the permit as such plan and permit may be amended, pursuant to all applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations, as such laws, statutes, rules, and regulations may be amended,
	And, if the Principal shall faithfully perform post-closure care of each facility for which this bond guarantees post-closure care, in accordance with the post-closure plan and other requirements of the permit, as such plan and permit may be amended, pursuant to all applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations, as such laws, statutes, rules, and regulations may be amended,
	Or, if the Principal shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148, and obtain the Director's written approval of such assurance, within 90 days after the date notice of cancellation is received by both the Principal and the Director from the Surety(ies), then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it is to remain in full force and effect.
	The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this bond obligation only when the Principal has failed to fulfill the conditions described above.
	Upon notification by an Director that the Principal has been found in violation of the closure requirements of Rule R315-264, for a facility for which this bond guarantees performance of closure, the Surety(ies) shall either perform closure in accordance with the closure plan and other permit requirements or place the closure amount guaranteed for the facility into the standby trust fund as directed by the Director.
	Upon notification by the Director that the Principal has been found in violation of the post-closure requirements of Rule R315-264 for a facility for which this bond guarantees performance of post-closure care, the Surety(ies) shall either perform post-closure care in accordance with the post-closure plan and other permit requirements or place the post-closure amount guaranteed for the facility into the standby trust fund as directed by the Director.
	Upon notification by the Director that the Principal has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Sections 315-264-140 through 148, and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Director during the 90 days following receipt by both the Principal and the Director of a notice of cancellation of the bond, the Surety(ies) shall place funds in the amount guaranteed for the facility(ies) into the standby trust fund as directed by the Director.
	The surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notification of amendments to closure plans, permits, applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and agrees that no such amendment shall in any way alleviate its (their) obligation on this bond.
	The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of the bond, but in no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said penal sum.
	The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Director and the appropriate Regional Administrator, provided, however, that cancellation shall not occur during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the Principal and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
	The principal may terminate this bond by sending written notice to the Surety(ies), provided, however, that no such notice shall become effective until the Surety(ies) receive(s) written authorization for termination of the bond by the Director.
	(The following paragraph is an optional rider that may be included but is not required.)
	Principal and Surety(ies) hereby agree to adjust the penal sum of the bond yearly so that it guarantees a new closure and/or post-closure amount, provided that the penal sum does not increase by more than 20 percent in any one year, and no decrease in the penal sum takes place without the written permission of the Director.
	In Witness Whereof, The Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Performance Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.
	The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(c) as such regulation was constituted on the date this bond was executed.
	Principal
	(Signature(s))
	(Name(s))
	(Title(s))
	(Corporate seal)
	Corporate Surety(ies)
	(Name and address)
	State of incorporation:
	Liability limit: $
	(Signature(s))
	(Name(s) and title(s))
	(Corporate seal)
	(For every co-surety, provide signature(s), corporate seal, and other information in the same manner as for Surety above.)
	Bond premium: $
	(d)  A letter of credit, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(d) or 145(d) or 40 CFR 265.143(c) or 145(c), which are adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit
	Director of the Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control
	195 North 1950 West
	P.O. Box 144880
	Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4880
	Dear Director: We hereby establish our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ___ in your favor, at the request and for the account of (owner's or operator's name and address) up to the aggregate amount of (in words) U.S. dollars $___, available upon presentation of
	(1)  your sight draft, bearing reference to this letter of credit No. ___, and
	(2)  your signed statement reading as follows: "I certify that the amount of the draft is payable pursuant to regulations issued under authority of the Utah Solid and Hazardous Waste Act."
	This letter of credit is effective as of (date) and shall expire on (date at least 1 year later), but such expiration date shall be automatically extended for a period of (at least 1 year) on (date) and on each successive expiration date, unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, we notify both you and (owner's or operator's name) by certified mail that we have decided not to extend this letter of credit beyond the current expiration date.  In the event you are so notified, any unused portion of the credit shall be available upon presentation of your sight draft for 120 days after the date of receipt by both the Director and (owner's or operator's name), as shown on the signed return receipts.
	Whenever this letter of credit is drawn on under and in compliance with the terms of this credit, we shall duly honor such draft upon presentation to us, and we shall deposit the amount of the draft directly into the standby trust fund of (owner's or operator's name) in accordance with the Director's instructions.
	We certify that the wording of this letter of credit is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(d) as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.
	(Signature(s) and title(s) of official(s) of issuing institution) (Date)
	This credit is subject to (insert "the most recent edition of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, published and copyrighted by the International Chamber of Commerce," or "the Uniform Commercial Code").
	(e)  A certificate of insurance, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(e) or 145(e) or 40 CFR 265.143(d) or 145(d), which are adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Certificate of Insurance for Closure or Post-Closure Care
	Name and Address of Insurer
	(herein called the "Insurer"):
	Name and Address of Insured
	(herein called the "Insured"):
	Facilities Covered: (List for each facility: The EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of insurance for closure and/or the amount for post-closure care (these amounts for all facilities covered shall total the face amount shown below).)
	Face Amount:
	Policy Number:
	Effective Date:
	The Insurer hereby certifies that it has issued to the Insured the policy of insurance identified above to provide financial assurance for (insert "closure" or "closure and post-closure care" or "post-closure care") for the facilities identified above.  The Insurer further warrants that such policy conforms in all respects with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-143(e), or 145(e), or 40 CFR 265.143(d), and 145(d), which are adopted by reference, as applicable and as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.  It is agreed that any provision of the policy inconsistent with such regulations is hereby amended to eliminate such inconsistency.
	Whenever requested by the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control, the Insurer agrees to furnish to the Director a duplicate original of the policy listed above, including all endorsements thereon.
	I hereby certify that the wording of this certificate is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(e) as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.
	(Authorized signature for Insurer)
	(Name of person signing)
	(Title of person signing)
	Signature of witness or notary:
	(Date)
	(f)  A letter from the chief financial officer, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f) or 145(f), or 40 CFR 265.143(e) or 145(e), which are adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Letter From Chief Financial Officer
	Director, Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control.
	195 North 1950 West
	P.O. Box 144880
	Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4880
	I am the chief financial officer of (name and address of firm).  This letter is in support of this firm's use of the financial test to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and/or post-closure costs, as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.
	(Fill out the following five paragraphs regarding facilities and associated cost estimates.  If your firm has no facilities that belong in a particular paragraph, write "None" in the space indicated.  For each facility, include its EPA Identification Number, name, address, and current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates.  Identify each cost estimate as to whether it is for closure or post-closure care).
	1.  This firm is the owner or operator of the following facilities for which financial assurance for closure or post-closure care is demonstrated through the financial test specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.  The current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates covered by the test are shown for each facility: ____.
	2.  This firm guarantees, through the guarantee specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, the closure or post-closure care of the following facilities owned or operated by the guaranteed party.  The current cost estimates for the closure or post-closure care so guaranteed are shown for each facility: ____.  The firm identified above is (insert one or more: (1) The direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator; (2) owned by the same parent corporation as the parent corporation of the owner or operator, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee ____; or (3) engaged in the following substantial business relationship with the owner or operator ____, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee ____).  (Attach a written description of the business relationship or a copy of the contract establishing such relationship to this letter).
	3.  In other jurisdictions, and states where the Director is not authorized to administer the financial requirements of R315-264-140 through 151 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, this firm, as owner or operator or guarantor, is demonstrating financial assurance for the closure or post-closure care of the following facilities through the use of a test equivalent or substantially equivalent to the financial test specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.  The current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates covered by such a test are shown for each facility: ____.
	4.  This firm is the owner or operator of the following hazardous waste management facilities for which financial assurance for closure or, if a disposal facility, post-closure care, is not demonstrated either to EPA or a State through the financial test or any other financial assurance mechanism specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, or equivalent or substantially equivalent State mechanisms.  The current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates not covered by such financial assurance are shown for each facility: ____.
	5.  This firm is the owner or operator of the following UIC facilities for which financial assurance for plugging and abandonment is required under 40 CFR 144.  The current closure cost estimates as required by 40 CFR 144.62 are shown for each facility: ____.
	This firm (insert "is required" or "is not required") to file a Form 10K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the latest fiscal year.
	The fiscal year of this firm ends on (month, day).  The figures for the following items marked with an asterisk are derived from this firm's independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year, ended (date).
	(Fill in Alternative I if the criteria of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1)(i) or Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1)(i), or 40 CFR 265.143(e)(1)(i) or 145(e)(1)(i), which are adopted by reference, are used.  Fill in Alternative II if the criteria of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1)(ii) or 40 CFR 265.143(e)(1)(ii) or 145(e)(1)(ii) or 145(f)(1)(ii), which are adopted by reference, are used.)
	Alternative I
	1.  Sum of current closure and post-closure cost estimate (total of all cost estimates shown in the five paragraphs above) $____
	*2.  Total liabilities (if any portion of the closure or post-closure cost estimates is included in total liabilities, you may deduct the amount of that portion from this line and add that amount to lines 3 and 4)$____
	*3.  Tangible net worth $____
	*4.  Net worth $____
	*5.  Current assets $____
	*6.  Current liabilities $____
	7.  Net working capital (line 5 minus line 6) $____
	*8.  The sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization $____
	*9.  Total assets in U.S. (required only if less than 90% of firm's assets are located in the U.S.) $____
	10.  Is line 3 at least $10 million? (Yes/No) ____
	11.  Is line 3 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____
	12.  Is line 7 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____
	*13.  Are at least 90% of firm's assets located in the U.S.? If not, complete line 14 (Yes/No) ____
	14.  Is line 9 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____
	15.  Is line 2 divided by line 4 less than 2.0? (Yes/No) ____
	16.  Is line 8 divided by line 2 greater than 0.1? (Yes/No) ____
	17.  Is line 5 divided by line 6 greater than 1.5? (Yes/No) ____
	Alternative II
	1.  Sum of current closure and post-closure cost estimates (total of all cost estimates shown in the five paragraphs above) $____
	2.  Current bond rating of most recent issuance of this firm and name of rating service ____
	3.  Date of issuance of bond ____
	4.  Date of maturity of bond ____
	*5.  Tangible net worth (if any portion of the closure and post-closure cost estimates is included in "total liabilities" on your firm's financial statements, you may add the amount of that portion to this line) $____
	*6.  Total assets in U.S. (required only if less than 90% of firm's assets are located in the U.S.) $____
	7.  Is line 5 at least $10 million ? (Yes/No) ____
	8.  Is line 5 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____
	*9.  Are at least 90% of firm's assets located in the U.S.? If not, complete line 10 (Yes/No) ____
	10.  Is line 6 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____
	I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(f) as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.
	(Signature)
	(Name)
	(Title)
	(Date)
	(g)  A letter from the chief financial officer, as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f) or 40 CFR 265.147(f), which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted.
	Letter From Chief Financial Officer
	Director, Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control.
	195 North 1950 West
	P.O. Box 144880
	Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4880
	I am the chief financial officer of (firm's name and address).  This letter is in support of the use of the financial test to demonstrate financial responsibility for liability coverage (insert "and closure and/or post-closure care" if applicable) as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.
	(Fill out the following paragraphs regarding facilities and liability coverage.  If there are no facilities that belong in a particular paragraph, write "None" in the space indicated.  For each facility, include its EPA Identification Number, name, and address).
	The firm identified above is the owner or operator of the following facilities for which liability coverage for (insert "sudden" or "nonsudden" or "both sudden and nonsudden") accidental occurrences is being demonstrated through the financial test specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference:____
	The firm identified above guarantees, through the guarantee specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, liability coverage for (insert "sudden" or "nonsudden" or "both sudden and nonsudden") accidental occurrences at the following facilities owned or operated by the following: ____.  The firm identified above is (insert one or more: (1) The direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator; (2) owned by the same parent corporation as the parent corporation of the owner or operator, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee ____; or (3) engaged in the following substantial business relationship with the owner or operator ____, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee ____).  (Attach a written description of the business relationship or a copy of the contract establishing such relationship to this letter.)
	(If you are using the financial test to demonstrate coverage of both liability and closure and post-closure care, fill in the following five paragraphs regarding facilities and associated closure and post-closure cost estimates.  If there are no facilities that belong in a particular paragraph, write "None" in the space indicated.  For each facility, include its EPA identification number, name, address, and current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates.  Identify each cost estimate as to whether it is for closure or post-closure care.)
	1.  The firm identified above owns or operates the following facilities for which financial assurance for closure or post-closure care or liability coverage is demonstrated through the financial test specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.  The current closure and/or post-closure cost estimate covered by the test are shown for each facility: ____.
	2.  The firm identified above guarantees, through the guarantee specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, the closure and post-closure care or liability coverage of the following facilities owned or operated by the guaranteed party.  The current cost estimates for closure or post-closure care so guaranteed are shown for each facility: ____.
	3.  In other jurisdictions, and states where the Director is not authorized to administer the financial requirements of R315-264-140 through 151 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, this firm is demonstrating financial assurance for the closure or post-closure care of the following facilities through the use of a test equivalent or substantially equivalent to the financial test specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.  The current closure or post-closure cost estimates covered by such a test are shown for each facility: ____.
	4.  The firm identified above owns or operates the following hazardous waste management facilities for which financial assurance for closure or, if a disposal facility, post-closure care, is not demonstrated either to EPA or a State through the financial test or any other financial assurance mechanisms specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 and 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, or equivalent or substantially equivalent State mechanisms.  The current closure and/or post-closure cost estimates not covered by such financial assurance are shown for each facility: ____.
	5.  This firm is the owner or operator or guarantor of the following UIC facilities for which financial assurance for plugging and abandonment is required under 40 CFR 144 and is assured through a financial test.  The current closure cost estimates as required by 40 CFR 144.62 are shown for each facility:____.
	This firm (insert "is required" or "is not required") to file a Form 10K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the latest fiscal year.
	The fiscal year of this firm ends on (month, day).  The figures for the following items marked with an asterisk are derived from this firm's independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year, ended (date).
	Part A.  Liability Coverage for Accidental Occurrences
	(Fill in Alternative I if the criteria of Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1)(i) or 40 CFR 265.147(f)(1)(i), which is adopted by reference, are used.  Fill in Alternative II if the criteria of Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1)(ii) or 40 CFR 265.147(f)(1)(ii), which is adopted by reference, are used.)
	Alternative I
	1.  Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated $____.
	*2.  Current assets $____.
	*3.  Current liabilities $____.
	4.  Net working capital (line 2 minus line 3) $____.
	*5.  Tangible net worth $____.
	*6.  If less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S., give total U.S. assets $____.
	7.  Is line 5 at least $10 million? (Yes/No) ____.
	8.  Is line 4 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____.
	9.  Is line 5 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____.
	*10.  Are at least 90% of assets located in the U.S.? (Yes/No) ____.  If not, complete line 11.
	11.  Is line 6 at least 6 times line 1? (Yes/No) ____.
	Alternative II
	1.  Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated $____.
	2.  Current bond rating of most recent issuance and name of rating service ____ ____.
	3.  Date of issuance of bond ________.
	4.  Date of maturity of bond ________.
	*5.  Tangible net worth $____.
	*6.  Total assets in U.S. (required only if less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S.) $____.
	7.  Is line 5 at least $10 million? (Yes/No) ____.
	8.  Is line 5 at least 6 times line 1? ____.
	9.  Are at least 90% of assets located in the U.S.? If not, complete line 10. (Yes/No) ____.
	10.  Is line 6 at least 6 times line 1? ____.
	(Fill in part B if you are using the financial test to demonstrate assurance of both liability coverage and closure or post-closure care.)
	Part B.  Closure or Post-Closure Care and Liability Coverage
	(Fill in Alternative I if the criteria of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1)(i) or Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1)(i) and of Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1)(i) are used or if the criteria of 40 CFR 265.143(e)(1)(i) or 145(e)(1)(i), which are adopted by reference, and of 40 CFR 265.147(f)(1)(i), which is adopted by reference, are used.  Fill in Alternative II if the criteria of Subsection R315-264-143(f)(1)(ii) or Subsection R315-264-145(f)(1)(ii) and of Subsection R315-264-147(f)(1)(ii) are used or if the criteria of 40 CFR 265.143(e)(1)(i) or 145(e)(1)(i), which are adopted by reference, and of 40 CFR 265.147(f)(1)(ii), which is adopted by reference, are used.)
	Alternative I
	1.  Sum of current closure and post-closure cost estimates (total of all cost estimates listed above) $____
	2.  Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated $____
	3.  Sum of lines 1 and 2 $____
	*4.  Total liabilities (if any portion of your closure or post-closure cost estimates is included in your total liabilities, you may deduct that portion from this line and add that amount to lines 5 and 6) $____
	*5.  Tangible net worth $____
	*6.  Net worth $____
	*7.  Current assets $____
	*8.  Current liabilities $____
	9.  Net working capital (line 7 minus line 8) $____
	*10.  The sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization $____
	*11.  Total assets in U.S. (required only if less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S.) $____
	12.  Is line 5 at least $10 million? (Yes/No)
	13.  Is line 5 at least 6 times line 3? (Yes/No)
	14.  Is line 9 at least 6 times line 3? (Yes/No)
	*15.  Are at least 90% of assets located in the U.S.? (Yes/No) If not, complete line 16.
	16.  Is line 11 at least 6 times line 3? (Yes/No)
	17.  Is line 4 divided by line 6 less than 2.0? (Yes/No)
	18.  Is line 10 divided by line 4 greater than 0.1? (Yes/No)
	19.  Is line 7 divided by line 8 greater than 1.5? (Yes/No)
	Alternative II
	1.  Sum of current closure and post-closure cost estimates (total of all cost estimates listed above) $____
	2.  Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated $____
	3.  Sum of lines 1 and 2 $____
	4.  Current bond rating of most recent issuance and name of rating service ____ ____
	5.  Date of issuance of bond ________
	6.  Date of maturity of bond ________
	*7.  Tangible net worth (if any portion of the closure or post-closure cost estimates is included in "total liabilities" on your financial statements you may add that portion to this line) $____
	*8.  Total assets in the U.S. (required only if less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S.) $____
	9.  Is line 7 at least $10 million? (Yes/No)
	10.  Is line 7 at least 6 times line 3? (Yes/No)
	*11.  Are at least 90% of assets located in the U.S.? (Yes/No) If not complete line 12.
	12.  Is line 8 at least 6 times line 3? (Yes/No)
	I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(g) as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.
	(Signature)
	(Name)
	(Title)
	(Date)
	(h)(1)  A corporate guarantee, as specified in Subsection R315-264-143(f) or 145(f), or 40 CFR 265.143(e) or 145(e), which are adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Corporate Guarantee for Closure or Post-Closure Care
	Guarantee made this (date) by (name of guaranteeing entity), a business corporation organized under the laws of the State of (insert name of State), herein referred to as guarantor.  This guarantee is made on behalf of the (owner or operator) of (business address), which is (one of the following: "our subsidiary"; "a subsidiary of (name and address of common parent corporation), of which guarantor is a subsidiary"; or "an entity with which guarantor has a substantial business relationship, as defined in (either Subsection R315-264-141(h) or 40 CFR 265.141(h), which is adopted by reference,)" to the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control (Director).
	Recitals
	1.  Guarantor meets or exceeds the financial test criteria and agrees to comply with the reporting requirements for guarantors as specified in Subsections R315-264-143(f) and 145(f) or 40 CFR 265.143(e) and 145(e), which are adopted by reference.
	2.  (Owner or operator) owns or operates the following hazardous waste management facility(ies) covered by this guarantee: (List for each facility: EPA Identification Number, name, and address.  Indicate for each whether guarantee is for closure, post-closure care, or both.)
	3.  "Closure plans" and "post-closure plans" as used below refer to the plans maintained as required by Sections R315-264-110 through 120 and 40 CFR 265.110 through 120, which are adopted by reference, for the closure and post-closure care of facilities as identified above.
	4.  For value received from (owner or operator), guarantor guarantees to the Director that in the event that (owner or operator) fails to perform (insert "closure," "post-closure care" or "closure and post-closure care") of the above facility(ies) in accordance with the closure or post-closure plans and other permit or interim status requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor shall do so or establish a trust fund as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, as applicable, in the name of (owner or operator) in the amount of the current closure or post-closure cost estimates as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference.
	5.  Guarantor agrees that if, at the end of any fiscal year before termination of this guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet the financial test criteria, guarantor shall send within 90 days, by certified mail, notice to the Director and to (owner or operator) that he intends to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, as applicable, in the name of (owner or operator).  Within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year, the guarantor shall establish such financial assurance unless (owner or operator) has done so.
	6.  The guarantor agrees to notify the Director and the appropriate Regional Administrator by certified mail, of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11, Bankruptcy, U.S. Code, naming guarantor as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding.
	7.  Guarantor agrees that within 30 days after being notified by the Director of a determination that guarantor no longer meets the financial test criteria or that he is disallowed from continuing as a guarantor of closure or post-closure care, he shall establish alternate financial assurance as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, as applicable, in the name of (owner or operator) unless (owner or operator) has done so.
	8.  Guarantor agrees to remain bound under this guarantee notwithstanding any or all of the following: amendment or modification of the closure or post-closure plan, amendment or modification of the permit, the extension or reduction of the time of performance of closure or post-closure, or any other modification or alteration of an obligation of the owner or operator pursuant to Rules R315-264 or 265.
	9.  Guarantor agrees to remain bound under this guarantee for as long as (owner or operator) shall comply with the applicable financial assurance requirements of Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, for the above-listed facilities, except as provided in paragraph 10 of this agreement.
	10.  (Insert the following language if the guarantor is (a) a direct or higher-tier corporate parent, or (b) a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator):
	Guarantor may terminate this guarantee by sending notice by certified mail to the Director and to (owner or operator)and to the appropriate Regional Administrator, provided that this guarantee may not be terminated unless and until (the owner or operator) obtains, and the Director approves, alternate closure and/or post-closure care coverage complying with Sections R315-264-143 and/or 264-145, or 40 CFR 265.143, and/or 145, which are adopted by reference.
	(Insert the following language if the guarantor is a firm qualifying as a guarantor due to its "substantial business relationship" with its owner or operator)
	Guarantor may terminate this guarantee 120 days following the receipt of notification, through certified mail, by the Director and by (the owner or operator).
	11.  Guarantor agrees that if (owner or operator) fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in Sections R315-264-140 through 148 or 40 CFR 265.140 through 148, which are adopted by reference, as applicable, and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Director within 90 days after a notice of cancellation by the guarantor is received by the Director from guarantor, guarantor shall provide such alternate financial assurance in the name of (owner or operator).
	12.  Guarantor expressly waives notice of acceptance of this guarantee by the Director or by (owner or operator).  Guarantor also expressly waives notice of amendments or modifications of the closure and/or post-closure plan and of amendments or modifications of the facility permit(s).
	I hereby certify that the wording of this guarantee is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(h) as such regulations were constituted on the date first above written.
	Effective date:
	(Name of guarantor)
	(Authorized signature for guarantor)
	(Name of person signing)
	(Title of person signing)
	Signature of witness or notary:
	(2)  A guarantee, as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(g) or 40 CFR 265.147(g), which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Guarantee for Liability Coverage
	Guarantee made this (date) by (name of guaranteeing entity), a business corporation organized under the laws of (if incorporated within the United States insert "the State of ____" and insert name of State; if incorporated outside the United States insert the name of the country in which incorporated, the principal place of business within the United States, and the name and address of the registered agent in the State of the principal place of business), herein referred to as guarantor.  This guarantee is made on behalf of (owner or operator) of (business address), which is one of the following: "our subsidiary;" "a subsidiary of (name and address of common parent corporation), of which guarantor is a subsidiary;" or "an entity with which guarantor has a substantial business relationship, as defined in (either Subsection R315-264-141(h) or 40 CFR 265.141(h), which is adopted by reference,)", to any and all third parties who have sustained or may sustain bodily injury or property damage caused by (sudden and/or nonsudden) accidental occurrences arising from operation of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee.
	Recitals
	1.  Guarantor meets or exceeds the financial test criteria and agrees to comply with the reporting requirements for guarantors as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(g) and 40 CFR 265.147(g), which is adopted by reference.
	2.  (Owner or operator) owns or operates the following hazardous waste management facility(ies) covered by this guarantee: (List for each facility: EPA identification number, name, and address; and if guarantor is incorporated outside the United States list the name and address of the guarantor's registered agent in each State.) This corporate guarantee satisfies the third-party liability requirements for (insert "sudden" or "nonsudden" or "both sudden and nonsudden") accidental occurrences in above-named owner or operator facilities for coverage in the amount of (insert dollar amount) for each occurrence and (insert dollar amount) annual aggregate.
	3.  For value received from (owner or operator), guarantor guarantees to any and all third parties who have sustained or may sustain bodily injury or property damage caused by (sudden and/or nonsudden) accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee that in the event that (owner or operator) fails to satisfy a judgment or award based on a determination of liability for bodily injury or property damage to third parties caused by (sudden and/or nonsudden) accidental occurrences, arising from the operation of the above-named facilities, or fails to pay an amount agreed to in settlement of a claim arising from or alleged to arise from such injury or damage, the guarantor shall satisfy such judgment(s), award(s) or settlement agreement(s) up to the limits of coverage identified above.
	4.  Such obligation does not apply to any of the following:
	(a)  Bodily injury or property damage for which (insert owner or operator) is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement.  This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that (insert owner or operator) would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.
	(b)  Any obligation of (insert owner or operator) under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.
	(c)  Bodily injury to:
	(1)  An employee of (insert owner or operator) arising from, and in the course of, employment by (insert owner or operator); or
	(2)  The spouse, child, parent, brother, or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by (insert owner or operator).  This exclusion applies:
	(A)  Whether (insert owner or operator) may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and
	(B)  To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who shall pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).
	(d)  Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.
	(e)  Property damage to:
	(1)  Any property owned, rented, or occupied by (insert owner or operator);
	(2)  Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by (insert owner or operator) if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;
	(3)  Property loaned to (insert owner or operator);
	(4)  Personal property in the care, custody or control of (insert owner or operator);
	(5)  That particular part of real property on which (insert owner or operator) or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of (insert owner or operator) are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.
	5.  Guarantor agrees that if, at the end of any fiscal year before termination of this guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet the financial test criteria, guarantor shall send within 90 days, by certified mail, notice to the Director and to (owner or operator) and to the appropriate Regional Administrator that he intends to provide alternate liability coverage as specified in Section R315-264-147 and 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference, as applicable, in the name of (owner or operator).  Within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year, the guarantor shall establish such liability coverage unless (owner or operator) has done so.
	6.  The guarantor agrees to notify the Director and the appropriate Regional Administrator by certified mail of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under title 11, Bankruptcy, U.S. Code, naming guarantor as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding.
	7.  Guarantor agrees that within 30 days after being notified by the Director of a determination that guarantor no longer meets the financial test criteria or that he is disallowed from continuing as a guarantor, he shall establish alternate liability coverage as specified in Section R315-264-147 or 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference, in the name of (owner or operator), unless (owner or operator) has done so.
	8.  Guarantor reserves the right to modify this agreement to take into account amendment or modification of the liability requirements set by Section R315-264-147 and 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference, provided that such modification shall become effective only if the Director does not disapprove the modification within 30 days of receipt of notification of the modification.
	9.  Guarantor agrees to remain bound under this guarantee for so long as (owner or operator) shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-147 and 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference, for the above-listed facility(ies), except as provided in paragraph 10 of this agreement.
	10.  (Insert the following language if the guarantor is (a) a direct or higher-tier corporate parent, or (b) a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator):
	Guarantor may terminate this guarantee by sending notice by certified mail to the Director and to (owner or operator) and to the appropriate Regional Administrator, provided that this guarantee may not be terminated unless and until (the owner or operator) obtains, and the Director approves, alternate liability coverage complying with Sections R315-264-147 and/or 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference.
	(Insert the following language if the guarantor is a firm qualifying as a guarantor due to its "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator):
	Guarantor may terminate this guarantee 120 days following receipt of notification, through certified mail, by the Director and by (the owner or operator).
	11.  Guarantor hereby expressly waives notice of acceptance of this guarantee by any party.
	12.  Guarantor agrees that this guarantee is in addition to and does not affect any other responsibility or liability of the guarantor with respect to the covered facilities.
	13.  The Guarantor shall satisfy a third-party liability claim only on receipt of one of the following documents:
	(a)  Certification from the Principal and the third-party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid.  The certification shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Certification of Valid Claim
	The undersigned, as parties (insert Principal) and (insert name and address of third-party claimant(s)), hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a (sudden or nonsudden) accidental occurrence arising from operating (Principal's) hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $            .
	(Signatures)
	Principal
	(Notary) Date
	(Signatures)
	Claimant(s)
	(Notary) Date
	(b)  A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Principal for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Principal's facility or group of facilities.
	14.  In the event of combination of this guarantee with another mechanism to meet liability requirements, this guarantee shall be considered (insert "primary" or "excess") coverage.
	I hereby certify that the wording of the guarantee is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(h)(2) as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.
	Effective date:
	(Name of guarantor)
	(Authorized signature for guarantor)
	(Name of person signing)
	(Title of person signing)
	Signature of witness or notary:
	(i)  A hazardous waste facility liability endorsement as required in Section R315-264-147 or 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement
	1.  This endorsement certifies that the policy to which the endorsement is attached provides liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage in connection with the insured's obligation to demonstrate financial responsibility under Sections R315-264-147 or 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference.  The coverage applies at (list EPA Identification Number, name, and address for each facility) for (insert "sudden accidental occurrences," "nonsudden accidental occurrences," or "sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences"; if coverage is for multiple facilities and the coverage is different for different facilities, indicate which facilities are insured for sudden accidental occurrences, which are insured for nonsudden accidental occurrences, and which are insured for both).  The limits of liability are (insert the dollar amount of the "each occurrence" and "annual aggregate" limits of the Insurer's liability), exclusive of legal defense costs.
	2.  The insurance afforded with respect to such occurrences is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the policy; provided, however, that any provisions of the policy inconsistent with subsections (a) through (e) of this Paragraph 2 are hereby amended to conform with subsections (a) through (e):
	(a)  Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured shall not relieve the Insurer of its obligations under the policy to which this endorsement is attached.
	(b)  The Insurer is liable for the payment of amounts within any deductible applicable to the policy, with a right of reimbursement by the insured for any such payment made by the Insurer.  This provision does not apply with respect to that amount of any deductible for which coverage is demonstrated as specified in Subsections R315-264-147(f) or 40 CFR 265.147(f), which is adopted by reference.
	(c)  Whenever requested by the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control (Director), the Insurer agrees to furnish to the Director a signed duplicate original of the policy and all endorsements.
	(d)  Cancellation of this endorsement, whether by the Insurer, the insured, a parent corporation providing insurance coverage for its subsidiary, or by a firm having an insurable interest in and obtaining liability insurance on behalf of the owner or operator of the hazardous waste management facility, shall be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of 60 days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Director and by the appropriate Regional Administrator.
	(e)  Any other termination of this endorsement shall be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of thirty (30) days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Director.
	Attached to and forming part of policy No. ___ issued by (name of Insurer), herein called the Insurer, of (address of Insurer) to (name of insured) of (address) this _______ day of _______, 19__.  The effective date of said policy is ______ day of _______, 19__.
	I hereby certify that the wording of this endorsement is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(i) as such regulation was constituted on the date first above written, and that the Insurer is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.
	(Signature of Authorized Representative of Insurer)
	(Type name)
	(Title), Authorized Representative of (name of Insurer)
	(Address of Representative)
	(j)  A certificate of liability insurance as required in Section R315-264-147 or 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that the instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Hazardous Waste Facility Certificate of Liability Insurance
	1.  (Name of Insurer), (the "Insurer"), of (address of Insurer) hereby certifies that it has issued liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage to (name of insured), (the "insured"), of (address of insured) in connection with the insured's obligation to demonstrate financial responsibility under Sections R315-264-147 or 40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference.  The coverage applies at (list EPA Identification Number, name, and address for each facility) for (insert "sudden accidental occurrences," "nonsudden accidental occurrences," or "sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences"; if coverage is for multiple facilities and the coverage is different for different facilities, indicate which facilities are insured for sudden accidental occurrences, which are insured for nonsudden accidental occurrences, and which are insured for both).  The limits of liability are (insert the dollar amount of the "each occurrence" and "annual aggregate" limits of the Insurer's liability), exclusive of legal defense costs.  The coverage is provided under policy number ___, issued on (date).  The effective date of said policy is (date).
	2.  The Insurer further certifies the following with respect to the insurance described in Paragraph 1:
	(a)  Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured shall not relieve the Insurer of its obligations under the policy.
	(b)  The Insurer is liable for the payment of amounts within any deductible applicable to the policy, with a right of reimbursement by the insured for any such payment made by the Insurer.  This provision does not apply with respect to that amount of any deductible for which coverage is demonstrated as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(f) or 40 CFR 265.147(f), which is adopted by reference.
	(c)  Whenever requested by the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control, the Insurer agrees to furnish to the Director a signed duplicate original of the policy and all endorsements.
	(d)  Cancellation of the insurance, whether by the insurer, the insured, a parent corporation providing insurance coverage for its subsidiary, or by a firm having an insurable interest in and obtaining liability insurance on behalf of the owner or operator of the hazardous waste management facility, shall be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of 60 days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Director and by the appropriate Regional Administrator.
	(e)  Any other termination of the insurance shall be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of thirty (30) days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Director.
	I hereby certify that the wording of this instrument is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(j) as such regulation was constituted on the date first above written, and that the Insurer is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in one or more States.
	(Signature of authorized representative of Insurer)
	(Type name)
	(Title), Authorized Representative of (name of Insurer)
	(Address of Representative)
	(k)  A letter of credit, as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(h) or 40 CFR 265.147(h), which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit
	Director, Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control
	195 North 1950 West
	P.O. Box 144880
	Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4880
	Dear Sir or Madam: We hereby establish our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ______ in the favor of ("any and all third-party liability claimants" or insert name of trustee of the standby trust fund), at the request and for the account of (owner or operator's name and address) for third-party liability awards or settlements up to (in words) U.S. dollars $______ per occurrence and the annual aggregate amount of (in words) U.S. dollars $______, for sudden accidental occurrences and/or for third-party liability awards or settlements up to the amount of (in words) U.S. dollars $______ per occurrence, and the annual aggregate amount of (in words) U.S. dollars $______, for nonsudden accidental occurrences available upon presentation of a sight draft bearing reference to this letter of credit No. ______, and (insert the following language if the letter of credit is being used without a standby trust fund: (1) a signed certificate reading as follows:
	Certificate of Valid Claim
	The undersigned, as parties (insert principal) and (insert name and address of third party claimant(s)), hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a (sudden or nonsudden) accidental occurrence arising from operations of (principal's) hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $(            ).  We hereby certify that the claim does not apply to any of the following:
	(a)  Bodily injury or property damage for which (insert principal) is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement.  This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that (insert principal) would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.
	(b)  Any obligation of (insert principal) under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.
	(c)  Bodily injury to:
	(1)  An employee of (insert principal) arising from, and in the course of, employment by (insert principal); or
	(2)  The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by (insert principal).
	This exclusion applies:
	(A)  Whether (insert principal) may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and
	(B)  To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who shall pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).
	(d)  Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.
	(e)  Property damage to:
	(1)  Any property owned, rented, or occupied by (insert principal);
	(2)  Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by (insert principal) if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;
	(3)  Property loaned to (insert principal);
	(4)  Personal property in the care, custody or control of (insert principal);
	(5)  That particular part of real property on which (insert principal) or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of (insert principal) are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.
	(Signatures)
	Grantor
	(Signatures)
	Claimant(s) or
	(2)  a valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Grantor for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Grantor's facility or group of facilities.)
	This letter of credit is effective as of (date) and shall expire on (date at least one year later), but such expiration date shall be automatically extended for a period of (at least one year) on (date and on each successive expiration date, unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, we notify you, the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control, and (owner's or operator's name) and the appropriate Regional Administrator by certified mail that we have decided not to extend this letter of credit beyond the current expiration date.
	Whenever this letter of credit is drawn on under and in compliance with the terms of this credit, we shall duly honor such draft upon presentation to us.
	(Insert the following language if a standby trust fund is not being used: "In the event that this letter of credit is used in combination with another mechanism for liability coverage, this letter of credit shall be considered (insert "primary" or "excess" coverage)."
	We certify that the wording of this letter of credit is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(k) as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below.  (Signature(s) and title(s) of official(s) of issuing institution) (Date).
	This credit is subject to (insert "the most recent edition of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, published and copyrighted by the International Chamber of Commerce," or "the Uniform Commercial Code").
	(l)  A surety bond, as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(i) or 40 CFR 265.147(i), which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows: except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Payment Bond
	Surety Bond No. (Insert number)
	Parties (Insert name and address of owner or operator), Principal, incorporated in (Insert State of incorporation) of (Insert city and State of principal place of business) and (Insert name and address of surety company(ies)), Surety Company(ies), of (Insert surety(ies) place of business).
	EPA Identification Number, name, and address for each facility guaranteed by this bond: ____

	Table

                 Sudden accidental     Nonsudden accidental
                   occurrences            occurrences

Penal Sum Per    (insert amount)         (insert amount)
Occurrence
Annual Aggregate (insert amount)         (insert amount)
	
	Purpose: This is an agreement between the Surety(ies) and the Principal under which the Surety(ies), its(their) successors and assignees, agree to be responsible for the payment of claims against the Principal for bodily injury and/or property damage to third parties caused by ("sudden" and/or "nonsudden") accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities in the sums prescribed herein; subject to the governing provisions and the following conditions.
	Governing Provisions:
	(1)  Section 3004 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended.
	(2)  Rules adopted by the Utah Waste Management and Radiation Control Board under the Utah Solid and Hazardous Waste Act, particularly ("Subsection R315-264-147" or "40 CFR 265.147, which is adopted by reference,") (if applicable).
	Conditions:
	(1)  The Principal is subject to the applicable governing provisions that require the Principal to have and maintain liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by ("sudden" and/or "nonsudden") accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.  Such obligation does not apply to any of the following:
	(a)  Bodily injury or property damage for which (insert principal) is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement.  This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that (insert principal) would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.
	(b)  Any obligation of (insert principal) under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar law.
	(c)  Bodily injury to:
	(1)  An employee of (insert principal) arising from, and in the course of, employment by (insert principal); or
	(2)  The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by (insert principal).  This exclusion applies:
	(A)  Whether (insert principal) may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and
	(B)  To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who shall pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).
	(d)  Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.
	(e)  Property damage to:
	(1)  Any property owned, rented, or occupied by (insert principal);
	(2)  Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by (insert principal) if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;
	(3)  Property loaned to (insert principal);
	(4)  Personal property in the care, custody or control of (insert principal);
	(5)  That particular part of real property on which (insert principal) or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of (insert principal) are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.
	(2)  This bond assures that the Principal shall satisfy valid third party liability claims, as described in condition 1.
	(3)  If the Principal fails to satisfy a valid third party liability claim, as described above, the Surety(ies) becomes liable on this bond obligation.
	(4)  The Surety(ies) shall satisfy a third party liability claim only upon the receipt of one of the following documents:
	(a)  Certification from the Principal and the third party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid.  The certification shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Certification of Valid Claim
	The undersigned, as parties (insert name of Principal) and (insert name and address of third party claimant(s)), hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a (sudden or nonsudden) accidental occurrence arising from operating (Principal's) hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $(      ).
	(Signature)
	Principal
	(Notary)      Date
	(Signature(s))
	Claimant(s)
	(Notary)      Date
	or (b) A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Principal for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Principal's facility or group of facilities.
	(5)  In the event of combination of this bond with another mechanism for liability coverage, this bond shall be considered (insert "primary" or "excess") coverage.
	(6)  The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of the bond.  In no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said annual aggregate penal sum, provided that the Surety(ies) furnish(es) notice to the Director forthwith of all claims filed and payments made by the Surety(ies) under this bond.
	(7)  The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the Principal and the Director and the appropriate Regional Administrator, provided, however, that cancellation shall not occur during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by the Principal and the Director, as evidenced by the return receipt.
	(8)  The Principal may terminate this bond by sending written notice to the Surety(ies) and to the Director.
	(9)  The Surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notification of amendments to applicable laws, statutes, rules and regulations and agree(s) that no such amendment shall in any way alleviate its (their) obligation on this bond.
	(10)  This bond is effective from (insert date) (12:01 a.m., standard time, at the address of the Principal as stated herein) and shall continue in force until terminated as described above.
	In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.
	The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(1), as such regulations were constituted on the date this bond was executed.
	PRINCIPAL
	(Signature(s))
	(Name(s))
	(Title(s))
	(Corporate Seal)
	CORPORATE SURETY(IES)
	(Name and address)
	State of incorporation:
	Liability Limit: $
	(Signature(s))
	(Name(s) and title(s))
	(Corporate seal)
	(For every co-surety, provide signature(s), corporate seal, and other information in the same manner as for Surety above.)
	Bond premium: $
	(m)(1)  A trust agreement, as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(j) or 40 CFR 265.147(j), which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Trust Agreement
	Trust Agreement, the "Agreement," entered into as of (date) by and between (name of the owner or operator) a (name of State) (insert "corporation," "partnership," "association," or "proprietorship"), the "Grantor," and (name of corporate trustee), (insert, "incorporated in the State of ____" or "a national bank"), the "trustee."
	Whereas, the Utah Waste Management and Radiation Control Board, has established certain regulations applicable to the Grantor, requiring that an owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility or group of facilities shall demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental and/or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.
	Whereas, the Grantor has elected to establish a trust to assure all or part of such financial responsibility for the facilities identified herein.
	Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its duly authorized officers, has selected the Trustee to be the trustee under this agreement, and the Trustee is willing to act as trustee.
	Now, therefore, the Grantor and the Trustee agree as follows:
	Section 1.  Definitions.  As used in this Agreement:
	(a)  The term "Board", "Waste Management and Radiation Control Board" created pursuant to Utah Code Annotated 19-1-106.
	(b)  The term "Director" means the Director,of the Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control his successors, designees, and any subsequent entity of the State of Utah upon whom the duties of regulation and enforcement of regulations governing hazardous waste.
	(c)  The term "Grantor" means the owner or operator who enters into this Agreement and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.
	(d)  The term "Trustee" means the Trustee who enters into this Agreement and any successor Trustee.
	Section 2.  Identification of Facilities.  This agreement pertains to the facilities identified on attached schedule A (on schedule A, for each facility list the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility(ies) and the amount of liability coverage, or portions thereof, if more than one instrument affords combined coverage as demonstrated by this Agreement).
	Section 3.  Establishment of Fund.  The Grantor and the Trustee hereby establish a trust fund, hereinafter the "Fund," for the benefit of any and all third parties injured or damaged by (sudden and/or nonsudden) accidental occurrences arising from operation of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee, in the amounts of ______ (up to $1 million) per occurrence and ______ (up to $2 million) annual aggregate for sudden accidental occurrences and ______ (up to $3 million) per occurrence and ______ (up to $6 million) annual aggregate for nonsudden occurrences, except that the Fund is not established for the benefit of third parties for the following:
	(a)  Bodily injury or property damage for which (insert Grantor) is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement.  This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that (insert Grantor)  would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.
	(b)  Any obligation of (insert Grantor) under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.
	(c)  Bodily injury to:
	(1)  An employee of (insert Grantor) arising from, and in the course of, employment by (insert Grantor); or
	(2)  The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by (insert Grantor).
	This exclusion applies:
	(A)  Whether (insert Grantor) may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and
	(B)  To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who shall pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).
	(d)  Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.
	(e)  Property damage to:
	(1)  Any property owned, rented, or occupied by (insert Grantor);
	(2)  Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by (insert Grantor) if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;
	(3)  Property loaned to (insert Grantor);
	(4)  Personal property in the care, custody or control of (insert Grantor);
	(5)  That particular part of real property on which (insert Grantor) or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of (insert Grantor) are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.
	In the event of combination with another mechanism for liability coverage, the fund shall be considered (insert "primary" or "excess") coverage.
	The Fund is established initially as consisting of the property, which is acceptable to the Trustee, described in Schedule B attached hereto.  Such property and any other property subsequently transferred to the Trustee is referred to as the Fund, together with all earnings and profits thereon, less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.  The Fund shall be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as hereinafter provided.  The Trustee shall not be responsible nor shall it undertake any responsibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor any duty to collect from the Grantor, any payments necessary to discharge any liabilities of the Grantor established by Director.
	Section 4.  Payment for Bodily Injury or Property Damage.  The Trustee shall satisfy a third party liability claim by making payments from the Fund only upon receipt of one of the following documents;
	(a)  Certification from the Grantor and the third party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid.  The certification shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Certification of Valid Claim
	The undersigned, as parties (insert Grantor) and (insert name and address of third party claimant(s)), hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a (sudden or nonsudden) accidental occurrence arising from operating (Grantor's) hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $(         ).
	(Signatures)
	Grantor
	(Signatures)
	Claimant(s)
	(b)  A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Grantor for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Grantor's facility or group of facilities.
	Section 5.  Payments Comprising the Fund.  Payments made to the Trustee for the Fund shall consist of cash or securities acceptable to the Trustee.
	Section 6.  Trustee Management.  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income, in accordance with general investment policies and guidelines which the Grantor may communicate in writing to the Trustee from time to time, subject, however, to the provisions Section R315-264-151.  In investing, reinvesting, exchanging, selling, and managing the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his duties with respect to the trust fund solely in the interest of the beneficiary and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstance then prevailing which persons of prudence, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; except that:
	(i)  Securities or other obligations of the Grantor, or any other owner or operator of the facilities, or any of their affiliates as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2.(a), shall not be acquired or held unless they are securities or other obligations of the Federal or a State government;
	(ii)  The Trustee is authorized to invest the Fund in time or demand deposits of the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and
	(iii)  The Trustee is authorized to hold cash awaiting investment or distribution uninvested for a reasonable time and without liability for the payment of interest thereon.
	Section 7.  Commingling and Investment.  The Trustee is expressly authorized in its discretion:
	(a)  To transfer from time to time any or all of the assets of the Fund to any common commingled, or collective trust fund created by the Trustee in which the fund is eligible to participate, subject to all of the provisions thereof, to be commingled with the assets of other trusts participating therein; and
	(b)  To purchase shares in any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 81a-1 et seq., including one which may be created, managed, underwritten, or to which investment advice is rendered or the shares of which are sold by the Trustee.  The Trustee may vote such shares in its discretion.
	Section 8.  Express Powers of Trustee.  Without in any way limiting the powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee by the other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized and empowered:
	(a)  To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held by it, by public or private sale.  No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity or expediency of any such sale or other disposition;
	(b)  To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;
	(c)  To register any securities held in the Fund in its own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any security in bearer form or in book entry, or to combine certificates representing such securities with certificates of the same issue held by the Trustee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of such securities in a qualified central depository even though, when so deposited, such securities may be merged and held in bulk in the name of the nominee of such depository with other securities deposited therein by another person, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of any securities issued by the United States Government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve bank, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Fund;
	(d)  To deposit any cash in the Fund in interest-bearing accounts maintained or savings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its separate corporate capacity, or in any other banking institution affiliated with the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and
	(e)  To compromise or otherwise adjust all claims in favor of or against the Fund.
	Section 9.  Taxes and Expenses.  All taxes of any kind that may be assessed or levied against or in respect of the Fund and all brokerage commissions incurred by the Fund shall be paid from the Fund.  All other expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of this Trust, including fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee, the compensation of the Trustee to the extent not paid directly by the Grantor, and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee shall be paid from the Fund.
	Section 10.  Annual Valuations.  The Trustee shall annually, at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund, furnish to the Grantor and to the Director a statement confirming the value of the Trust.  Any securities in the Fund shall be valued at market value as of no more than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund.  The failure of the Grantor to object in writing to the Trustee within 90 days after the statement has been furnished to the Grantor and the Director shall constitute a conclusively binding assent by the Grantor barring the Grantor from asserting any claim or liability against the Trustee with respect to matters disclosed in the statement.
	Section 11.  Advice of Counsel.  The Trustee may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Grantor with respect to any question arising as to the construction of this Agreement or any action to be taken hereunder.  The Trustee shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by law, in acting upon the advice of counsel.
	Section 12.  Trustee Compensation.  The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as agreed upon in writing from time to time with the Grantor.
	Section 13.  Successor Trustee.  The Trustee may resign or the Grantor may replace the Trustee, but such resignation or replacement shall not be effective until the Grantor has appointed a successor trustee and this successor accepts the appointment.  The successor trustee shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the Trustee hereunder.  Upon the successor trustee's acceptance of the appointment, the Trustee shall assign, transfer, and pay over to the successor trustee the funds and properties then constituting the Fund.  If for any reason the Grantor cannot or does not act in the event of the resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee or for instructions.  The successor trustee shall specify the date on which it assumes administration of the trust in a writing sent to the Grantor, the Director, and the present Trustee by certified mail 10 days before such change becomes effective.  Any expenses incurred by the Trustee as a result of any of the acts contemplated by this section shall be paid as provided in Section 9.
	Section 14.  Instructions to the Trustee.  All orders, requests, and instructions by the Grantor to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such persons as are designated in the attached Exhibit A or such other designees as the Grantor may designate by amendments to Exhibit A.  The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting without inquiry in accordance with the Grantor's orders, requests, and instructions.  All orders, requests, and instructions by the Director to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by the Director and the Trustee shall act and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such orders, requests, and instructions.  The Trustee shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary, that no event constituting a change or a termination of the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Grantor or the Director hereunder has occurred.  The Trustee shall have no duty to act in the absence of such orders, requests, and instructions from the Grantor and/or the Director, except as provided for herein.
	Section 15.  Notice of Nonpayment.  If a payment for bodily injury or property damage is made under Section 4 of this trust, the Trustee shall notify the Grantor of such payment and the amount(s) thereof within five (5) working days.  The Grantor shall, on or before the anniversary date of the establishment of the Fund following such notice, either make payments to the Trustee in amounts sufficient to cause the trust to return to its value immediately prior to the payment of claims under Section 4, or shall provide written proof to the Trustee that other financial assurance for liability coverage has been obtained equalling the amount necessary to return the trust to its value prior to the payment of claims.  If the Grantor does not either make payments to the Trustee or provide the Trustee with such proof, the Trustee shall within 10 working days after the anniversary date of the establishment of the Fund provide a written notice of nonpayment to the Director and to the appropriate Regional Administrator.
	Section 16.  Amendment of Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Director, or by the Trustee and the Director if the Grantor ceases to exist.
	Section 17.  Irrevocability and Termination.  Subject to the right of the parties to amend this Agreement as provided in Section 16, this Trust shall be irrevocable and shall continue until terminated at the written agreement of the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Director, or by the Trustee and the Director, if the Grantor ceases to exist.  Upon termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be delivered to the Grantor.
	The Director shall agree to termination of the Trust when the owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in this section.
	Section 18.  Immunity and Indemnification.  The Trustee shall not incur personal liability of any nature in connection with any act or omission, made in good faith, in the administration of this Trust, or in carrying out any directions by the Grantor or the Director issued in accordance with this Agreement.  The Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Grantor or from the Trust Fund, or both, from and against any personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct in its official capacity, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Grantor fails to provide such defense.
	Section 19.  Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Utah.
	Section 20.  Interpretation.  As used in this Agreement, words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.  The descriptive headings for each section of this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation or the legal efficacy of this Agreement.
	In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers duly authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first above written.  The parties below certify that the wording of this Agreement is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(m) as such regulations were constituted on the date first above written.
	(Signature of Grantor)
	(Title)
	Attest:
	(Title)
	(Seal)
	(Signature of Trustee)
	Attest:
	(Title)
	(Seal)
	(2)  The following is an example of the certification of acknowledgement which shall accompany the trust agreement for a trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(j) or 40 CFR 265.147(j), which is adopted by reference.
	State of
	County of
	On this (date), before me personally came (owner or operator) to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she/he resides at (address), that she/he is (title) of (corporation), the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to such instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/his name thereto by like order.
	(Signature of Notary Public)
	(n)(1)  A standby trust agreement, as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(h) or 40 CFR 265.147(h), which is adopted by reference, shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Standby Trust Agreement
	Trust Agreement, the "Agreement," entered into as of (date) by and between (name of the owner or operator) a (name of a State) (insert "corporation," "partnership," "association," or "proprietorship"), the "Grantor," and (name of corporate trustee), (insert, "incorporated in the State of _______" or "a national bank"), the "trustee."
	Whereas the Utah Waste Management and Radiation Control Board, in accordance with the Utah Solid and Hazardous Waste Act, has established certain regulations applicable to the Grantor, requiring that an owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility or group of facilities shall demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental and/or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.
	Whereas, the Grantor has elected to establish a standby trust into which the proceeds from a letter of credit may be deposited to assure all or part of such financial responsibility for the facilities identified herein.
	Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its duly authorized officers, has selected the Trustee to be the trustee under this agreement, and the Trustee is willing to act as trustee.
	Now, therefore, the Grantor and the Trustee agree as follows:
	Section 1.  Definitions.  As used in this Agreement:
	(a)  The term "Board", "Waste Management and Radiation Control Board" created pursuant to Utah Code Annotated 19-1-106.
	(b)  The term "Director" means the Director of the Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control, his successors, designees, and any subsequent entity of the State of Utah upon whom the duties of regulation and enforcement of regulations governing hazardous waste are granted.
	(c)  The term Grantor means the owner or operator who enters into this Agreement and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.
	(d)  The term Trustee means the Trustee who enters into this Agreement and any successor Trustee.
	Section 2.  Identification of Facilities.  This agreement pertains to the facilities identified on attached schedule A (on schedule A, for each facility list the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility(ies) and the amount of liability coverage, or portions thereof, if more than one instrument affords combined coverage as demonstrated by this Agreement).
	Section 3.  Establishment of Fund.  The Grantor and the Trustee hereby establish a standby trust fund, hereafter the "Fund," for the benefit of any and all third parties injured or damaged by (sudden and/or nonsudden) accidental occurrences arising from operation of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee, in the amounts of ______ (up to $1 million) per occurrence and ______ (up to $2 million) annual aggregate for sudden accidental occurrences and ______ (up to $3 million) per occurrence and ______ (up to $6 million) annual aggregate for nonsudden occurrences, except that the Fund is not established for the benefit of third parties for the following:
	(a)  Bodily injury or property damage for which (insert Grantor) is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement.  This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that (insert Grantor) would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.
	(b)  Any obligation of (insert Grantor) under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.
	(c)  Bodily injury to:
	(1)  An employee of (insert Grantor) arising from, and in the course of, employment by (insert Grantor); or
	(2)  The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by (insert Grantor).
	This exclusion applies:
	(A)  Whether (insert Grantor) may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and
	(B)  To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who shall pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).
	(d)  Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.
	(e)  Property damage to:
	(1)  Any property owned, rented, or occupied by (insert Grantor);
	(2)  Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by (insert Grantor) if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;
	(3)  Property loaned by (insert Grantor);
	(4)  Personal property in the care, custody or control of (insert Grantor);
	(5)  That particular part of real property on which (insert Grantor) or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of (insert Grantor) are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.
	In the event of combination with another mechanism for liability coverage, the fund shall be considered (insert "primary" or "excess") coverage.
	The Fund is established initially as consisting of the proceeds of the letter of credit deposited into the Fund.  Such proceeds and any other property subsequently transferred to the Trustee is referred to as the Fund, together with all earnings and profits thereon, less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.  The Fund shall be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as hereinafter provided.  The Trustee shall not be responsible nor shall it undertake any responsibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor any duty to collect from the Grantor, any payments necessary to discharge any liabilities of the Grantor established by the Director of the Utah Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control.
	Section 4.  Payment for Bodily Injury or Property Damage.  The Trustee shall satisfy a third party liability claim by drawing on the letter of credit described in Schedule B and by making payments from the Fund only upon receipt of one of the following documents:
	(a)  Certification from the Grantor and the third party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid.  The certification shall be worded as follows, except that instructions in parentheses, (), are to be replaced with the relevant information and the parentheses deleted:
	Certification of Valid Claim
	The undersigned, as parties (insert Grantor) and (insert name and address of third party claimant(s)), hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a (sudden or nonsudden) accidental occurrence arising from operating (Grantor's) hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $(            ).
	(Signature)
	Grantor
	(Signatures)
	Claimant(s)
	(b)  A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Grantor for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Grantor's facility or group of facilities.
	Section 5.  Payments Comprising the Fund.  Payments made to the Trustee for the Fund shall consist of the proceeds from the letter of credit drawn upon by the Trustee in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-151(k) and Section 4 of this Agreement.
	Section 6.  Trustee Management.  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income, in accordance with general investment policies and guidelines which the Grantor may communicate in writing to the Trustee from time to time, subject, however, to the provisions Section R315-264-151.  In investing, reinvesting, exchanging, selling, and managing the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his duties with respect to the trust fund solely in the interest of the beneficiary and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing which persons of prudence, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; except that:
	(i)  Securities or other obligations of the Grantor, or any other owner or operator of the facilities, or any of their affiliates as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a), shall not be acquired or held, unless they are securities or other obligations of the Federal or a State government;
	(ii)  The Trustee is authorized to invest the Fund in time or demand deposits of the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or a State government; and
	(iii)  The Trustee is authorized to hold cash awaiting investment or distribution uninvested for a reasonable time and without liability for the payment of interest thereon.
	Section 7.  Commingling and Investment.  The Trustee is expressly authorized in its discretion:
	(a)  To transfer from time to time any or all of the assets of the Fund to any common, commingled, or collective trust fund created by the Trustee in which the Fund is eligible to participate, subject to all of the provisions thereof, to be commingled with the assets of other trusts participating therein; and
	(b)  To purchase shares in any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq., including one which may be created, managed, underwritten, or to which investment advice is rendered or the shares of which are sold by the Trustee.  The Trustee may vote such shares in its discretion.
	Section 8.  Express Powers of Trustee.  Without in any way limiting the powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee by the other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized and empowered:
	(a)  To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held by it, by public or private sale.  No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity or expediency of any such sale or other disposition;
	(b)  To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;
	(c)  To register any securities held in the Fund in its own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any security in bearer form or in book entry, or to combine certificates representing such securities with certificates of the same issue held by the Trustee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of such securities in a qualified central depositary even though, when so deposited, such securities may be merged and held in bulk in the name of the nominee of such depositary with other securities deposited therein by another person, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of any securities issued by the United States Government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve Bank, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Fund;
	(d)  To deposit any cash in the Fund in interest-bearing accounts maintained or savings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its separate corporate capacity, or in any other banking institution affiliated with the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and
	(e)  To compromise or otherwise adjust all claims in favor of or against the Fund.
	Section 9.  Taxes and Expenses.  All taxes of any kind that may be assessed or levied against or in respect of the Fund and all brokerage commissions incurred by the Fund shall be paid from the Fund.  All other expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of this Trust, including fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee, the compensation of the Trustee to the extent not paid directly by the Grantor, and all other proper charges and disbursements to the Trustee shall be paid from the Fund.
	Section 10.  Advice of Counsel.  The Trustee may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Grantor, with respect to any question arising as to the construction of this Agreement or any action to be taken hereunder.  The Trustee shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by law, in acting upon the advice of counsel.
	Section 11.  Trustee Compensation.  The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as agreed upon in writing from time to time with the Grantor.
	Section 12.  Successor Trustee.  The Trustee may resign or the Grantor may replace the Trustee, but such resignation or replacement shall not be effective until the Grantor has appointed a successor trustee and this successor accepts the appointment.  The successor trustee shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the Trustee hereunder.  Upon the successor trustee's acceptance of the appointment, the Trustee shall assign, transfer, and pay over to the successor trustee the funds and properties then constituting the Fund.  If for any reason the Grantor cannot or does not act in the event of the resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee or for instructions.  The successor trustee shall specify the date on which it assumes administration of the trust in a writing sent to the Grantor, the Director and the present Trustee by certified mail 10 days before such change becomes effective.  Any expenses incurred by the Trustee as a result of any of the acts contemplated by this Section shall be paid as provided in Section 9.
	Section 13.  Instructions to the Trustee.  All orders, requests, certifications of valid claims, and instructions to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such persons as are designated in the attached Exhibit A or such other designees as the Grantor may designate by amendments to Exhibit A.  The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting without inquiry in accordance with the Grantor's orders, requests, and instructions.  The Trustee shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary, that no event constituting a change or a termination of the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Grantor or the Director hereunder has occurred.  The Trustee shall have no duty to act in the absence of such orders, requests, and instructions from the Grantor and/or the Director, except as provided for herein.
	Section 14.  Amendment of Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Director, or by the Trustee and the Director if the Grantor ceases to exist.
	Section 15.  Irrevocability and Termination.  Subject to the right of the parties to amend this Agreement as provided in Section 14, this Trust shall be irrevocable and shall continue until terminated at the written agreement of the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Director, or by the Trustee and the Director, if the Grantor ceases to exist.  Upon termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be paid to the Grantor.
	The Director shall agree to termination of the Trust when the owner or operator substitutes alternative financial assurance as specified in this section.
	Section 16.  Immunity and indemnification.  The Trustee shall not incur personal liability of any nature in connection with any act or omission, made in good faith, in the administration of this Trust, or in carrying out any directions by the Grantor and the Director issued in accordance with this Agreement.  The Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Grantor or from the Trust Fund, or both, from and against any personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct in its official capacity, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Grantor fails to provide such defense.
	Section 17.  Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Utah.
	Section 18.  Interpretation.  As used in this Agreement, words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.  The descriptive headings for each Section of this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation of the legal efficacy of this Agreement.
	In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers duly authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first above written.  The parties below certify that the wording of this Agreement is identical to the wording specified in Subsection R315-264-151(n) as such regulations were constituted on the date first above written.
	(Signature of Grantor)
	(Title)
	Attest:
	(Title)
	(Seal)
	(Signature of Trustee)
	Attest:
	(Title)
	(Seal)
	(2)  The following is an example of the certification of acknowledgement which shall accompany the trust agreement for a standby trust fund as specified in Subsection R315-264-147(h) or 40 CFR 265.147(h) , which is adopted by reference.
	State of
	County of
	On this (date), before me personally came (owner or operator) to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she/he resides at (address), that she/he is (title) of (corporation), the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to such instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/his name thereto by like order.
	(Signature of Notary Public)

R315-264-170.  Use and Management of Containers -- Applicability.
	The regulations in Sections R315-264-170 through 179 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities that store hazardous waste in containers, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.
	Under Section R315-261-7 and Subsection R315-261-33(c), if a hazardous waste is emptied from a container the residue remaining in the container is not considered a hazardous waste if the container is "empty" as defined in Section R315-261-7.  In that event, management of the container is exempt from the requirements of Sections R315-264-170 through 179.

R315-264-171.  Condition of Containers.
	If a container holding hazardous waste is not in good condition, e.g., severe rusting, apparent structural defects, or if it begins to leak, the owner or operator shall transfer the hazardous waste from this container to a container that is in good condition or manage the waste in some other way that complies with the requirements of Rule R315-264.

R315-264-172.  Compatibility of Waste with Containers.
	The owner or operator shall use a container made of or lined with materials which will not react with, and are otherwise compatible with, the hazardous waste to be stored, so that the ability of the container to contain the waste is not impaired.

R315-264-173.  Management of Containers.
	(a)  A container holding hazardous waste shall always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove waste.
	(b)  A container holding hazardous waste shall not be opened, handled, or stored in a manner which may rupture the container or cause it to leak.
	Comment:  Reuse of containers in transportation is governed by U.S. Department of Transportation regulations including those set forth in 49 CFR 173.28.

R315-264-174.  Use and Management of Containers -- Inspections.
	At least weekly, the owner or operator shall inspect areas where containers are stored.  The owner or operator shall look for leaking containers and for deterioration of containers and the containment system caused by corrosion or other factors.
	See Subsection R315-264-15(c) and Section R315-264-171 for remedial action required if deterioration or leaks are detected.

R315-264-175.  Containment.
	(a)  Container storage areas shall have a containment system that is designed and operated in accordance with Subsection R315-264-175(b), except as otherwise provided by Subsection R315-264-175(c).
	(b)  A containment system shall be designed and operated as follows:
	(1)  A base shall underlie the containers which is free of cracks or gaps and is sufficiently impervious to contain leaks, spills, and accumulated precipitation until the collected material is detected and removed;
	(2)  The base shall be sloped or the containment system shall be otherwise designed and operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation, unless the containers are elevated or are otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquids;
	(3)  The containment system shall have sufficient capacity to contain 10% of the volume of containers or the volume of the largest container, whichever is greater. Containers that do not contain free liquids need not be considered in this determination;
	(4)  Run-on into the containment system shall be prevented unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity in addition to that required in Subsection R315-264-175(b)(3) to contain any run-on which might enter the system; and
	(5)  Spilled or leaked waste and accumulated precipitation shall be removed from the sump or collection area in as timely a manner as is necessary to prevent overflow of the collection system.
	If the collected material is a hazardous waste under Rule R315-261, it shall be managed as a hazardous waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of Rules R315-262 through 266. If the collected material is discharged through a point source to waters of the United States, it is subject to the requirements of section 402 of the Clean Water Act, as amended.
	(c)  Storage areas that store containers holding only wastes that do not contain free liquids need not have a containment system defined by Subsection R315-264-175(b), except as provided by Subsection R315-264-175(d) or provided that:
	(1)  The storage area is sloped or is otherwise designed and operated to drain and remove liquid resulting from precipitation, or
	(2)  The containers are elevated or are otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquid.
	(d)  Storage areas that store containers holding the wastes listed below that do not contain free liquids shall have a containment system defined by Subsection R315-264-175(b):
	(1)  F020, F021, F022, F023, F026 and F027.

R315-264-176.  Special Requirements for Ignitable or Reactive Waste.
	Containers holding ignitable or reactive waste shall be located at least 15 meters, 50 feet, from the facility's property line.  See Subsection R315-264-17(a) for additional requirements.

R315-264-177.  Special Requirements for Incompatible Wastes.
	(a)  Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, see appendix V of Rule R315-264 for examples, shall not be placed in the same container, unless Subsection R35-264-17(b) is complied with.
	(b)  Hazardous waste shall not be placed in an unwashed container that previously held an incompatible waste or material.  As required by Section R315-264-13, the waste analysis plan shall include analyses needed to comply with Section R315-264-177.  Also, Subsection R315-264-17(c) requires wastes analyses, trial tests or other documentation to assure compliance with Subsection R315-264-17(b).  As required by Section R315-264-73, the owner or operator shall place the results of each waste analysis and trial test, and any documented information, in the operating record of the facility.
	(c)  A storage container holding a hazardous waste that is incompatible with any waste or other materials stored nearby in other containers, piles, open tanks, or surface impoundments shall be separated from the other materials or protected from them by means of a dike, berm, wall, or other device.  The purpose of Section R315-264-177 is to prevent fires, explosions, gaseous emission, leaching, or other discharge of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which could result from the mixing of incompatible wastes or materials if containers break or leak.

R315-264-178.  Closure.
	At closure, all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues shall be removed from the containment system.  Remaining containers, liners, bases, and soil containing or contaminated with hazardous waste or hazardous waste residues shall be decontaminated or removed.  At closure, as throughout the operating period, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate in accordance with Subsection R315-261-3(d) that the solid waste removed from the containment system is not a hazardous waste, the owner or operator becomes a generator of hazardous waste and shall manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of Rules R315-262 through 266.

R315-264-179.  Air Emission Standards.
	The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a container in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036, 1050 through 1065, and 1080 through 1090.

R315-264-190.  Tank Systems - Applicability.
	The requirements of Sections R315-264-190 through 200 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use tank systems for storing or treating hazardous waste except as otherwise provided in Subsections R315-264-190(a), (b), and (c) or in Section R315-264-1.
	(a)  Tank systems that are used to store or treat hazardous waste which contains no free liquids and are situated inside a building with an impermeable floor are exempted from the requirements in Section R315-264-193. To demonstrate the absence or presence of free liquids in the stored/treated waste, the following test shall be used: Method 9095B, Paint Filter Liquids Test, as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods," EPA Publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in R315-260-11.
	(b)  Tank systems, including sumps, as defined in Section R315-260-10, that serve as part of a secondary containment system to collect or contain releases of hazardous wastes are exempted from the requirements in Subsection R315-264-193(a).
	(c)  Tanks, sumps, and other such collection devices or systems used in conjunction with drip pads, as defined in Section R315-260-10 and regulated under Sections R315-264-570 through 575, shall meet the requirements of Sections R315-264-190 through 200.

R315-264-191.  Tank Systems -- Assessment of Existing Tank System's Integrity.
	(a)  For each existing tank system that does not have secondary containment meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-193, the owner or operator shall determine that the tank system is not leaking or is otherwise fit for use.  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-191(c), the owner or operator shall obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment reviewed and certified by a qualified Professional Engineer, in accordance with Subsection R315-270-11(d), that attests to the tank system's integrity.
	(b)  This assessment shall determine that the tank system is adequately designed and has sufficient structural strength and compatibility with the waste(s) to be stored or treated, to ensure that it will not collapse, rupture, or fail.  At a minimum, this assessment shall consider the following:
	(1)  Design standard(s), if available, according to which the tank and ancillary equipment were constructed;
	(2)  Hazardous characteristics of the waste(s) that have been and will be handled;
	(3)  Existing corrosion protection measures;
	(4)  Documented age of the tank system, if available (otherwise, an estimate of the age); and
	(5)  Results of a leak test, internal inspection, or other tank integrity examination such that:
	(i)  For non-enterable underground tanks, the assessment shall include a leak test that is capable of taking into account the effects of temperature variations, tank end deflection, vapor pockets, and high water table effects, and
	(ii)  For other than non-enterable underground tanks and for ancillary equipment, this assessment shall include either a leak test, as described above, or other integrity examination that is certified by a qualified Professional Engineer in accordance with Subsection R315-270-11(d), that addresses cracks, leaks, corrosion, and erosion.
	Note: The practices described in the American Petroleum Institute (API)  Publication, Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XIII, "Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks," 4th edition, 1981, may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in conducting other than a leak test.
	(c)  Tank systems that store or treat materials that become hazardous wastes subsequent to July 14, 1986, shall conduct this assessment within 12 months after the date that the waste becomes a hazardous waste.
	(d)  If, as a result of the assessment conducted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-191(a), a tank system is found to be leaking or unfit for use, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Section R315-264-196.

R315-264-192.  Design and Installation of New Tank Systems or Components.
	(a)  Owners or operators of new tank systems or components shall obtain and submit to the Director, at time of submittal of part B information, a written assessment, reviewed and certified by a qualified Professional Engineer, in accordance with Subsection R315-270-11(d), attesting that the tank system has sufficient structural integrity and is acceptable for the storing and treating of hazardous waste.  The assessment shall show that the foundation, structural support, seams, connections, and pressure controls, if applicable, are adequately designed and that the tank system has sufficient structural strength, compatibility with the waste(s) to be stored or treated, and corrosion protection to ensure that it will not collapse, rupture, or fail.  This assessment, which shall be used by the Director to review and approve or disapprove the acceptability of the tank system design, shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
	(1)  Design standard(s) according to which tank(s) and/or the ancillary equipment are constructed;
	(2)  Hazardous characteristics of the waste(s) to be handled;
	(3)  For new tank systems or components in which the external shell of a metal tank or any external metal component of the tank system will be in contact with the soil or with water, a determination by a corrosion expert of:
	(i)  Factors affecting the potential for corrosion, including but not limited to:
	(A)  Soil moisture content;
	(B)  Soil pH;
	(C)  Soil sulfides level;
	(D)  Soil resistivity;
	(E)  Structure to soil potential;
	(F)  Influence of nearby underground metal structures, e.g., piping;
	(G)  Existence of stray electric current;
	(H)  Existing corrosion-protection measures, e.g., coating, cathodic protection, and
	(ii)  The type and degree of external corrosion protection that are needed to ensure the integrity of the tank system during the use of the tank system or component, consisting of one or more of the following:
	(A)  Corrosion-resistant materials of construction such as special alloys, fiberglass reinforced plastic, etc.;
	(B)  Corrosion-resistant coating, such as epoxy, fiberglass, etc., with cathodic protection, e.g., impressed current or sacrificial anodes; and
	(C)  Electrical isolation devices such as insulating joints, flanges, etc.
	Note: The practices described in the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) standard, "Recommended Practice (RP-02-85)-Control of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Systems," and the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1632, "Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping Systems," may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in providing corrosion protection for tank systems.
	(4)  For underground tank system components that are likely to be adversely affected by vehicular traffic, a determination of design or operational measures that will protect the tank system against potential damage; and
	(5)  Design considerations to ensure that:
	(i)  Tank foundations will maintain the load of a full tank;
	(ii)  Tank systems shall be anchored to prevent flotation or dislodgment where the tank system is placed in a saturated zone, or is located within a seismic fault zone subject to the standards of Subsection R315-264-18(a); and
	(iii)  Tank systems shall withstand the effects of frost heave.
	(b)  The owner or operator of a new tank system shall ensure that proper handling procedures are adhered to in order to prevent damage to the system during installation.  Prior to covering, enclosing, or placing a new tank system or component in use, an independent, qualified, installation inspector or a qualified Professional Engineer, either of whom is trained and experienced in the proper installation of tanks systems or components, shall inspect the system for the presence of any of the following items:
	(1)  Weld breaks;
	(2)  Punctures;
	(3)  Scrapes of protective coatings;
	(4)  Cracks;
	(5)  Corrosion;
	(6)  Other structural damage or inadequate construction/installation.  All discrepancies shall be remedied before the tank system is covered, enclosed, or placed in use.
	(c)  New tank systems or components that are placed underground and that are backfilled shall be provided with a backfill material that is a noncorrosive, porous, homogeneous substance and that is installed so that the backfill is placed completely around the tank and compacted to ensure that the tank and piping are fully and uniformly supported.
	(d)  All new tanks and ancillary equipment shall be tested for tightness prior to being covered, enclosed, or placed in use.  If a tank system is found not to be tight, all repairs necessary to remedy the leak(s) in the system shall be performed prior to the tank system being covered, enclosed, or placed into use.
	(e)  Ancillary equipment shall be supported and protected against physical damage and excessive stress due to settlement, vibration, expansion, or contraction.
	Note: The piping system installation procedures described in American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1615 (November 1979), "Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems," or ANSI Standard B31.3, "Petroleum Refinery Piping," and ANSI Standard B31.4 "Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping System," may be used, where applicable, as guidelines for proper installation of piping systems.
	(f)  The owner or operator shall provide the type and degree of corrosion protection recommended by an independent corrosion expert, based on the information provided under Subsection R315-264-192(a)(3), or other corrosion protection if the Director believes other corrosion protection is necessary to ensure the integrity of the tank system during use of the tank system.  The installation of a corrosion protection system that is field fabricated shall be supervised by an independent corrosion expert to ensure proper installation.
	(g)  The owner or operator shall obtain and keep on file at the facility written statements by those persons required to certify the design of the tank system and supervise the installation of the tank system in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-192(b) through (f), that attest that the tank system was properly designed and installed and that repairs, pursuant to Subsections R315-264-192(b) and (d), were performed.  These written statements shall also include the certification statement as required in Subsection R315-270-11(d).

R315-264-193.  Containment and Detection of Releases.
	(a)  In order to prevent the release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to the environment, secondary containment that meets the requirements of Section R315-264-193 shall be provided, except as provided in Subsections R315-264-193(f) and (g):
	(1)  For all new and existing tank systems or components, prior to their being put into service.
	(2)  For tank systems that store or treat materials that become hazardous wastes, within two years of the hazardous waste listing, or when the tank system has reached 15 years of age, whichever comes later.
	(b)  Secondary containment systems shall be:
	(1)  Designed, installed, and operated to prevent any migration of wastes or accumulated liquid out of the system to the soil, ground water, or surface water at any time during the use of the tank system; and
	(2)  Capable of detecting and collecting releases and accumulated liquids until the collected material is removed.
	(c)  To meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-193(b), secondary containment systems shall be at a minimum:
	(1)  Constructed of or lined with materials that are compatible with the wastes(s) to be placed in the tank system and shall have sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure owing to pressure gradients, including static head and external hydrological forces, physical contact with the waste to which it is exposed, climatic conditions, and the stress of daily operation, including stresses from nearby vehicular traffic.
	(2)  Placed on a foundation or base capable of providing support to the secondary containment system, resistance to pressure gradients above and below the system, and capable of preventing failure due to settlement, compression, or uplift;
	(3)  Provided with a leak-detection system that is designed and operated so that it will detect the failure of either the primary or secondary containment structure or the presence of any release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid in the secondary containment system within 24 hours, or at the earliest practicable time if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Director that existing detection technologies or site conditions shall not allow detection of a release within 24 hours; and
	(4)  Sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation.  Spilled or leaked waste and accumulated precipitation shall be removed from the secondary containment system within 24 hours, or in as timely a manner as is possible to prevent harm to human health and the environment, if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Director that removal of the released waste or accumulated precipitation cannot be accomplished within 24 hours.
	Note: If the collected material is a hazardous waste under Rule R315-261, it is subject to management as a hazardous waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of Rules R315-262 through 265.  If the collected material is discharged through a point source to waters of the United States, it is subject to the requirements of sections 301, 304, and 402 of the Clean Water Act, as amended.  If discharged to a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW), it is subject to the requirements of section 307 of the Clean Water Act, as amended.  If the collected material is released to the environment, it may be subject to the reporting requirements of 40 CFR part 302.
	(d)  Secondary containment for tanks shall include one or more of the following devices:
	(1)  A liner, external to the tank;
	(2)  A vault;
	(3)  A double-walled tank; or
	(4)  An equivalent device as approved by the Director.
	(e)  In addition to the requirements of Subsections R315-264-193(b), (c), and (d), secondary containment systems shall satisfy the following requirements:
	(1)  External liner systems shall be:
	(i)  Designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;
	(ii)  Designed or operated to prevent run-on or infiltration of precipitation into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or infiltration.  Such additional capacity shall be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.
	(iii)  Free of cracks or gaps; and
	(iv)  Designed and installed to surround the tank completely and to cover all surrounding earth likely to come into contact with the waste if the waste is released from the tank(s), i.e., capable of preventing lateral as well as vertical migration of the waste.
	(2)  Vault systems shall be:
	(i)  Designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;
	(ii)  Designed or operated to prevent run-on or infiltration of precipitation into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or infiltration.  Such additional capacity shall be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event;
	(iii)  Constructed with chemical-resistant water stops in place at all joints, if any;
	(iv)  Provided with an impermeable interior coating or lining that is compatible with the stored waste and that shall prevent migration of waste into the concrete;
	(v)  Provided with a means to protect against the formation of and ignition of vapors within the vault, if the waste being stored or treated:
	(A)  Meets the definition of ignitable waste under Section R315-261-21; or
	(B)  Meets the definition of reactive waste under Section R315-261-23, and may form an ignitable or explosive vapor; and
	(vi)  Provided with an exterior moisture barrier or be otherwise designed or operated to prevent migration of moisture into the vault if the vault is subject to hydraulic pressure.
	(3)  Double-walled tanks shall be:
	(i)  Designed as an integral structure, i.e., an inner tank completely enveloped within an outer shell, so that any release from the inner tank is contained by the outer shell;
	(ii)  Protected, if constructed of metal, from both corrosion of the primary tank interior and of the external surface of the outer shell; and
	(iii)  Provided with a built-in continuous leak detection system capable of detecting a release within 24 hours, or at the earliest practicable time, if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Director, and the Director concludes, that the existing detection technology or site conditions would not allow detection of a release within 24 hours.
	Note: The provisions outlined in the Steel Tank Institute's (STI) "Standard for Dual Wall Underground Steel Storage Tanks" may be used as guidelines for aspects of the design of underground steel double-walled tanks.
	(f)  Ancillary equipment shall be provided with secondary containment, e.g., trench, jacketing, double-walled piping, that meets the requirements of Subsections R315-264-193(b) and (c) except for:
	(1)  Aboveground piping, exclusive of flanges, joints, valves, and other connections, that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis;
	(2)  Welded flanges, welded joints, and welded connections, that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis;
	(3)  Sealless or magnetic coupling pumps and sealless valves, that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis; and
	(4)  Pressurized aboveground piping systems with automatic shut-off devices, e.g., excess flow check valves, flow metering shutdown devices, loss of pressure actuated shut-off devices, that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis.
	(g)  The owner or operator may obtain a variance from the requirements Section R315-264-193 if the Director finds, as a result of a demonstration by the owner or operator that alternative design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the ground water; or surface water at least as effectively as secondary containment during the active life of the tank system or that in the event of a release that does migrate to ground water or surface water, no substantial present or potential hazard will be posed to human health or the environment.  New underground tank systems may not, per a demonstration in accordance with Subsection R315-264-193(g)(2), be exempted from the secondary containment requirements Section R315-264-193.
	(1)  In deciding whether to grant a variance based on a demonstration of equivalent protection of ground water and surface water, the Director shall consider:
	(i)  The nature and quantity of the wastes;
	(ii)  The proposed alternate design and operation;
	(iii)  The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including the thickness of soils present between the tank system and ground water; and
	(iv)  All other factors that would influence the quality and mobility of the hazardous constituents and the potential for them to migrate to ground water or surface water.
	(2)  In deciding whether to grant a variance based on a demonstration of no substantial present or potential hazard, the Director shall consider:
	(i)  The potential adverse effects on ground water, surface water, and land quality taking into account:
	(A)  The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the tank system, including its potential for migration,
	(B)  The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land,
	(C)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents,
	(D)  The potential for damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents, and
	(E)  The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects;
	(ii)  The potential adverse effects of a release on ground-water quality, taking into account:
	(A)  The quantity and quality of ground water and the direction of ground-water flow,
	(B)  The proximity and withdrawal rates of ground-water users,
	(C)  The current and future uses of ground water in the area, and
	(D)  The existing quality of ground water, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the ground-water quality;
	(iii)  The potential adverse effects of a release on surface water quality, taking into account:
	(A)  The quantity and quality of ground water and the direction of ground-water flow,
	(B)  The patterns of rainfall in the region,
	(C)  The proximity of the tank system to surface waters,
	(D)  The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters, and
	(E)  The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface-water quality; and
	(iv)  The potential adverse effects of a release on the land surrounding the tank system, taking into account:
	(A)  The patterns of rainfall in the region, and
	(B)  The current and future uses of the surrounding land.
	(3)  The owner or operator of a tank system, for which a variance from secondary containment had been granted in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-193(g)(1), at which a release of hazardous waste has occurred from the primary tank system but has not migrated beyond the zone of engineering control, as established in the variance, shall:
	(i)  Comply with the requirements of Section R315-264-196, except Subsection R315-264-193(d), and
	(ii)  Decontaminate or remove contaminated soil to the extent necessary to:
	(A)  Enable the tank system for which the variance was granted to resume operation with the capability for the detection of releases at least equivalent to the capability it had prior to the release; and
	(B)  Prevent the migration of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to ground water or surface water; and
	(iii)  If contaminated soil cannot be removed or decontaminated in accordance with Subsection R315-264-193(g)(3)(ii), comply with the requirement of Subsection R315-264-197(b).
	(4)  The owner or operator of a tank system, for which a variance from secondary containment had been granted in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-193(g)(1), at which a release of hazardous waste has occurred from the primary tank system and has migrated beyond the zone of engineering control,as established in the variance, shall:
	(i)  Comply with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-196(a), (b), (c), and (d); and
	(ii)  Prevent the migration of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to ground water or surface water, if possible, and decontaminate or remove contaminated soil.  If contaminated soil cannot be decontaminated or removed or if ground water has been contaminated, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-197(b); and
	(iii)  If repairing, replacing, or reinstalling the tank system, provide secondary containment in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-193(a) through (f) or reapply for a variance from secondary containment and meet the requirements for new tank systems in Section R315-264-192 if the tank system is replaced.  The owner or operator shall comply with these requirements even if contaminated soil can be decontaminated or removed and ground water or surface water has not been contaminated.
	(h)  The following procedures shall be followed in order to request a variance from secondary containment:
	(1)  The Director shall be notified in writing by the owner or operator that he intends to conduct and submit a demonstration for a variance from secondary containment as allowed in Subsection R315-264-193(g) according to the following schedule:
	(i)  For existing tank systems, at least 24 months prior to the date that secondary containment shall be provided in accordance with Subsection R315-264-193(a).
	(ii)  For new tank systems, at least 30 days prior to entering into a contract for installation.
	(2)  As part of the notification, the owner or operator shall also submit to the Director a description of the steps necessary to conduct the demonstration and a timetable for completing each of the steps.  The demonstration shall address each of the factors listed in Subsection R315-264-193(g)(1) or (g)(2);
	(3)  The demonstration for a variance shall be completed within 180 days after notifying the Director of an intent to conduct the demonstration; and
	(4)  If a variance is granted under Subsection R315-264-193(h), the Director shall require the permittee to construct and operate the tank system in the manner that was demonstrated to meet the requirements for the variance.
	(i)  All tank systems, until such time as secondary containment that meets the requirements Section R315-264-193 is provided, shall comply with the following:
	(1)  For non-enterable underground tanks, a leak test that meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-191(b)(5) or other tank integrity method, as approved or required by the Director, shall be conducted at least annually.
	(2)  For other than non-enterable underground tanks, the owner or operator shall either conduct a leak test as in Subsection R315-264-193(i)(1) or develop a schedule and procedure for an assessment of the overall condition of the tank system by a qualified Professional Engineer.  The schedule and procedure shall be adequate to detect obvious cracks, leaks, and corrosion or erosion that may lead to cracks and leaks.  The owner or operator shall remove the stored waste from the tank, if necessary, to allow the condition of all internal tank surfaces to be assessed.  The frequency of these assessments shall be based on the material of construction of the tank and its ancillary equipment, the age of the system, the type of corrosion or erosion protection used, the rate of corrosion or erosion observed during the previous inspection, and the characteristics of the waste being stored or treated.
	(3)  For ancillary equipment, a leak test or other integrity assessment as approved by the Director shall be conducted at least annually.
	Note: The practices described in the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XIII, "Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks," 4th edition, 1981, may be used, where applicable, as guidelines for assessing the overall condition of the tank system.
	(4)  The owner or operator shall maintain on file at the facility a record of the results of the assessments conducted in accordance with Subsections R315-264-193(i)(1) through (i)(3).
	(5)  If a tank system or component is found to be leaking or unfit for use as a result of the leak test or assessment in Subsections R315-264-193(i)(1) through (i)(3), the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Section R315-264-196.

R315-264-194.  General Operating Requirements.
	(a)  Hazardous wastes or treatment reagents shall not be placed in a tank system if they could cause the tank, its ancillary equipment, or the containment system to rupture, leak, corrode, or otherwise fail.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall use appropriate controls and practices to prevent spills and overflows from tank or containment systems.  These include at a minimum:
	(1)  Spill prevention controls, e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings;
	(2)  Overfill prevention controls, e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standby tank; and
	(3)  Maintenance of sufficient freeboard in uncovered tanks to prevent overtopping by wave or wind action or by precipitation.
	(c)  The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Section R315-264-196 if a leak or spill occurs in the tank system.

R315-264-195.  Tank Systems -- Inspections.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall develop and follow a schedule and procedure for inspecting overfill controls.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall inspect at least once each operating day data gathered from monitoring and leak detection equipment, e.g., pressure or temperature gauges, monitoring wells, to ensure that the tank system is being operated according to its design.
	Note: Subsection R315-264-15(c) requires the owner or operator to remedy any deterioration or malfunction he finds.  Section R315-264-196 requires the owner or operator to notify the Director within 24 hours of confirming a leak.  Also, 40 CFR part 302 may require the owner or operator to notify the National Response Center of a release.
	(c)  In addition, except as noted under Subsection R315-264-195(d), the owner or operator shall inspect at least once each operating day:
	(1)  Above ground portions of the tank system, if any, to detect corrosion or releases of waste.
	(2)  The construction materials and the area immediately surrounding the externally accessible portion of the tank system, including the secondary containment system, e.g., dikes, to detect erosion or signs of releases of hazardous waste, e.g., wet spots, dead vegetation.
	(d)  Owners or operators of tank systems that either use leak detection systems to alert facility personnel to leaks, or implement established workplace practices to ensure leaks are promptly identified, shall inspect at least weekly those areas described in Subsections R315-264-195(c)(1) and (c)(2).  Use of the alternate inspection schedule shall be documented in the facility's operating record.  This documentation shall include a description of the established workplace practices at the facility.
	(e)  Reserved
	(f)  Ancillary equipment that is not provided with secondary containment, as described in Subsections R315-264-193(f)(1) through (4), shall be inspected at least once each operating day.
	(g)  The owner or operator shall inspect cathodic protection systems, if present, according to, at a minimum, the following schedule to ensure that they are functioning properly:
	(1)  The proper operation of the cathodic protection system shall be confirmed within six months after initial installation and annually thereafter; and
	(2)  All sources of impressed current shall be inspected and/or tested, as appropriate, at least bimonthly, i.e., every other month.
	Note: The practices described in the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) standard, "Recommended Practice (RP-02-85)-Control of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Systems," and the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1632, "Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping Systems," may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in maintaining and inspecting cathodic protection systems.
	(h)  The owner or operator shall document in the operating record of the facility an inspection of those items in Subsections R315-264-195(a) through (c).

R315-264-196.  Response to Leaks or Spills and Disposition of Leaking or Unfit-for-Use Tank Systems.
	A tank system or secondary containment system from which there has been a leak or spill, or which is unfit for use, shall be removed from service immediately, and the owner or operator shall satisfy the following requirements:
	(a)  Cessation of use; prevent flow or addition of wastes.  The owner or operator shall immediately stop the flow of hazardous waste into the tank system or secondary containment system and inspect the system to determine the cause of the release.
	(b)  Removal of waste from tank system or secondary containment system.
	(1)  If the release was from the tank system, the owner/operator shall, within 24 hours after detection of the leak or, if the owner/operator demonstrates that it is not possible, at the earliest practicable time, remove as much of the waste as is necessary to prevent further release of hazardous waste to the environment and to allow inspection and repair of the tank system to be performed.
	(2)  If the material released was to a secondary containment system, all released materials shall be removed within 24 hours or in as timely a manner as is possible to prevent harm to human health and the environment.
	(c)  Containment of visible releases to the environment.  The owner/operator shall immediately conduct a visual inspection of the release and, based upon that inspection:
	(1)  Prevent further migration of the leak or spill to soils or surface water; and
	(2)  Remove, and properly dispose of, any visible contamination of the soil or surface water.
	(d)  Notifications, reports.
	(1)  Any release to the environment, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-196(d)(2), shall be reported to the Director within 24 hours of its detection.  If the release has been reported pursuant to 40 CFR part 302, that report shall satisfy this requirement.
	(2)  A leak or spill of hazardous waste is exempted from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-196(d) if it is:
	(i)  Less than or equal to a quantity of one (1) pound, and
	(ii)  Immediately contained and cleaned up.
	(3)  Within 30 days of detection of a release to the environment, a report containing the following information shall be submitted to the Director:
	(i)  Likely route of migration of the release;
	(ii)  Characteristics of the surrounding soil, soil composition, geology, hydrogeology, climate;
	(iii)  Results of any monitoring or sampling conducted in connection with the release, if available.  If sampling or monitoring data relating to the release are not available within 30 days, these data shall be submitted to the Director as soon as they become available.
	(iv)  Proximity to downgradient drinking water, surface water, and populated areas; and
	(v)  Description of response actions taken or planned.
	(e)  Provision of secondary containment, repair, or closure.
	(1)  Unless the owner/operator satisfies the requirements of Subsection R315-264-196(e)(2) through (4), the tank system shall be closed in accordance with Section R315-264-197.
	(2)  If the cause of the release was a spill that has not damaged the integrity of the system, the owner/operator may return the system to service as soon as the released waste is removed and repairs, if necessary, are made.
	(3)  If the cause of the release was a leak from the primary tank system into the secondary containment system, the system shall be repaired prior to returning the tank system to service.
	(4)  If the source of the release was a leak to the environment from a component of a tank system without secondary containment, the owner/operator shall provide the component of the system from which the leak occurred with secondary containment that satisfies the requirements of Section R315-264-193 before it can be returned to service, unless the source of the leak is an aboveground portion of a tank system that can be inspected visually.  If the source is an aboveground component that can be inspected visually, the component shall be repaired and may be returned to service without secondary containment as long as the requirements of Subsection R315-264-196(f) are satisfied.  If a component is replaced to comply with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-196(e)(4), that component shall satisfy the requirements for new tank systems or components in Sections R315-264-192 and 193.  Additionally, if a leak has occurred in any portion of a tank system component that is not readily accessible for visual inspection, e.g., the bottom of an inground or onground tank, the entire component shall be provided with secondary containment in accordance with Section R315-264-193 prior to being returned to use.
	(f)  Certification of major repairs.  If the owner/operator has repaired a tank system in accordance with Subsection R315-264-196(e), and the repair has been extensive, e.g., installation of an internal liner; repair of a ruptured primary containment or secondary containment vessel, the tank system shall not be returned to service unless the owner/operator has obtained a certification by a qualified Professional Engineer in accordance with Subsection R315-270-11(d) that the repaired system is capable of handling hazardous wastes without release for the intended life of the system.  This certification shall be placed in the operating record and maintained until closure of the facility.
	Note: The Director may, on the basis of any information received that there is or has been a release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the environment, issue an order requiring corrective action or such other response as deemed necessary to protect human health or the environment.
	Note: See Subsection R315-264-15(c) for the requirements necessary to remedy a failure.  Also, 40 CFR part 302 may require the owner or operator to notify the National Response Center of certain releases.

R315-264-197.  Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  At closure of a tank system, the owner or operator shall remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, liners, etc., contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless Subsection R315-261-3(d) applies.  The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for tank systems shall meet all of the requirements specified in Sections R315-264-110 through 120, 140 through 151.
	(b)  If the owner or operator demonstrates that not all contaminated soils can be practicably removed or decontaminated as required in Subsection R315-264-197(a), then the owner or operator shall close the tank system and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills, Subsection R315-264-310.  In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a tank system is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator shall meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Sections R315-264-110 through 120, 140 through 151.
	(c)  If an owner or operator has a tank system that does not have secondary containment that meets the requirements of Subsections R315-264-193(b) through (f) and has not been granted a variance from the secondary containment requirements in accordance with Subsection R315-264-193(g), then:
	(1)  The closure plan for the tank system shall include both a plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-197(a) and a contingent plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-197(b).
	(2)  A contingent post-closure plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-197(b) shall be prepared and submitted as part of the permit application.
	(3)  The cost estimates calculated for closure and post-closure care shall reflect the costs of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, if those costs are greater than the costs of complying with the closure plan prepared for the expected closure under Subsection R315-264-197(a).
	(4)  Financial assurance shall be based on the cost estimates in Subsection R315-264-197(c)(3).
	(5)  For the purposes of the contingent closure and post-closure plans, such a tank system is considered to be a landfill, and the contingent plans shall meet all of the closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility requirements for landfills under Sections R315-264-110 through 120, 140 through 148, and 151.

R315-264-198.  Special Requirements for Ignitable or Reactive Wastes.
	(a)  Ignitable or reactive waste shall not be placed in tank systems, unless:
	(1)  The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the tank system so that:
	(i)  The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolved material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under Sections R315-261-21 or 23, and
	(ii)  Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with; or
	(2)  The waste is stored or treated in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions that may cause the waste to ignite or react; or
	(3)  The tank system is used solely for emergencies.
	(b)  The owner or operator of a facility where ignitable or reactive waste is stored or treated in a tank shall comply with the requirements for the maintenance of protective distances between the waste management area and any public ways, streets, alleys, or an adjoining property line that can be built upon as required in Tables 2-1 through 2-6 of the National Fire Protection Association's "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code," (1977 or 1981), incorporated by reference, see Section R315-260-11.

R315-264-199.  Special Requirements for Incompatible Wastes.
	(a)  Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, shall not be placed in the same tank system, unless Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.
	(b)  Hazardous waste shall not be placed in a tank system that has not been decontaminated and that previously held an incompatible waste or material, unless Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.

R315-264-200.  Air Emission Standards.
	The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a tank in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036, 1050 through 1065 and 1080 through 1090.

R315-264-220.  Surface Impoundments -- Applicability.
	The regulations in Sections R315-264-220 through 223 and 226 through 232 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use surface impoundments to treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.

R315-264-221.  Design and Operating Requirements.
	(a)  Any surface impoundment that is not covered by Subsection R315-264-221(c) or 40 CFR 265.221, which is adopted by reference, shall have a liner for all portions of the impoundment, except for existing portions of such impoundments.  The liner shall be designed, constructed, and installed to prevent any migration of wastes out of the impoundment to the adjacent subsurface soil or ground water or surface water at any time during the active life, including the closure period, of the impoundment.  The liner may be constructed of materials that may allow wastes to migrate into the liner, but not into the adjacent subsurface soil or ground water or surface water, during the active life of the facility, provided that the impoundment is closed in accordance with Subsection R315-264-228(a)(1).  For impoundments that will be closed in accordance with Subsection R315-264-228(a)(2), the liner shall be constructed of materials that can prevent wastes from migrating into the liner during the active life of the facility.  The liner shall be:
	(1)  Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, including static head and external hydrogeologic forces, physical contact with the waste or leachate to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation;
	(2)  Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; and
	(3)  Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in contact with the waste or leachate.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall be exempted from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-221(a) if the Director finds, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator, that alternate design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, shall prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents, see Subsection R315-264-93, into the ground water or surface water at any future time.  In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Director shall consider:
	(1)  The nature and quantity of the wastes;
	(2)  The proposed alternate design and operation;
	(3)  The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including the attenuative capacity and thickness of the liners and soils present between the impoundment and ground water or surface water; and
	(4)  All other factors which would influence the quality and mobility of the leachate produced and the potential for it to migrate to ground water or surface water.
	(c)  The owner or operator of each new surface impoundment unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a surface impoundment unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992 and each replacement of an existing surface impoundment unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992 shall install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system between such liners.  "Construction commences" is as defined in Section R315-260-10 under "existing facility".
	(1)(i)  The liner system shall include:
	(A)  A top liner designed and constructed of materials, e.g., a geomembrane, to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into such liner during the active life and post-closure care period; and
	(B)  A composite bottom liner, consisting of at least two components.  The upper component shall be designed and constructed of materials, e.g., a geomembrane, to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into this component during the active life and post-closure care period.  The lower component shall be designed and constructed of materials to minimize the migration of hazardous constituents if a breach in the upper component were to occur.  The lower component shall be constructed of at least 3 feet, 91 cm, of compacted soil material with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1107 cm/sec.
	(ii)  The liners shall comply with Subsections R315-264-221(a)(1), (2), and (3).
	(2)  The leachate collection and removal system between the liners, and immediately above the bottom composite liner in the case of multiple leachate collection and removal systems, is also a leak detection system.  This leak detection system shall be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely to be exposed to waste or leachate during the active life and post-closure care period.  The requirements for a leak detection system in Subsection R315-264-221(c)(2) are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:
	(i)  Constructed with a bottom slope of one percent or more;
	(ii)  Constructed of granular drainage materials with a hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 101 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches (30.5 cm) or more; or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3 x 104 m2/sec or more;
	(iii)  Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste managed in the surface impoundment and the leachate expected to be generated, and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes and any waste cover materials or equipment used at the surface impoundment;
	(iv)  Designed and operated to minimize clogging during the active life and post-closure care period; and
	(v)  Constructed with sumps and liquid removal methods, e.g., pumps, of sufficient size to collect and remove liquids from the sump and prevent liquids from backing up into the drainage layer.  Each unit shall have its own sump(s).  The design of each sump and removal system shall provide a method for measuring and recording the volume of liquids present in the sump and of liquids removed.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall collect and remove pumpable liquids in the sumps to minimize the head on the bottom liner.
	(4)  The owner or operator of a leak detection system that is not located completely above the seasonal high water table shall demonstrate that the operation of the leak detection system will not be adversely affected by the presence of ground water.
	(d)  The Director may approve alternative design or operating practices to those specified in Subsection R315-264-221(c) if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that such design and operating practices, together with location characteristics:
	(1)  Will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituent into the ground water or surface water at least as effectively as the liners and leachate collection and removal system specified in Subsection R315-264-221(c); and
	(2)  Will allow detection of leaks of hazardous constituents through the top liner at least as effectively.
	(e)  The double liner requirement set forth in Subsection R315-264-221(c) may be waived by the Director for any monofill, if:
	(1)  The monofill contains only hazardous wastes from foundry furnace emission controls or metal casting molding sand, and such wastes do not contain constituents which would render the wastes hazardous for reasons other than the toxicity characteristic in Section R315-261-24; and
	(2)(i)(A)  The monofill has at least one liner for which there is no evidence that such liner is leaking.  For the purposes of Subsection R315-264-221(e), the term "liner" means a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from passing into the liner at any time during the active life of the facility, or a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from migrating beyond the liner to adjacent subsurface soil, ground water, or surface water at any time during the active life of the facility.  In the case of any surface impoundment which has been exempted from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-221(c) on the basis of a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from passing beyond the liner, at the closure of such impoundment, the owner or operator shall remove or decontaminate all waste residues, all contaminated liner material, and contaminated soil to the extent practicable.  If all contaminated soil is not removed or decontaminated, the owner or operator of such impoundment will comply with appropriate post-closure requirements, including but not limited to ground-water monitoring and corrective action;
	(B)  The monofill is located more than one-quarter mile from an "underground source of drinking water," as that term is defined in Section R315-270-2; and
	(C)  The monofill is in compliance with generally applicable ground-water monitoring requirements for facilities with permits under Section 19-6-108; or
	(ii)  The owner or operator demonstrates that the monofill is located, designed and operated so as to assure that there will be no migration of any hazardous constituent into ground water or surface water at any future time.
	(f)  The owner or operator of any replacement surface impoundment unit is exempt from Subsection R315-264-221(c) if:
	(1)  The existing unit was constructed in compliance with the design standards of sections 3004 (o)(1)(A)(i) and (o)(5)  of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and
	(2)  There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.
	(g)  A surface impoundment shall be designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to prevent overtopping resulting from normal or abnormal operations; overfilling; wind and wave action; rainfall; run-on; malfunctions of level controllers, alarms, and other equipment; and human error.
	(h)  A surface impoundment shall have dikes that are designed, constructed, and maintained with sufficient structural integrity to prevent massive failure of the dikes.  In ensuring structural integrity, it shall not be presumed that the liner system will function without leakage during the active life of the unit.
	(i)  The Director shall specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of Section R315-264-221 are satisfied.

R315-264-222.  Action Leakage Rate.
	(a)  The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for surface impoundment units subject to Subsections R315-264221(c) or (d).  The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot.  The action leakage rate shall include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design, e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material, construction, operation, and location of the leak detection system, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the leak detection system, and proposed response actions, e.g., the action leakage rate shall consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.
	(b)  To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator shall convert the weekly or monthly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under Subsection R315-264-226(d) to an average daily flow rate, gallons per acre per day, for each sump.  Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump shall be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period, and if the unit is closed in accordance with Subsection R315-264-228(b), monthly during the post-closure care period when monthly monitoring is required under Subsection R315-264-226(d).

R315-264-223.  Response Actions.
	(a)  The owner or operator of surface impoundment units subject to Subsection R315-264-221(c) or (d) shall have an approved response action plan before receipt of waste.  The response action plan shall set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded.  At a minimum, the response action plan shall describe the actions specified in Subsection R315-264-223(b).
	(b)  If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director in writing of the exceedance within 7 days of the determination;
	(2)  Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;
	(3)  Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;
	(4)  Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;
	(5)  Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and
	(6)  Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in Subsections R315-264-223(b)(3), (4), and (5), the results of actions taken, and actions planned.  Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator shall submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.
	(c)  To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in Subsections R315-264-223(b)(3), (4), and (5), the owner or operator shall:
	(1)(i)  Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,
	(ii)  Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and
	(iii)  Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or
	(2)  Document why such assessments are not needed.

R315-264-226.  Monitoring and Inspection.
	(a)  During construction and installation, liners, except in the case of existing portions of surface impoundments exempt from Subsection R315-264-221(a), and cover systems, e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings, shall be inspected for uniformity, damage, and imperfections, e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials.  Immediately after construction or installation:
	(1)  Synthetic liners and covers shall be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters; and
	(2)  Soil-based and admixed liners and covers shall be inspected for imperfections including lenses, cracks, channels, root holes, or other structural non-uniformities that may cause an increase in the permeability of the liner or cover.
	(b)  While a surface impoundment is in operation, it shall be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:
	(1)  Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of overtopping control systems;
	(2)  Sudden drops in the level of the impoundment's contents; and
	(3)  Severe erosion or other signs of deterioration in dikes or other containment devices.
	(c)  Prior to the issuance of a permit, and after any extended period of time, at least six months, during which the impoundment was not in service, the owner or operator shall obtain a certification from a qualified engineer that the impoundment's dike, including that portion of any dike which provides freeboard, has structural integrity.  The certification shall establish, in particular, that the dike:
	(1)  Will withstand the stress of the pressure exerted by the types and amounts of wastes to be placed in the impoundment; and
	(2)  Will not fail due to scouring or piping, without dependence on any liner system included in the surface impoundment construction.
	(d)(1)  An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under Subsection R315-264-221(c) or (d) shall record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.
	(2)  After the final cover is installed, the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump shall be recorded at least monthly.  If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months, the amount of liquids in the sumps shall be recorded at least quarterly.  If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive quarters, the amount of liquids in the sumps shall be recorded at least semi-annually.  If at any time during the post-closure care period the pump operating level is exceeded at units on quarterly or semi-annual recording schedules, the owner or operator shall return to monthly recording of amounts of liquids removed from each sump until the liquid level again stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months.
	(3)  "Pump operating level" is a liquid level proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director based on pump activation level, sump dimensions, and level that avoids backup into the drainage layer and minimizes head in the sump.

R315-264-227.  Emergency Repairs; Contingency Plans.
	(a)  A surface impoundment shall be removed from service in accordance with Subsection R315-264-227(b) when:
	(1)  The level of liquids in the impoundment suddenly drops and the drop is not known to be caused by changes in the flows into or out of the impoundment; or
	(2)  The dike leaks.
	(b)  When a surface impoundment shall be removed from service as required by Subsection R315-264-227(a), the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Immediately shut off the flow or stop the addition of wastes into the impoundment;
	(2)  Immediately contain any surface leakage which has occurred or is occurring;
	(3)  Immediately stop the leak;
	(4)  Take any other necessary steps to stop or prevent catastrophic failure;
	(5)  If a leak cannot be stopped by any other means, empty the impoundment; and
	(6)  Notify the Director of the problem in writing within seven days after detecting the problem.
	(c)  As part of the contingency plan required in Sections R315-264-50 through 56, the owner or operator shall specify a procedure for complying with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-227(b).
	(d)  No surface impoundment that has been removed from service in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-227 may be restored to service unless the portion of the impoundment which was failing is repaired and the following steps are taken:
	(1)  If the impoundment was removed from service as the result of actual or imminent dike failure, the dike's structural integrity shall be recertified in accordance with Subsection R315-264-226(c).
	(2)  If the impoundment was removed from service as the result of a sudden drop in the liquid level, then:
	(i)  For any existing portion of the impoundment, a liner shall be installed in compliance with Subsection R315-264-221(a); and
	(ii)  For any other portion of the impoundment, the repaired liner system shall be certified by a qualified engineer as meeting the design specifications approved in the permit.
	(e)  A surface impoundment that has been removed from service in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-227 and that is not being repaired shall be closed in accordance with the provisions of Section R315-264-228.

R315-264-228.  Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  At closure, the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, liners, etc., contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless Subsection R315-261-3(d) applies; or
	(2)(i)  Eliminate free liquids by removing liquid wastes or solidifying the remaining wastes and waste residues;
	(ii)  Stabilize remaining wastes to a bearing capacity sufficient to support final cover; and
	(iii)  Cover the surface impoundment with a final cover designed and constructed to:
	(A)  Provide long-term minimization of the migration of liquids through the closed impoundment;
	(B)  Function with minimum maintenance;
	(C)  Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the final cover;
	(D)  Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and
	(E)  Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present.
	(b)  If some waste residues or contaminated materials are left in place at final closure, the owner or operator shall comply with all post-closure requirements contained in Sections R315-264-117 through 120, including maintenance and monitoring throughout the post- closure care period, specified in the permit under Section R315-264-117.  The owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the final cover, including making repairs to the cap as necessary to correct the effects of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events;
	(2)  Maintain and monitor the leak detection system in accordance with Subsections R315-264-221(c)(2)(iv) and (3) and 226(d), and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of Rule R315-264;
	(3)  Maintain and monitor the ground-water monitoring system and comply with all other applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101; and
	(4)  Prevent run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the final cover.
	(c)(1)  If an owner or operator plans to close a surface impoundment in accordance with Subsection R315-264-228(a)(1), and the impoundment does not comply with the liner requirements of Subsection R315-264-221(a) and is not exempt from them in accordance with Subsection R315-264-221(b), then:
	(i)  The closure plan for the impoundment under Section R315-264-112 shall include both a plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-228(a)(1) and a contingent plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-228(a)(2) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall prepare a contingent post-closure plan under Section R315-264-118 for complying with Subsection R315-264-228(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.
	(2)  The cost estimates calculated under Sections R315-264-142 and 264-144 for closure and post-closure care of an impoundment subject to Subsection R315-264-228(c) shall include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under Subsection R315-264-228(a)(1).

R315-264-229.  Special Requirements for Ignitable or Reactive Waste.
	Ignitable or reactive waste shall not be placed in a surface impoundment, unless the waste and impoundment satisfy all applicable requirements of Rule R315-268, and:
	(a)  The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the impoundment so that:
	(1)  The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under Sections R315-261-21 or 23; and
	(2)  Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with; or
	(b)  The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react; or
	(c)  The surface impoundment is used solely for emergencies.

R315-264-230.  Special Requirements for Incompatible Wastes.
	Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, see appendix V of Rule R315-264 for examples, shall not be placed in the same surface impoundment, unless Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.

R315-264-231.  Special Requirements for Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.
	(a)  Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 shall not be placed in a surface impoundment unless the owner or operator operates the surface impoundment in accordance with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in Subsection R315-264-231(a), and in accord with all other applicable requirements of Rule R315-264. The factors to be considered are:
	(1)  The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;
	(2)  The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;
	(3)  The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and
	(4)  The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring techniques.
	(b)  The Director may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for surface impoundments managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to ground water, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

R315-264-232.  Air Emission Standards.
	The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a surface impoundment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 and 1080 through 1090.

R315-264-250.  Waste Piles -- Applicability.
	(a)  The regulations in Sections R315-264-250 through 254 and 256 through 259 apply to owners and operators of facilities that store or treat hazardous waste in piles, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.
	(b)  The regulations in Sections R315-264-250 through 254 and 256 through 259 do not apply to owners or operators of waste piles that are closed with wastes left in place.  Such waste piles are subject to regulation under Sections R315-264-300 through 304, 309 and 310, and 312 through 317, Landfills.
	(c)  The owner or operator of any waste pile that is inside or under a structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither run-off nor leachate is generated is not subject to regulation under Section R315-264-251 or under Sections R315-264-90 through 101, provided that:
	(1)  Liquids or materials containing free liquids are not placed in the pile;
	(2)  The pile is protected from surface water run-on by the structure or in some other manner;
	(3)  The pile is designed and operated to control dispersal of the waste by wind, where necessary, by means other than wetting; and
	(4)  The pile will not generate leachate through decomposition or other reactions.

R315-264-251.  Design and Operating Requirements.
	(a)  A waste pile, except for an existing portion of a waste pile, shall have:
	(1)  A liner that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent any migration of wastes out of the pile into the adjacent subsurface soil or ground water or surface water at any time during the active life, including the closure period, of the waste pile.  The liner may be constructed of materials that may allow waste to migrate into the liner itself, but not into the adjacent subsurface soil or ground water or surface water, during the active life of the facility.  The liner shall be:
	(i)  Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, including static head and external hydrogeologic forces, physical contact with the waste or leachate to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation;
	(ii)  Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; and
	(iii)  Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in contact with the waste or leachate; and
	(2)  A leachate collection and removal system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to collect and remove leachate from the pile.  The Director shall specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm, one foot.  The leachate collection and removal system shall be:
	(i)  Constructed of materials that are:
	(A)  Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the pile and the leachate expected to be generated; and
	(B)  Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlaying wastes, waste cover materials, and by any equipment used at the pile; and
	(ii)  Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the waste pile.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall be exempted from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-251(a), if the Director finds, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator, that alternate design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents, see Section R315-264-93, into the ground water or surface water at any future time.  In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Director shall consider:
	(1)  The nature and quantity of the wastes;
	(2)  The proposed alternate design and operation;
	(3)  The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including attenuative capacity and thickness of the liners and soils present between the pile and ground water or surface water; and
	(4)  All other factors which would influence the quality and mobility of the leachate produced and the potential for it to migrate to ground water or surface water.
	(c)  The owner or operator of each new waste pile unit, each lateral expansion of a waste pile unit, and each replacement of an existing waste pile unit shall install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system above and between such liners.
	(1)(i)  The liner system shall include:
	(A)  A top liner designed and constructed of materials, e.g., a geomembrane, to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into such liner during the active life and post-closure care period; and
	(B)  A composite bottom liner, consisting of at least two components.  The upper component shall be designed and constructed of materials, e.g., a geomembrane, to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into this component during the active life and post-closure care period.  The lower component shall be designed and constructed of materials to minimize the migration of hazardous constituents if a breach in the upper component were to occur.  The lower component shall be constructed of at least 3 feet, 91 cm, of compacted soil material with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1 x 107 cm/sec.
	(ii)  The liners shall comply with Subsections R315-264-251(a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii).
	(2)  The leachate collection and removal system immediately above the top liner shall be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to collect and remove leachate from the waste pile during the active life and post-closure care period.  The Director shall specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm, one foot.  The leachate collection and removal system shall comply with Subsections R315-264-251(c)(3)(iii) and (iv).
	(3)  The leachate collection and removal system between the liners, and immediately above the bottom composite liner in the case of multiple leachate collection and removal systems, is also a leak detection system.  This leak detection system shall be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely to be exposed to waste or leachate during the active life and post-closure care period.  The requirements for a leak detection system in Subsection R315-264-251(c) are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:
	(i)  Constructed with a bottom slope of one percent or more;
	(ii)  Constructed of granular drainage materials with a hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 102 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches, 30.5 cm, or more; or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3 x 105 m2/sec or more:
	(iii)  Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste managed in the waste pile and the leachate expected to be generated, and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and equipment used at the waste pile;
	(iv)  Designed and operated to minimize clogging during the active life and post-closure care period; and
	(v)  Constructed with sumps and liquid removal methods, e.g., pumps, of sufficient size to collect and remove liquids from the sump and prevent liquids from backing up into the drainage layer.  Each unit shall have its own sump(s).  The design of each sump and removal system shall provide a method for measuring and recording the volume of liquids present in the sump and of liquids removed.
	(4)  The owner or operator shall collect and remove pumpable liquids in the leak detection system sumps to minimize the head on the bottom liner.
	(5)  The owner or operator of a leak detection system that is not located completely above the seasonal high water table shall demonstrate that the operation of the leak detection system will not be adversely affected by the presence of ground water.
	(d)  The Director may approve alternative design or operating practices to those specified in Subsection R315-264-251(c) if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that such design and operating practices, together with location characteristics:
	(1)  Will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituent into the ground water or surface water at least as effectively as the liners and leachate collection and removal systems specified in Subsection R315-264-251(c); and
	(2)  Will allow detection of leaks of hazardous constituents through the top liner at least as effectively.
	(e)  Subsection R315-264-251(c) does not apply to monofills that are granted a waiver by the Director in accordance with Section R315-264-221(e).
	(f)  The owner or operator of any replacement waste pile unit is exempt from Subsection R315-264-251(c) if:
	(1)  The existing unit was constructed in compliance with the design standards of section 3004(o)(1)(A)(i) and 3004(o)(5) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and
	(2)  There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.
	(g)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portion of the pile during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.
	(h)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.
	(i)  Collection and holding facilities, e.g., tanks or basins, associated with run-on and run-off control systems shall be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.
	(j)  If the pile contains any particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator shall cover or otherwise manage the pile to control wind dispersal.
	(k)  The Director shall specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of Section R315-264-251 are satisfied.

R315-264-252.  Action Leakage Rate.
	(a) The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for waste pile units subject to Subsections R315-264-251(c) or (d).  The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot.  The action leakage rate shall include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design, e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material, construction, operation, and location of the leak detection system, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the leak detection system, and proposed response actions, e.g., the action leakage rate shall consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.
	(b)  To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator shall convert the weekly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under Subsection R315-264-254(c) to an average daily flow rate, gallons per acre per day, for each sump.  Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump shall be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period.

R315-264-253.  Response Actions.
	(a)  The owner or operator of waste pile units subject to Subsections R315-264-251(c) or (d) shall have an approved response action plan before receipt of waste.  The response action plan shall set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded.  At a minimum, the response action plan shall describe the actions specified in Subsection R315-264-253(b).
	(b)  If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director in writing of the exceedance within 7 days of the determination;
	(2)  Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;
	(3)  Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;
	(4)  Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;
	(5)  Determine any other short-term and long-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and
	(6)  Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in Subsections R315-264-253(b)(3), (4), and (5), the results of actions taken, and actions planned.  Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator shall submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.
	(c)  To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in Subsections R315-264-253(b)(3), (4), and (5), the owner or operator shall:
	(1)(i)  Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,
	(ii)  Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and
	(iii)  Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or
	(2)  Document why such assessments are not needed.

R315-264-254.  Monitoring and Inspection.
	(a)  During construction or installation, liners, except in the case of existing portions of piles exempt from Subsection R315-264-251(a), and cover systems, e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings, shall be inspected for uniformity, damage, and imperfections, e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials.  Immediately after construction or installation:
	(1)  Synthetic liners and covers shall be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters; and
	(2)  Soil-based and admixed liners and covers shall be inspected for imperfections including lenses, cracks, channels, root holes, or other structural non-uniformities that may cause an increase in the permeability of the liner or cover.
	(b)  While a waste pile is in operation, it shall be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:
	(1)  Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;
	(2)  Proper functioning of wind dispersal control systems, where present; and
	(3)  The presence of leachate in and proper functioning of leachate collection and removal systems, where present.
	(c)  An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under Subsection R315-264-251(c) shall record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

R315-264-256.  Special Requirements for Ignitable or Reactive Waste.
	Ignitable or reactive waste shall not be placed in a waste pile unless the waste and waste pile satisfy all applicable requirements of Rule R315-268, and:
	(a)  The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the pile so that:
	(1)  The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under Sections R315-261-21 or 23; and
	(2)  Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with; or
	(b)  The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react.

R315-264-257.  Special Requirements for Incompatible Wastes.
	(a)  Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, see appendix V of Rule R315-264 for examples, shall not be placed in the same pile, unless Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.
	(b)  A pile of hazardous waste that is incompatible with any waste or other material stored nearby in containers, other piles, open tanks, or surface impoundments shall be separated from the other materials, or protected from them by means of a dike, berm, wall, or other device.
	(c)  Hazardous waste shall not be piled on the same base where incompatible wastes or materials were previously piled, unless the base has been decontaminated sufficiently to ensure compliance with Subsection R315-264-17(b).

R315-264-258.  Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  At closure, the owner or operator shall remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, liners, etc., contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless Subsection R315-261-3(d) applies.
	(b)  If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in Subsection R315-264-258(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he shall close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills, Section R315-264-310.
	(c)(1)  The owner or operator of a waste pile that does not comply with the liner requirements of Subsection R315-264-251(a)(1) and is not exempt from them in accordance with Subsections R315-264-250(c) or 251(b), shall:
	(i)  Include in the closure plan for the pile under Section R315-264-112 both a plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-258(a) and a contingent plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-258(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and
	(ii)  Prepare a contingent post-closure plan under Section R315-264-118 for complying with Subsection R315-264-258(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.
	(2)  The cost estimates calculated under Sections R315-264-142 and 144 for closure and post-closure care of a pile subject to this Subsection R315-264-258(c) shall include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under Subsection R315-264-258(a).

R315-264-259.  Special Requirements for Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.
	(a)  Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 shall not be placed in waste piles that are not enclosed, as defined in Subsection R315-264-250(c), unless the owner or operator operates the waste pile in accordance with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in Subsection R315-264-259(a), and in accord with all other applicable requirements of Rule R315-264. The factors to be considered are:
	(1)  The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;
	(2)  The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;
	(3)  The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and
	(4)  The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring techniques.
	(b)  The Director may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for piles managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to ground water, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

R315-264-270.  Land Treatment -- Applicability.
	The regulations in Sections R315-264-270 through 283 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat or dispose of hazardous waste in land treatment units, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.

R315-264-271.  Treatment Program.
	(a)  An owner or operator subject to Sections R315-264-270 through 283 shall establish a land treatment program that is designed to ensure that hazardous constituents placed in or on the treatment zone are degraded, transformed, or immobilized within the treatment zone.  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the elements of the treatment program, including:
	(1)  The wastes that are capable of being treated at the unit based on a demonstration under Section R315-264-272;
	(2)  Design measures and operating practices necessary to maximize the success of degradation, transformation, and immobilization processes in the treatment zone in accordance with Subsection R315-264-273(a); and
	(3)  Unsaturated zone monitoring provisions meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-278.
	(b)  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the hazardous constituents that shall be degraded, transformed, or immobilized under Sections R315-264-270 through 283.  Hazardous constituents are constituents identified in appendix VIII of Rule R315-261 that are reasonably expected to be in, or derived from, waste placed in or on the treatment zone.
	(c)  The Director shall specify the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the treatment zone in the facility permit.  The treatment zone is the portion of the unsaturated zone below and including the land surface in which the owner or operator intends to maintain the conditions necessary for effective degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents.  The maximum depth of the treatment zone shall be:
	(1)  No more than 1.5 meters, 5 feet, from the initial soil surface; and
	(2)  More than 1 meter, 3 feet, above the seasonal high water table.

R315-264-272.  Treatment Demonstration.
	(a)  For each waste that will be applied to the treatment zone, the owner or operator shall demonstrate, prior to application of the waste, that hazardous constituents in the waste can be completely degraded, transformed, or immobilized in the treatment zone.
	(b)  In making this demonstration, the owner or operator may use field tests, laboratory analyses, available data, or, in the case of existing units, operating data.  If the owner or operator intends to conduct field tests or laboratory analyses in order to make the demonstration required under Subsection R315-264-272(a), he shall obtain a treatment or disposal permit under Section R315-270-63.  The Director shall specify in this permit the testing, analytical, design, and operating requirements, including the duration of the tests and analyses, and, in the case of field tests, the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the treatment zone, monitoring procedures, closure and clean-up activities, necessary to meet the requirements in Subsection R315-264-272(c).
	(c)  Any field test or laboratory analysis conducted in order to make a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-272(a) shall:
	(1)  Accurately simulate the characteristics and operating conditions for the proposed land treatment unit including:
	(i)  The characteristics of the waste, including the presence of appendix VIII of Rule R315-261 constituents;
	(ii)  The climate in the area;
	(iii)  The topography of the surrounding area;
	(iv)  The characteristics of the soil in the treatment zone, including depth; and
	(v)  The operating practices to be used at the unit.
	(2)  Be likely to show that hazardous constituents in the waste to be tested will be completely degraded, transformed, or immobilized in the treatment zone of the proposed land treatment unit; and
	(3)  Be conducted in a manner that protects human health and the environment considering:
	(i)  The characteristics of the waste to be tested;
	(ii)  The operating and monitoring measures taken during the course of the test;
	(iii)  The duration of the test;
	(iv)  The volume of waste used in the test;
	(v)  In the case of field tests, the potential for migration of hazardous constituents to ground water or surface water.

R315-264-273.  Design and Operating Requirements.
	The Director shall specify in the facility permit how the owner or operator will design, construct, operate, and maintain the land treatment unit in compliance with Section R315-264-273.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain the unit to maximize the degradation, transformation, and immobilization of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone.  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain the unit in accord with all design and operating conditions that were used in the treatment demonstration under Section R315-264-272.  At a minimum, the Director shall specify the following in the facility permit:
	(1)  The rate and method of waste application to the treatment zone;
	(2)  Measures to control soil pH;
	(3)  Measures to enhance microbial or chemical reactions, e.g., fertilization, tilling; and
	(4)  Measures to control the moisture content of the treatment zone.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain the treatment zone to minimize run-off of hazardous constituents during the active life of the land treatment unit.
	(c)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the treatment zone during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.
	(d)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.
	(e)  Collection and holding facilities, e.g., tanks or basins, associated with run-on and run-off control systems shall be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain the design capacity of the system.
	(f)  If the treatment zone contains particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator shall manage the unit to control wind dispersal.
	(g)  The owner or operator shall inspect the unit weekly and after storms to detect evidence of:
	(1)  Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems; and
	(2)  Improper functioning of wind dispersal control measures.

R315-264-276.  Food-Chain Crops.
	The Director may allow the growth of food-chain crops in or on the treatment zone only if the owner or operator satisfies the conditions of Section R315-264-276.  The Director shall specify in the facility permit the specific food-chain crops which may be grown.
	(a)(1)  The owner or operator shall demonstrate that there is no substantial risk to human health caused by the growth of such crops in or on the treatment zone by demonstrating, prior to the planting of such crops, that hazardous constituents other than cadmium:
	(i)  Will not be transferred to the food or feed portions of the crop by plant uptake or direct contact, and will not otherwise be ingested by food-chain animals, e.g., by grazing; or
	(ii)  Will not occur in greater concentrations in or on the food or feed portions of crops grown on the treatment zone than in or on identical portions of the same crops grown on untreated soils under similar conditions in the same region.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall make the demonstration required under Subsection R315-264-276(a) prior to the planting of crops at the facility for all constituents identified in appendix VIII of Rule R315-261 that are reasonably expected to be in, or derived from, waste placed in or on the treatment zone.
	(3)  In making a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-276(a), the owner or operator may use field tests, greenhouse studies, available data, or, in the case of existing units, operating data, and shall:
	(i)  Base the demonstration on conditions similar to those present in the treatment zone, including soil characteristics, e.g., pH, cation exchange capacity, specific wastes, application rates, application methods, and crops to be grown; and
	(ii)  Describe the procedures used in conducting any tests, including the sample selection criteria, sample size, analytical methods, and statistical procedures.
	(4)  If the owner or operator intends to conduct field tests or greenhouse studies in order to make the demonstration required under Subsection R315-264-276(a), he shall obtain a permit for conducting such activities.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall comply with the following conditions if cadmium is contained in wastes applied to the treatment zone:
	(1)(i)  The pH of the waste and soil mixture shall be 6.5 or greater at the time of each waste application, except for waste containing cadmium at concentrations of 2 mg/kg, dry weight, or less;
	(ii)  The annual application of cadmium from waste shall not exceed 0.5 kilograms per hectare, kg/ha, on land used for tobacco, leafy vegetables, or root crops grown for human consumption or any other food-chain crop;
	(iii)  The cumulative application of cadmium from waste shall not exceed 5 kg/ha if the waste and soil mixture has a pH of less than 6.5; and
	(iv)  If the waste and soil mixture has a pH of 6.5 or greater or is maintained at a pH of 6.5 or greater during crop growth, the cumulative application of cadmium from waste shall not exceed: 5 kg/ha if soil cation exchange capacity (CEC) is less than 5 meq/100g; 10 kg/ha if soil CEC is 5-15 meq/100g; and 20 kg/ha if soil CEC is greater than 15 meq/100g; or
	(2)(i)  Animal feed shall be the only food-chain crop produced;
	(ii)  The pH of the waste and soil mixture shall be 6.5 or greater at the time of waste application or at the time the crop is planted, whichever occurs later, and this pH level shall be maintained whenever food-chain crops are grown;
	(iii)  There shall be an operating plan which demonstrates how the animal feed will be distributed to preclude ingestion by humans.  The operating plan shall describe the measures to be taken to safeguard against possible health hazards from cadmium entering the food chain, which may result from alternative land uses; and
	(iv)  Future property owners shall be notified by a stipulation in the land record or property deed which states that the property has received waste at high cadmium application rates and that food-chain crops shall not be grown except in compliance with Subsection R315-264-276(b)(2).

R315-264-278.  Unsaturated Zone Monitoring.
	An owner or operator subject to Sections R315-270 through 283 shall establish an unsaturated zone monitoring program to discharge the following responsibilities:
	(a)  The owner or operator shall monitor the soil and soil-pore liquid to determine whether hazardous constituents migrate out of the treatment zone.
	(1)  The Director shall specify the hazardous constituents to be monitored in the facility permit.  The hazardous constituents to be monitored are those specified under Section R315-264-271(b).
	(2)  The Director may require monitoring for principal hazardous constituents (PHCs) in lieu of the constituents specified under Section R315-264-271(b).  PHCs are hazardous constituents contained in the wastes to be applied at the unit that are the most difficult to treat, considering the combined effects of degradation, transformation, and immobilization.  The Director shall establish PHCs if he finds, based on waste analyses, treatment demonstrations, or other data, that effective degradation, transformation, or immobilization of the PHCs will assure treatment at at least equivalent levels for the other hazardous constituents in the wastes.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall install an unsaturated zone monitoring system that includes soil monitoring using soil cores and soil-pore liquid monitoring using devices such as lysimeters.  The unsaturated zone monitoring system shall consist of a sufficient number of sampling points at appropriate locations and depths to yield samples that:
	(1)  Represent the quality of background soil-pore liquid quality and the chemical make-up of soil that has not been affected by leakage from the treatment zone; and
	(2)  Indicate the quality of soil-pore liquid and the chemical make-up of the soil below the treatment zone.
	(c)  The owner or operator shall establish a background value for each hazardous constituent to be monitored under Subsection R315-264-278(a).  The permit shall specify the background values for each constituent or specify the procedures to be used to calculate the background values.
	(1)  Background soil values may be based on a one-time sampling at a background plot having characteristics similar to those of the treatment zone.
	(2)  Background soil-pore liquid values shall be based on at least quarterly sampling for one year at a background plot having characteristics similar to those of the treatment zone.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall express all background values in a form necessary for the determination of statistically significant increases under Subsection R315-264-278(f).
	(4)  In taking samples used in the determination of all background values, the owner or operator shall use an unsaturated zone monitoring system that complies with Subsection R315-264-278(b)(1).
	(d)  The owner or operator shall conduct soil monitoring and soil-pore liquid monitoring immediately below the treatment zone.  The Director shall specify the frequency and timing of soil and soil-pore liquid monitoring in the facility permit after considering the frequency, timing, and rate of waste application, and the soil permeability.  The owner or operator shall express the results of soil and soil-pore liquid monitoring in a form necessary for the determination of statistically significant increases under Subsection R315-264-278(f).
	(e)  The owner or operator shall use consistent sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure sampling results that provide a reliable indication of soil-pore liquid quality and the chemical make-up of the soil below the treatment zone.  At a minimum, the owner or operator shall implement procedures and techniques for:
	(1)  Sample collection;
	(2)  Sample preservation and shipment;
	(3)  Analytical procedures; and
	(4)  Chain of custody control.
	(f)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there is a statistically significant change over background values for any hazardous constituent to be monitored under Subsection R315-264-278(a) below the treatment zone each time he conducts soil monitoring and soil-pore liquid monitoring under Subsection R315-264-278(d).
	(1)  In determining whether a statistically significant increase has occurred, the owner or operator shall compare the value of each constituent, as determined under Subsection R315-264-278(d), to the background value for that constituent according to the statistical procedure specified in the facility permit under Subsection R315-264-278(e).
	(2)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there has been a statistically significant increase below the treatment zone within a reasonable time period after completion of sampling.  The Director shall specify that time period in the facility permit after considering the complexity of the statistical test and the availability of laboratory facilities to perform the analysis of soil and soil-pore liquid samples.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall determine whether there is a statistically significant increase below the treatment zone using a statistical procedure that provides reasonable confidence that migration from the treatment zone will be identified.  The Director shall specify a statistical procedure in the facility permit that he finds:
	(i)  Is appropriate for the distribution of the data used to establish background values; and
	(ii)  Provides a reasonable balance between the probability of falsely identifying migration from the treatment zone and the probability of failing to identify real migration from the treatment zone.
	(g)  If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Subsection R315-264-278(f), that there is a statistically significant increase of hazardous constituents below the treatment zone, he shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director of this finding in writing within seven days.  The notification shall indicate what constituents have shown statistically significant increases.
	(2)  Within 90 days, submit to the Director an application for a permit modification to modify the operating practices at the facility in order to maximize the success of degradation, transformation, or immobilization processes in the treatment zone.
	(h)  If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Subsection R315-264-278(f), that there is a statistically significant increase of hazardous constituents below the treatment zone, he may demonstrate that a source other than regulated units caused the increase or that the increase resulted from an error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation.  While the owner or operator may make a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-278(h) in addition to, or in lieu of, submitting a permit modification application under Subsection R315-264-278(g)(2), he is not relieved of the requirement to submit a permit modification application within the time specified in Subsection R315-264-278(g)(2) unless the demonstration made under Subsection R315-264-278(h) successfully shows that a source other than regulated units caused the increase or that the increase resulted from an error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation.  In making a demonstration under Subsection R315-264-278(h), the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director in writing within seven days of determining a statistically significant increase below the treatment zone that he intends to make a determination under Subsection R315-264-278(h);
	(2)  Within 90 days, submit a report to the Director demonstrating that a source other than the regulated units caused the increase or that the increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation;
	(3)  Within 90 days, submit to the Director an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the unsaturated zone monitoring program at the facility; and
	(4)  Continue to monitor in accordance with the unsaturated zone monitoring program established under Section R315-264-278.

R315-264-279.  Recordkeeping.
	The owner or operator shall include hazardous waste application dates and rates in the operating record required under Section R315-264-73.

R315-264-280.  Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  During the closure period the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Continue all operations, including pH control, necessary to maximize degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents within the treatment zone as required under Subsection R315-264-273(a), except to the extent such measures are inconsistent with Subsection R315-264-280(a)(8).
	(2)  Continue all operations in the treatment zone to minimize run-off of hazardous constituents as required under Subsection R315-264-273(b);
	(3)  Maintain the run-on control system required under Subsection R315-264-273(c);
	(4)  Maintain the run-off management system required under Subsection R315-264-273(d);
	(5)  Control wind dispersal of hazardous waste if required under Subsection R315-264-273(f);
	(6)  Continue to comply with any prohibitions or conditions concerning growth of food-chain crops under Section R315-264-276;
	(7)  Continue unsaturated zone monitoring in compliance with Section R315-264-278, except that soil-pore liquid monitoring may be terminated 90 days after the last application of waste to the treatment zone; and
	(8)  Establish a vegetative cover on the portion of the facility being closed at such time that the cover will not substantially impede degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone.  The vegetative cover shall be capable of maintaining growth without extensive maintenance.
	(b)  For the purpose of complying with Section R315-264-115, when closure is completed the owner or operator may submit to the Director certification by an independent, qualified soil scientist, in lieu of a qualified Professional Engineer, that the facility has been closed in accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan.
	(c)  During the post-closure care period the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Continue all operations, including pH control, necessary to enhance degradation and transformation and sustain immobilization of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone to the extent that such measures are consistent with other post-closure care activities;
	(2)  Maintain a vegetative cover over closed portions of the facility;
	(3)  Maintain the run-on control system required under Subsection R315-264-273(c);
	(4)  Maintain the run-off management system required under Subsection R315-264-273(d);
	(5)  Control wind dispersal of hazardous waste if required under Subsection R315-264-273(f);
	(6)  Continue to comply with any prohibitions or conditions concerning growth of food-chain crops under Section R315-264-276; and
	(7)  Continue unsaturated zone monitoring in compliance with Section R315-264-278, excect that soil-pore liquid monitoring may be terminated 90 days after the last application of waste to the treatment zone.
	(d)  The owner or operator is not subject to regulation under Subsections R315-264-280(a)(8) and (c) if the Director finds that the level of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone soil does not exceed the background value of those constituents by an amount that is statistically significant when using the test specified in Subsection R315-264-280(d)(3).  The owner or operator may submit such a demonstration to the Director at any time during the closure or post-closure care periods.  For the purposes of Subsection R315-264-280(d):
	(1)  The owner or operator shall establish background soil values and determine whether there is a statistically significant increase over those values for all hazardous constituents specified in the facility permit under Subsection R315-264-271(b).
	(i)  Background soil values may be based on a one-time sampling of a background plot having characteristics similar to those of the treatment zone.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall express background values and values for hazardous constituents in the treatment zone in a form necessary for the determination of statistically significant increases under Subsection R315-264-280(d)(3).
	(2)  In taking samples used in the determination of background and treatment zone values, the owner or operator shall take samples at a sufficient number of sampling points and at appropriate locations and depths to yield samples that represent the chemical make-up of soil that has not been affected by leakage from the treatment zone and the soil within the treatment zone, respectively.
	(3)  In determining whether a statistically significant increase has occurred, the owner or operator shall compare the value of each constituent in the treatment zone to the background value for that constituent using a statistical procedure that provides reasonable confidence that constituent presence in the treatment zone will be identified.  The owner or operator shall use a statistical procedure that:
	(i)  Is appropriate for the distribution of the data used to establish background values; and
	(ii)  Provides a reasonable balance between the probability of falsely identifying hazardous constituent presence in the treatment zone and the probability of failing to identify real presence in the treatment zone.
	(e)  The owner or operator is not subject to regulation under Sections R315-264-90 through 101 if the Director finds that the owner or operator satisfies Subsection R315-264-280(d) and if unsaturated zone monitoring under Section R315-264-278 indicates that hazardous constituents have not migrated beyond the treatment zone during the active life of the land treatment unit.

R315-264-281.  Special Requirements for Ignitable or Reactive Waste.
	The owner or operator shall not apply ignitable or reactive waste to the treatment zone unless the waste and the treatment zone meet all applicable requirements of Rule R315-268, and:
	(a)  The waste is immediately incorporated into the soil so that:
	(1)  The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under Sections R315-261-21 or 23; and
	(2)  Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with; or
	(b)  The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react.

R315-264-282.  Special Requirements for Incompatible Wastes.
	The owner or operator shall not place incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, see appendix V of Rule R315-264 for examples, in or on the same treatment zone, unless Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.

R315-264-283.  Special Requirements for Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.
	(a)  Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 shall not be placed in a land treatment unit unless the owner or operator operates the facility in accordance with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in Subsection R315-264-283(a), and in accord with all other applicable requirements of Rule R315-264. The factors to be considered are:
	(1)  The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;
	(2)  The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;
	(3)  The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and
	(4)  The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring techniques.
	(b)  The Director may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for land treatment facilities managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to ground water, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

R315-264-300.  Landfills -- Applicability.
	The regulations in Sections R315-264-300 through 317 apply to owners and operators of facilities that dispose of hazardous waste in landfills, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.

R315-264-301.  Design and Operating Requirements.
	(a)  Any landfill that is not covered by Subsection R315-264-301(c) or 40 CFR 265.301(a), which is adopted by reference, shall have a liner system for all portions of the landfill, except for portions of such landfill that existed on or prior to October 10, 1984.  The liner system shall have:
	(1)  A liner that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent any migration of wastes out of the landfill to the adjacent subsurface soil or ground water or surface water at anytime during the active life, including the closure period, of the landfill.  The liner shall be constructed of materials that prevent wastes from passing into the liner during the active life of the facility.  The liner shall be:
	(i)  Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, including static head and external hydrogeologic forces, physical contact with the waste or leachate to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation;
	(ii)  Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; and
	(iii)  Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in contact with the waste or leachate; and
	(2)  A leachate collection and removal system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to collect and remove leachate from the landfill.  The Director shall specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm, one foot.  The leachate collection and removal system shall be:
	(i)  Constructed of materials that are:
	(A)  Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the landfill and the leachate expected to be generated; and
	(B)  Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and by any equipment used at the landfill; and
	(ii)  Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the landfill.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall be exempted from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-301(a) if the Director finds, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator, that alternative design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents, see Section R315-264-93, into the ground water or surface water at any future time.  In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Director shall consider:
	(1)  The nature and quantity of the wastes;
	(2)  The proposed alternate design and operation;
	(3)  The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including the attenuative capacity and thickness of the liners and soils present between the landfill and ground water or surface water; and
	(4)  All other factors which would influence the quality and mobility of the leachate produced and the potential for it to migrate to ground water or surface water.
	(c)  The owner or operator of each new landfill unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a landfill unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992, and each replacement of an existing landfill unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992 shall install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system above and between such liners.  "Construction commences" is as defined in Section R315-260-10 under "existing facility".
	(1)(i)  The liner system shall include:
	(A)  A top liner designed and constructed of materials, e.g., a geomembrane, to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into such liner during the active life and post-closure care period; and
	(B)  A composite bottom liner, consisting of at least two components.  The upper component shall be designed and constructed of materials, e.g., a geomembrane, to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into this component during the active life and post-closure care period.  The lower component shall be designed and constructed of materials to minimize the migration of hazardous constituents if a breach in the upper component were to occur.  The lower component shall be constructed of at least 91 cm, 3 feet, of compacted soil material with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1 x 107 cm/sec.
	(ii)  The liners shall comply with Subsections R315-264-301(a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii).
	(2)  The leachate collection and removal system immediately above the top liner shall be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to collect and remove leachate from the landfill during the active life and post-closure care period.  The Director shall specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm, one foot.  The leachate collection and removal system shall comply with Subsections R315-264-301(c)(3)(iii) and (iv).
	(3)  The leachate collection and removal system between the liners, and immediately above the bottom composite liner in the case of multiple leachate collection and removal systems, is also a leak detection system.  This leak detection system shall be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely to be exposed to waste or leachate during the active life and post-closure care period.  The requirements for a leak detection system in Subsection R315-264-301(c) are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:
	(i)  Constructed with a bottom slope of one percent or more;
	(ii)  Constructed of granular drainage materials with a hydraulic conductivity of 1102 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 30.5 cm, 12 inches, or more; or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3 x 105 m2/sec or more;
	(iii)  Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste managed in the landfill and the leachate expected to be generated, and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and equipment used at the landfill;
	(iv)  Designed and operated to minimize clogging during the active life and post-closure care period; and
	(v)  Constructed with sumps and liquid removal methods, e.g., pumps, of sufficient size to collect and remove liquids from the sump and prevent liquids from backing up into the drainage layer.  Each unit shall have its own sump(s).  The design of each sump and removal system shall provide a method for measuring and recording the volume of liquids present in the sump and of liquids removed.
	(4)  The owner or operator shall collect and remove pumpable liquids in the leak detection system sumps to minimize the head on the bottom liner.
	(5)  The owner or operator of a leak detection system that is not located completely above the seasonal high water table shall demonstrate that the operation of the leak detection system will not be adversely affected by the presence of ground water.
	(d)  The Director may approve alternative design or operating practices to those specified in Subsection R315-264-301(c) if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that such design and operating practices, together with location characteristics:
	(1)  Will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituent into the ground water or surface water at least as effectively as the liners and leachate collection and removal systems specified in Subsection R315-264-301(c); and
	(2)  Will allow detection of leaks of hazardous constituents through the top liner at least as effectively.
	(e)  The double liner requirement set forth in Subsection R315-264-301(c) may be waived by the Director for any monofill, if:
	(1)  The monofill contains only hazardous wastes from foundry furnace emission controls or metal casting molding sand, and such wastes do not contain constituents which would render the wastes hazardous for reasons other than the Toxicity Characteristic in Section R315-261-24, with EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers D004 through D017; and
	(2)(i)(A)  The monofill has at least one liner for which there is no evidence that such liner is leaking;
	(B)  The monofill is located more than one-quarter mile from an "underground source of drinking water," as that term is defined in Section R315-270-2); and
	(C)  The monofill is in compliance with generally applicable ground-water monitoring requirements for facilities with permits under Section 19-6-108; or
	(ii)  The owner or operator demonstrates that the monofill is located, designed and operated so as to assure that there will be no migration of any hazardous constituent into ground water or surface water at any future time.
	(f)  The owner or operator of any replacement landfill unit is exempt from Subsection R315-264-301(c) if:
	(1)  The existing unit was constructed in compliance with the design standards of section 3004(o)(1)(A)(i) and (o)(5) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and
	(2)  There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.
	(g)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portion of the landfill during peak discharge from at least a 24-hour, 25-year storm.
	(h)  The owner or operator shall design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.
	(i)  Collection and holding facilities, e.g., tanks or basins, associated with run-on and run-off control systems shall be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.
	(j)  If the landfill contains any particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator shall cover or otherwise manage the landfill to control wind dispersal.
	(k)  The Director shall specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of Section R315-264-301 are satisfied.

R315-264-302.  Action Leakage Rate.
	(a)  The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for landfill units subject to Subsections R315-264-301(c) or (d).  The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding 30.5 cm, l foot.  The action leakage rate shall include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design, e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material, construction, operation, and location of the leak detection system, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the leak detection system, and proposed response actions, e.g., the action leakage rate shall consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.
	(b)  To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator shall convert the weekly or monthly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under Subsection R315-264-303(c) to an average daily flow rate, gallons per acre per day, for each sump.  Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump shall be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period, and monthly during the post-closure care period when monthly monitoring is required under Subsection R315-264-303(c).

R315-264-303.  Monitoring and Inspection.
	(a)  During construction or installation, liners, except in the case of existing portions of landfills exempt from Subsection R315-264-301(a) and cover systems, e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings, shall be inspected for uniformity, damage, and imperfections, e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials.  Immediately after construction or installation:
	(1)  Synthetic liners and covers shall be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters; and
	(2)  Soil-based and admixed liners and covers shall be inspected for imperfections including lenses, cracks, channels, root holes, or other structural non-uniformities that may cause an increase in the permeability of the liner or cover.
	(b)  While a landfill is in operation, it shall be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:
	(1)  Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;
	(2)  Proper functioning of wind dispersal control systems, where present; and
	(3)  The presence of leachate in and proper functioning of leachate collection and removal systems, where present.
	(c)(1)  An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under Subsection R315-264-301(c) or (d) shall record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.
	(2)  After the final cover is installed, the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump shall be recorded at least monthly.  If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months, the amount of liquids in the sumps shall be recorded at least quarterly.  If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive quarters, the amount of liquids in the sumps shall be recorded at least semi-annually.  If at any time during the post-closure care period the pump operating level is exceeded at units on quarterly or semi-annual recording schedules, the owner or operator shall return to monthly recording of amounts of liquids removed from each sump until the liquid level again stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months.
	(3)  "Pump operating level" is a liquid level proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director based on pump activation level, sump dimensions, and level that avoids backup into the drainage layer and minimizes head in the sump.

R315-264-304.  Response Actions.
	(a)  The owner or operator of landfill units subject to Subsections R315-264-301(c) or (d) shall have an approved response action plan before receipt of waste.  The response action plan shall set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded.  At a minimum, the response action plan shall describe the actions specified in Subsection R315-264-304(b).
	(b)  If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Notify the Director in writing of the exceedance within 7 days of the determination;
	(2)  Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;
	(3)  Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;
	(4)  Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;
	(5)  Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and
	(6)  Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in Subsections R315-264-304(b)(3), (4), and (5), the results of actions taken, and actions planned.  Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator shall submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.
	(c)  To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in Subsections R315-264-304(b)(3), (4), and (5), the owner or operator shall:
	(1)(i)  Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,
	(ii)  Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and
	(iii)  Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or
	(2)  Document why such assessments are not needed.

R315-264-309.  Surveying and Recordkeeping.
	The owner or operator of a landfill shall maintain the following items in the operating record required under Section R315-264-73:
	(a)  On a map, the exact location and dimensions, including depth, of each cell with respect to permanently surveyed benchmarks; and
	(b)  The contents of each cell and the approximate location of each hazardous waste type within each cell.

R315-264-310.  Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  At final closure of the landfill or upon closure of any cell, the owner or operator shall cover the landfill or cell with a final cover designed and constructed to:
	(1)  Provide long-term minimization of migration of liquids through the closed landfill;
	(2)  Function with minimum maintenance;
	(3)  Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the cover;
	(4)  Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and
	(5)  Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present.
	(b)  After final closure, the owner or operator shall comply with all post-closure requirements contained in Sections R315-264-117 through 120, including maintenance and monitoring throughout the post-closure care period, specified in the permit under Section R315-264-117.  The owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the final cover, including making repairs to the cap as necessary to correct the effects of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events;
	(2)  Continue to operate the leachate collection and removal system until leachate is no longer detected;
	(3)  Maintain and monitor the leak detection system in accordance with Subsections R315-264-301(c)(3)(iv) and (4) and R315-264-303(c), and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of Rul3 R315-264;
	(4)  Maintain and monitor the ground-water monitoring system and comply with all other applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101;
	(5)  Prevent run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the final cover; and
	(6)  Protect and maintain surveyed benchmarks used in complying with Section R315-264-309.

R315-264-312.  Special Requirements for Ignitable or Reactive Waste.
	(a)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-312(b), and in Section R316-264-316, ignitable or reactive waste shall not be placed in a landfill, unless the waste and landfill meet all applicable requirements of Rule R315-268, and:
	(1)  The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under Sections R315-261-21 or 23; and
	(2)  Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.
	(b)  Except for prohibited wastes which remain subject to treatment standards in Sections R315-268-40 through 49, ignitable wastes in containers may be landfilled without meeting the requirements of Subsection R315-264-312(a), provided that the wastes are disposed of in such a way that they are protected from any material or conditions which may cause them to ignite.  At a minimum, ignitable wastes shall be disposed of in non-leaking containers which are carefully handled and placed so as to avoid heat, sparks, rupture, or any other condition that might cause ignition of the wastes; shall be covered daily with soil or other non-combustible material to minimize the potential for ignition of the wastes; and shall not be disposed of in cells that contain or will contain other wastes which may generate heat sufficient to cause ignition of the waste.

R315-264-313.  Special Requirements for Incompatible Wastes.
	Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, (see appendix V of Rule R315-264 for examples) shall not be placed in the same landfill cell, unless Subsection R315-264-17(b) is complied with.

R315-264-314.  Special Requirements for Bulk and Containerized Liquids.
	(a)  The placement of bulk or non-containerized liquid hazardous waste or hazardous waste containing free liquids, whether or not sorbents have been added, in any landfill is prohibited.
	(b)  To demonstrate the absence or presence of free liquids in either a containerized or a bulk waste, the following test shall be used: Method 9095B, Paint Filter Liquids Test, as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods," EPA Publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Section R315-260-11.
	(c)  Containers holding free liquids shall not be placed in a landfill unless:
	(1)  All free-standing liquid:
	(i)  Has been removed by decanting, or other methods;
	(ii)  Has been mixed with sorbent or solidified so that free-standing liquid is no longer observed; or
	(iii)  Has been otherwise eliminated; or
	(2)  The container is very small, such as an ampule; or
	(3)  The container is designed to hold free liquids for use other than storage, such as a battery or capacitor; or
	(4)  The container is a lab pack as defined in Section R316-264-316 and is disposed of in accordance with Section R316-264-316.
	(d)  Sorbents used to treat free liquids to be disposed of in landfills shall be nonbiodegradable.  Nonbiodegradable sorbents are: materials listed or described in Subsection R315-264-314(d)(1); materials that pass one of the tests in Subsection R315-264-314(d)(2); or materials that are determined by the Director to be nonbiodegradable through the Rule R315-260 petition process.
	(1)  Nonbiodegradable sorbents.
	(i)  Inorganic minerals, other inorganic materials, and elemental carbon, e.g., aluminosilicates, clays, smectites, Fuller's earth, bentonite, calcium bentonite, montmorillonite, calcined montmorillonite, kaolinite, micas - illite, vermiculites, zeolites; calcium carbonate (organic free limestone; oxides/hydroxides, alumina, lime, silica - sand, diatomaceous earth; perlite - volcanic glass; expanded volcanic rock; volcanic ash; cement kiln dust; fly ash; rice hull ash; activated charcoal/activated carbon; or
	(ii)  High molecular weight synthetic polymers, e.g., polyethylene, high density polyethylene (HDPE), polypropylene, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyacrylate, polynorborene, polyisobutylene, ground synthetic rubber, cross-linked allylstyrene and tertiary butyl copolymers.  This does not include polymers derived from biological material or polymers specifically designed to be degradable; or
	(iii)  Mixtures of these nonbiodegradable materials.
	(2)  Tests for nonbiodegradable sorbents.
	(i)  The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under ASTM Method G21-70 (1984a)-Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymer Materials to Fungi; or
	(ii)  The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under ASTM Method G22-76 (1984b)-Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Plastics to Bacteria; or
	(iii)  The sorbent material is determined to be non-biodegradable under OECD test 301B: CO2 Evolution - Modified Sturm Test.
	(e)  The placement of any liquid which is not a hazardous waste in a landfill is prohibited unless the owner or operator of such landfill demonstrates to the Director, or the Director determines that:
	(1)  The only reasonably available alternative to the placement in such landfill is placement in a landfill or unlined surface impoundment, whether or not permitted or operating under interim status, which contains, or may reasonably be anticipated to contain, hazardous waste; and
	(2)  Placement in such owner or operator's landfill will not present a risk of contamination of any "underground source of drinking water," as that term is defined in Section R315-270-2.

R315-264-315.  Special Requirements for Containers.
	Unless they are very small, such as an ampule, containers shall be either:
	(a)  At least 90 percent full when placed in the landfill; or
	(b)  Crushed, shredded, or similarly reduced in volume to the maximum practical extent before burial in the landfill.

R315-264-316.  Disposal of Small Containers of Hazardous Waste in Overpacked Drums (Lab Packs).
	Small containers of hazardous waste in overpacked drums, lab packs, may be placed in a landfill if the following requirements are met:
	(a)  Hazardous waste shall be packaged in non-leaking inside containers.  The inside containers shall be of a design and constructed of a material that will not react dangerously with, be decomposed by, or be ignited by the contained waste.  Inside containers shall be tightly and securely sealed.  The inside containers shall be of the size and type specified in the Department of Transportation hazardous materials regulations, 49 CFR parts 173, 178, and 179, if those regulations specify a particular inside container for the waste.
	(b)  The inside containers shall be overpacked in an open head Department of Transportation-specification metal shipping container, 49 CFR parts 178 and 179, of no more than 416-liter, 110 gallon, capacity and surrounded by, at a minimum, a sufficient quantity of sorbent material, determined to be nonbiodegradable in accordance with Subsection R315-264-314(d), to completely sorb all of the liquid contents of the inside containers.  The metal outer container shall be full after it has been packed with inside containers and sorbent material.
	(c)  The sorbent material used shall not be capable of reacting dangerously with, being decomposed by, or being ignited by the contents of the inside containers, in accordance with Subsection R315-264-17(b).
	(d)  Incompatible wastes, as defined in Section R315-260-10, shall not be placed in the same outside container.
	(e)  Reactive wastes, other than cyanide- or sulfide-bearing waste as defined in Subsection R315-261-23(a)(5), shall be treated or rendered non-reactive prior to packaging in accordance with Subsections R315-264-316(a) through (d).  Cyanide- and sulfide-bearing reactive waste may be packed in accordance with Subsections R315-264-316(a) through (d) without first being treated or rendered non-reactive.
	(f)  Such disposal is in compliance with the requirements of Rule R315-268.  Persons who incinerate lab packs according to the requirements in Subsection R315-268-42(c)(1) may use fiber drums in place of metal outer containers.  Such fiber drums shall meet the Department of Transportation specifications in 49 CFR 173.12 and be overpacked according to the requirements in Subsection R315-264-316(b).

R315-264-317.  Special Requirements for Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.
	(a) Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 shall not be placed in a landfill unless the owner or operator operates the landfill in accord with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in Section R315-264-317, and in accord with all other applicable requirements of Rule R315-264. The factors to be considered are:
	(1)  The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through the soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;
	(2)  The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;
	(3)  The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and
	(4)  The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring requirements.
	(b)  The Director may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for landfills managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to ground water, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

R315-264-340.  Incinerator -- Applicability.
	(a)  The regulations of Sections R315-264-340 through 351 apply to owners and operators of hazardous waste incinerators, as defined in Section R315-260-10, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.
	(b)  Integration of the MACT standards.
	(1)  Except as provided by Subsections R315-264-340(b)(2) through (b)(4), the standards of Rule R315-264 do not apply to a new hazardous waste incineration unit that becomes subject to RCRA permit requirements after October 12, 2005; or no longer apply when an owner or operator of an existing hazardous waste incineration unit demonstrates compliance with the maximum achievable control technology (MACT) requirements of Section R307-214-2 by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting to the Director a Notification of Compliance under Section R307-14-2 documenting compliance with the requirements of Section R307-14-2.  Nevertheless, even after this demonstration of compliance with the MACT standards, RCRA permit conditions that were based on the standards of Rule R315-264 shall continue to be in effect until they are removed from the permit or the permit is terminated or revoked, unless the permit expressly provides otherwise.
	(2)  The MACT standards do not replace the closure requirements of Section R315-264-351 or the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-1 through 4, 10 though 19, 30 through 37, 50 through 56, 70 through 77, 90 through 101, 110 through 120, 140 through 151, 1050 through 1065 and 1080 through 1090.
	(3)  The particulate matter standard of Subsection R315-264-343(c) remains in effect for incinerators that elect to comply with the alternative to the particulate matter standard under Section R307-214-2.
	(4)  The following requirements remain in effect for startup, shutdown, and malfunction events if you elect to comply with Subsection R35-270-235(a)(1)(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from these events:
	(i)  Subsection R315-264-345(a) requiring that an incinerator operate in accordance with operating requirements specified in the permit; and
	(ii)  Subsection R315-264-345(c) requiring compliance with the emission standards and operating requirements during startup and shutdown if hazardous waste is in the combustion chamber, except for particular hazardous wastes.
	(c)  After consideration of the waste analysis included with part B of the permit application, the Director, in establishing the permit conditions, shall exempt the applicant from all requirements of Sections R315-264-340 through 351 except Section R315-264-341, Waste analysis, and Section R315-264-351, Closure,
	(1)  If the Director finds that the waste to be burned is:
	(i)  Listed as a hazardous waste in Sections R315-261-30 through 35 solely because it is ignitable, Hazard Code I, corrosive, Hazard Code C, or both; or
	(ii)  Listed as a hazardous waste in Sections R315-261-30 through 35 solely because it is reactive, Hazard Code R, for characteristics other than those listed in Subsections R315-261-23(a)(4) and (5), and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; or
	(iii)  A hazardous waste solely because it possesses the characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity, or both, as determined by the test for characteristics of hazardous wastes under Sections R315-261-20 through 24; or
	(iv)  A hazardous waste solely because it possesses any of the reactivity characteristics described by Subsections R315-261-23(a)(1), (2), (3), (6), (7), and (8), and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; and
	(2)  If the waste analysis shows that the waste contains none of the hazardous constituents listed in Rule R315-261, appendix VIII, which would reasonably be expected to be in the waste.
	(d)  If the waste to be burned is one which is described by Subsections R315-264-340(b)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) and contains insignificant concentrations of the hazardous constituents listed in Rule R315-261, appendix VIII, then the Director may, in establishing permit conditions, exempt the applicant from all requirements of Sections R315-264-340 through 351, except Section R315-264-341, Waste analysis, and Section R315-264-351, Closure, after consideration of the waste analysis included with part B of the permit application, unless the Director finds that the waste will pose a threat to human health and the environment when burned in an incinerator.
	(e)  The owner or operator of an incinerator may conduct trial burns subject only to the requirements of Section R315-270-62, Short term and incinerator permits.

R315-264-341.  Waste Analysis.
	(a)  As a portion of the trial burn plan required by Section R315-270-62, or with part B of the permit application, the owner or operator shall have included an analysis of the waste feed sufficient to provide all information required by Subsection R315-270-62(b) or Section R315-270-19. Owners or operators of new hazardous waste incinerators shall provide the information required by Subsection R315-270-62(c) or Section R315-270-19 to the greatest extent possible.
	(b)  Throughout normal operation the owner or operator shall conduct sufficient waste analysis to verify that waste feed to the incinerator is within the physical and chemical composition limits specified in his permit, under Subsection R315-264-345(b).

R315-264-342.  Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents.
	(a)  Principal organic hazardous constituents in the waste feed shall be treated to the extent required by the performance standard of Section R315-264-343.
	(b)(1)  One or more principal organic hazardous constituents shall be specified in the facility's permit, from among those constituents listed in appendix VIII of Rule R315-261 for each waste feed to be burned.  This specification shall be based on the degree of difficulty of incineration of the organic constituents in the waste and on their concentration or mass in the waste feed, considering the results of waste analyses and trial burns or alternative data submitted with part B of the facility's permit application.  Organic constituents which represent the greatest degree of difficulty of incineration will be those most likely to be designated as principal organic hazardous constituents.  Constituents are more likely to be designated as principal organic hazardous constituents if they are present in large quantities or concentrations in the waste.
	(2)  Trial principal organic hazardous constituents shall be designated for performance of trial burns in accordance with the procedure specified in Section R315-270-62 for obtaining trial burn permits.

R315-264-343.  Performance Standards.
	An incinerator burning hazardous waste shall be designed, constructed, and maintained so that, when operated in accordance with operating requirements specified under Section R315-264-345, it shall meet the following performance standards:
	(a)(1)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-343(a)(2), an incinerator burning hazardous waste shall achieve a destruction and removal efficiency of 99.99% for each principal organic hazardous constituent designated, under Section R315-264-342, in its permit for each waste feed. Destruction and removal efficiency is determined for each principal organic hazardous constituent from the following equation:
	Destruction and removal efficiency = ((Win-Wout)/Win)x100%
	where:
	Win = mass feed rate of one principal organic hazardous constituent in the waste stream feeding the incinerator
	and
	Wout = mass emission rate of the same principal organic hazardous constituent present in exhaust emissions prior to release to the atmosphere.
	(2)  An incinerator burning hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, or F027 shall achieve a destruction and removal efficiency of 99.9999% for each principal organic hazardous constituent designated, under Section R315-264-342, in its permit. This performance shall be demonstrated on principal organic hazardous constituents that are more difficult to incinerate than tetra-, penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans. Destruction and removal efficiency is determined for each principal organic hazardous constituent from the equation in Subsection R315-264-343(a)(1).
	(b)  An incinerator burning hazardous waste and producing stack emissions of more than 1.8 kilograms per hour, 4 pounds per hour, of hydrogen chloride shall control hydrogen chloride emissions such that the rate of emission is no greater than the larger of either 1.8 kilograms per hour or 1% of the hydrogen chloride in the stack gas prior to entering any pollution control equipment.
	(c)  An incinerator burning hazardous waste shall not emit particulate matter in excess of 180 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter, 0.08 grains per dry standard cubic foot, when corrected for the amount of oxygen in the stack gas according to the formula:
	Pc = Pm x (14/(21-Y))
	Where Pc is the corrected concentration of particulate matter, Pm is the measured concentration of particulate matter, and Y is the measured concentration of oxygen in the stack gas, using the Orsat method for oxygen analysis of dry flue gas, presented in 40 CFR 60, appendix A Method 3, which is adopted and incorporated by Section R307-221-3.  This correction procedure is to be used by all hazardous waste incinerators except those operating under conditions of oxygen enrichment. For these facilities, the Director shall select an appropriate correction procedure, to be specified in the facility permit.
	(d)  For purposes of permit enforcement, compliance with the operating requirements specified in the permit, under Section R315-264-345, shall be regarded as compliance with Section R315-264-343.  However, evidence that compliance with those permit conditions is insufficient to ensure compliance with the performance requirements of Section R315-264-343 may be "information" justifying modification, revocation, or reissuance of a permit under Section R315-270-41.

R315-264-344.  Hazardous Waste Incinerator Permits.
	(a)  The owner or operator of a hazardous waste incinerator may burn only wastes specified in his permit and only under operating conditions specified for those wastes under Section R315-264-345, except:
	(1)  In approved trial burns under Section R315-270-62; or
	(2)  Under exemptions created by Section R315-264-340.
	(b)  Other hazardous wastes may be burned only after operating conditions have been specified in a new permit or a permit modification as applicable.  Operating requirements for new wastes may be based on either trial burn results or alternative data included with part B of a permit application under Section R315-270-19.
	(c)  The permit for a new hazardous waste incinerator shall establish appropriate conditions for each of the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-340 through 351, including but not limited to allowable waste feeds and operating conditions necessary to meet the requirements of Section R315-264-345, sufficient to comply with the following standards:
	(1)  For the period beginning with initial introduction of hazardous waste to the incinerator and ending with initiation of the trial burn, and only for the minimum time required to establish operating conditions required in Subsection R315-264-344(c)(2), not to exceed a duration of 720 hours operating time for treatment of hazardous waste, the operating requirements shall be those most likely to ensure compliance with the performance standards of Section R315-264-343, based on the Director's engineering judgment.  The Director may extend the duration of this period once for up to 720 additional hours when good cause for the extension is demonstrated by the applicant.
	(2)  For the duration of the trial burn, the operating requirements shall be sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the performance standards of Section R315-264-343 and shall be in accordance with the approved trial burn plan;
	(3)  For the period immediately following completion of the trial burn, and only for the minimum period sufficient to allow sample analysis, data computation, and submission of the trial burn results by the applicant, and review of the trial burn results and modification of the facility permit by the Director, the operating requirements shall be those most likely to ensure compliance with the performance standards of Section R315-264-343, based on the Director's engineering judgment.
	(4)  For the remaining duration of the permit, the operating requirements shall be those demonstrated, in a trial burn or by alternative data specified in Subsection R315-270-19(c), as sufficient to ensure compliance with the performance standards of Section R315-264-343.

R315-264-345.  Operating Requirements.
	(a)  An incinerator shall be operated in accordance with operating requirements specified in the permit.  These shall be specified on a case-by-case basis as those demonstrated, in a trial burn or in alternative data as specified in Subsection R315-264-344(b) and included with part B of a facility's permit application, to be sufficient to comply with the performance standards of Section R315-264-343.
	(b)  Each set of operating requirements shall specify the composition of the waste feed, including acceptable variations in the physical or chemical properties of the waste feed which will not affect compliance with the performance requirement of Section R315-264-343, to which the operating requirements apply.  For each such waste feed, the permit shall specify acceptable operating limits including the following conditions:
	(1)  Carbon monoxide level in the stack exhaust gas;
	(2)  Waste feed rate;
	(3)  Combustion temperature;
	(4)  An appropriate indicator of combustion gas velocity;
	(5)  Allowable variations in incinerator system design or operating procedures; and
	(6)  Such other operating requirements as are necessary to ensure that the performance standards of Section R315-264-343 are met.
	(c)  During start-up and shut-down of an incinerator, hazardous waste, except wastes exempted in accordance with Section R315-264-340, shall not be fed into the incinerator unless the incinerator is operating within the conditions of operation, temperature, air feed rate, etc., specified in the permit.
	(d)  Fugitive emissions from the combustion zone shall be controlled by:
	(1)  Keeping the combustion zone totally sealed against fugitive emissions; or
	(2)  Maintaining a combustion zone pressure lower than atmospheric pressure; or
	(3)  An alternate means of control demonstrated, with part B of the permit application, to provide fugitive emissions control equivalent to maintenance of combustion zone pressure lower than atmospheric pressure.
	(e)  An incinerator shall be operated with a functioning system to automatically cut off waste feed to the incinerator when operating conditions deviate from limits established under Subsection R315-264-345(a).
	(f)  An incinerator shall cease operation when changes in waste feed, incinerator design, or operating conditions exceed limits designated in its permit.

R315-264-347.  Monitoring and Inspections.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall conduct, as a minimum, the following monitoring while incinerating hazardous waste:
	(1)  Combustion temperature, waste feed rate, and the indicator of combustion gas velocity specified in the facility permit shall be monitored on a continuous basis.
	(2)  Carbon monoxide shall be monitored on a continuous basis at a point in the incinerator downstream of the combustion zone and prior to release to the atmosphere.
	(3)  Upon request by the Director, sampling and analysis of the waste and exhaust emissions shall be conducted to verify that the operating requirements established in the permit achieve the performance standards of Section R315-264-343.
	(b)  The incinerator and associated equipment, pumps, valves, conveyors, pipes, etc., shall be subjected to thorough visual inspection, at least daily, for leaks, spills, fugitive emissions, and signs of tampering.
	(c)  The emergency waste feed cutoff system and associated alarms shall be tested at least weekly to verify operability, unless the applicant demonstrates to the Director that weekly inspections will unduly restrict or upset operations and that less frequent inspection will be adequate.  At a minimum, operational testing shall be conducted at least monthly.
	(d)  This monitoring and inspection data shall be recorded and the records shall be placed in the operating record required by Section R315-264-73 and maintained in the operating record for five years.

R315-264-351.  Closure.
	At closure the owner or operator shall remove all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues, including, but not limited to, ash, scrubber waters, and scrubber sludges, from the incinerator site.
	At closure, as throughout the operating period, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate, in accordance with Subsection R315-261-3(d), that the residue removed from the incinerator is not a hazardous waste, the owner or operator becomes a generator of hazardous waste and shall manage it in accordance with applicable requirements of Rules R315-262 through 266.

R315-264-550.  Applicability of Corrective Action Management Unit (CAMU) Regulations.
	(a)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-550(b), CAMUs are subject to the requirements of Section R315-264-552.
	(b)  CAMUs that were approved before April 22, 2002, or for which substantially complete applications (or equivalents) were submitted to the Agency on or before November 20, 2000, are subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-551 for grandfathered CAMUs; CAMU waste, activities, and design shall not be subject to the standards in Section R315-264-552, so long as the waste, activities, and design remain within the general scope of the CAMU as approved.

R315-264-551.  Grandfathered Corrective Action Management Units (CAMUs).
	(a)  To implement remedies under Section R315-264-101 or RCRA Section 3008(h), or to implement remedies at a permitted facility that is not subject to Section R315-264-101, the Director may designate an area at the facility as a corrective action management unit under the requirements in Section R315-264-551.  Corrective action management unit means an area within a facility that is used only for managing remediation wastes for implementing corrective action or cleanup at the facility.  A CAMU shall be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner or operator where the wastes to be managed in the CAMU originated.  One or more CAMUs may be designated at a facility.
	(1)  Placement of remediation wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute land disposal of hazardous wastes.
	(2)  Consolidation or placement of remediation wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute creation of a unit subject to minimum technology requirements.
	(b)(1)  The Director may designate a regulated unit, as defined in Subsection R315-264-90(a)(2), as a CAMU, or may incorporate a regulated unit into a CAMU, if:
	(i)  The regulated unit is closed or closing, meaning it has begun the closure process under Section R315-264-113 or 40 CFR 265.113, which is adopted by reference; and
	(ii)  Inclusion of the regulated unit will enhance implementation of effective, protective and reliable remedial actions for the facility.
	(2)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 110 through 120, and 140 through 151 and the unit-specific requirements of Rules R315-264 or 265 that applied to that regulated unit shall continue to apply to that portion of the CAMU after incorporation into the CAMU.
	(c)  The Director shall designate a CAMU in accordance with the following:
	(1)  The CAMU shall facilitate the implementation of reliable, effective, protective, and cost-effective remedies;
	(2)  Waste management activities associated with the CAMU shall not create unacceptable risks to humans or to the environment resulting from exposure to hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents;
	(3)  The CAMU shall include uncontaminated areas of the facility, only if including such areas for the purpose of managing remediation waste is more protective than management of such wastes at contaminated areas of the facility;
	(4)  Areas within the CAMU, where wastes remain in place after closure of the CAMU, shall be managed and contained so as to minimize future releases, to the extent practicable;
	(5)  The CAMU shall expedite the timing of remedial activity implementation, when appropriate and practicable;
	(6)  The CAMU shall enable the use, when appropriate, of treatment technologies, including innovative technologies, to enhance the long-term effectiveness of remedial actions by reducing the toxicity, mobility, or volume of wastes that will remain in place after closure of the CAMU; and
	(7)  The CAMU shall, to the extent practicable, minimize the land area of the facility upon which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU.
	(d)  The owner/operator shall provide sufficient information to enable the Director to designate a CAMU in accordance with the criteria in Section R315-264-552.
	(e)  The Director shall specify, in the permit or order, requirements for CAMUs to include the following:
	(1)  The areal configuration of the CAMU.
	(2)  Requirements for remediation waste management to include the specification of applicable design, operation and closure requirements.
	(3)  Requirements for ground water monitoring that are sufficient to:
	(i)  Continue to detect and to characterize the nature, extent, concentration, direction, and movement of existing releases of hazardous constituents in ground water from sources located within the CAMU; and
	(ii)  Detect and subsequently characterize releases of hazardous constituents to ground water that may occur from areas of the CAMU in which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU.
	(4)  Closure and post-closure requirements.
	(i)  Closure of corrective action management units shall:
	(A)  Minimize the need for further maintenance; and
	(B)  Control, minimize, or eliminate, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, for areas where wastes remain in place, post-closure escape of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated runoff, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground, to surface waters, or to the atmosphere.
	(ii)  Requirements for closure of CAMUs shall include the following, as appropriate and as deemed necessary by the Director for a given CAMU:
	(A)  Requirements for excavation, removal, treatment or containment of wastes;
	(B)  For areas in which wastes will remain after closure of the CAMU, requirements for capping of such areas; and
	(C)  Requirements for removal and decontamination of equipment, devices, and structures used in remediation waste management activities within the CAMU.
	(iii)  In establishing specific closure requirements for CAMUs under Subsection R315-264-552(e), the Director shall consider the following factors:
	(A)  CAMU characteristics;
	(B)  Volume of wastes which remain in place after closure;
	(C)  Potential for releases from the CAMU;
	(D)  Physical and chemical characteristics of the waste;
	(E)  Hydrological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility which may influence the migration of any potential or actual releases; and
	(F)  Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors if releases were to occur from the CAMU.
	(iv)  Post-closure requirements as necessary to protect human health and the environment, to include, for areas where wastes will remain in place, monitoring and maintenance activities, and the frequency with which such activities shall be performed to ensure the integrity of any cap, final cover, or other containment system.
	(f)  The Director shall document the rationale for designating CAMUs and shall make such documentation available to the public.
	(g)  Incorporation of a CAMU into an existing permit shall be approved by the Director according to the procedures for permit modifications under Section R315-270-41, or according to the permit modification procedures of Section R315-270-42.
	(h)  The designation of a CAMU does not change the Director's existing authority to address clean-up levels, media-specific points of compliance to be applied to remediation at a facility, or other remedy selection decisions.

R315-264-552.  Corrective Action Management Units (CAMU).
	(a)  To implement remedies under Subsection R315-264-101 or RCRA Section 3008(h), or to implement remedies at a permitted facility that is not subject to Subsection R315-264-101, the Director may designate an area at the facility as a corrective action management unit under the requirements in Section R315-264-552.  Corrective action management unit means an area within a facility that is used only for managing CAMU-eligible wastes for implementing corrective action or cleanup at the facility.  A CAMU shall be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner or operator where the wastes to be managed in the CAMU originated.  One or more CAMUs may be designated at a facility.
	(1)  CAMU-eligible waste means:
	(i)  All solid and hazardous wastes, and all media, including ground water, surface water, soils, and sediments, and debris, that are managed for implementing cleanup.  As-generated wastes, either hazardous or non-hazardous, from ongoing industrial operations at a site are not CAMU-eligible wastes.
	(ii)  Wastes that would otherwise meet the description in Subsection R315-264-552(a)(1)(i) are not "CAMU-Eligible Wastes" where:
	(A)  The wastes are hazardous wastes found during cleanup in intact or substantially intact containers, tanks, or other non-land-based units found above ground, unless the wastes are first placed in the tanks, containers or non-land-based units as part of cleanup, or the containers or tanks are excavated during the course of cleanup; or
	(B)  The Director exercises the discretion in Subsection R315-264-552(a)(2) to prohibit the wastes from management in a CAMU.
	(iii)  Notwithstanding Subsection R315-264-552(a)(1)(i), where appropriate, as-generated non-hazardous waste may be placed in a CAMU where such waste is being used to facilitate treatment or the performance of the CAMU.
	(2)  The Director may prohibit, where appropriate, the placement of waste in a CAMU where the Director has or receives information that such wastes have not been managed in compliance with applicable land disposal treatment standards of Rule R315-268, or applicable unit design requirements of Rule R315-264, or applicable unit design requirements of Rule R315-265, or that non-compliance with other applicable requirements of Rules R315-260 through 266, 268, 270 and 273 likely contributed to the release of the waste.
	(3)  Prohibition against placing liquids in CAMUs.
	(i)  The placement of bulk or noncontainerized liquid hazardous waste or free liquids contained in hazardous waste, whether or not sorbents have been added, in any CAMU is prohibited except where placement of such wastes facilitates the remedy selected for the waste.
	(ii)  The requirements in Subsection R315-264-314(c) for placement of containers holding free liquids in landfills apply to placement in a CAMU except where placement facilitates the remedy selected for the waste.
	(iii)  The placement of any liquid which is not a hazardous waste in a CAMU is prohibited unless such placement facilitates the remedy selected for the waste or a demonstration is made pursuant to Subsection R315-264-314(e).
	(iv)  The absence or presence of free liquids in either a containerized or a bulk waste shall be determined in accordance with Subsection R315-264-314(b).  Sorbents used to treat free liquids in CAMUs shall meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-314(d).
	(4)  Placement of CAMU-eligible wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute land disposal of hazardous wastes.
	(5)  Consolidation or placement of CAMU-eligible wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute creation of a unit subject to minimum technology requirements.
	(b)(1)  The Director may designate a regulated unit, as defined in Subsection R315-264-90(a)(2), as a CAMU, or may incorporate a regulated unit into a CAMU, if:
	(i)  The regulated unit is closed or closing, meaning it has begun the closure process under Section R315-264-113 or 40 CFR 265.113, which is adopted by reference; and
	(ii)  Inclusion of the regulated unit will enhance implementation of effective, protective and reliable remedial actions for the facility.
	(2)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-90 through 101, 110 through 120, and 140 through 151 and the unit-specific requirements of Rules R315-264 or 265 that applied to the regulated unit shall continue to apply to that portion of the CAMU after incorporation into the CAMU.
	(c)  The Director shall designate a CAMU that will be used for storage and/or treatment only in accordance with Subsection R315-264-552(f).  The Director shall designate all other CAMUs in accordance with the following:
	(1)  The CAMU shall facilitate the implementation of reliable, effective, protective, and cost-effective remedies;
	(2)  Waste management activities associated with the CAMU shall not create unacceptable risks to humans or to the environment resulting from exposure to hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents;
	(3)  The CAMU shall include uncontaminated areas of the facility, only if including such areas for the purpose of managing CAMU-eligible waste is more protective than management of such wastes at contaminated areas of the facility;
	(4)  Areas within the CAMU, where wastes remain in place after closure of the CAMU, shall be managed and contained so as to minimize future releases, to the extent practicable;
	(5)  The CAMU shall expedite the timing of remedial activity implementation, when appropriate and practicable;
	(6)  The CAMU shall enable the use, when appropriate, of treatment technologies, including innovative technologies, to enhance the long-term effectiveness of remedial actions by reducing the toxicity, mobility, or volume of wastes that will remain in place after closure of the CAMU; and
	(7)  The CAMU shall, to the extent practicable, minimize the land area of the facility upon which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU.
	(d)  The owner/operator shall provide sufficient information to enable the Director to designate a CAMU in accordance with the criteria in Section R315-264-552.  This shall include, unless not reasonably available, information on:
	(1)  The origin of the waste and how it was subsequently managed, including a description of the timing and circumstances surrounding the disposal and/or release;
	(2)  Whether the waste was listed or identified as hazardous at the time of disposal and/or release; and
	(3)  Whether the disposal and/or release of the waste occurred before or after the land disposal requirements of Rule R315-268 were in effect for the waste listing or characteristic.
	(e)  The Director shall specify, in the permit or order, requirements for CAMUs to include the following:
	(1)  The areal configuration of the CAMU.
	(2)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-552(g), requirements for CAMU-eligible waste management to include the specification of applicable design, operation, treatment and closure requirements.
	(3)  Minimum design requirements.  CAMUs, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-552(f), into which wastes are placed shall be designed in accordance with the following:
	(i)  Unless the Director approves alternate requirements under Subsection R315-264-552(e)(3)(ii), CAMUs that consist of new, replacement, or laterally expanded units shall include a composite liner and a leachate collection system that is designed and constructed to maintain less than a 30-cm depth of leachate over the liner.  For purposes of Section R315-264-552, composite liner means a system consisting of two components; the upper component shall consist of a minimum 30-mil flexible membrane liner (FML), and the lower component shall consist of at least a two-foot layer of compacted soil with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1 x 10-7 cm/sec.  FML components consisting of high density polyethylene (HDPE) shall be at least 60 mil thick.  The FML component shall be installed in direct and uniform contact with the compacted soil component;
	(ii)  Alternate requirements.  The Director may approve alternate requirements if:
	(A)  The Director finds that alternate design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents into the ground water or surface water at least as effectively as the liner and leachate collection systems in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(3)(i); or
	(B)  The CAMU is to be established in an area with existing significant levels of contamination, and the Director finds that an alternative design, including a design that does not include a liner, would prevent migration from the unit that would exceed long-term remedial goals.
	(4)  Minimum treatment requirements: Unless the wastes will be placed in a CAMU for storage and/or treatment only in accordance with Subsection R315-264-552(f), CAMU-eligible wastes that, absent Section R315-264-552, would be subject to the treatment requirements of Rule R315-268, and that the Director determines contain principal hazardous constituents shall be treated to the standards specified in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iii).
	(i)  Principal hazardous constituents are those constituents that the Director determines pose a risk to human health and the environment substantially higher than the cleanup levels or goals at the site.
	(A)  In general, the Director shall designate as principal hazardous constituents:
	(I)  Carcinogens that pose a potential direct risk from ingestion or inhalation at the site at or above 103; and
	(II)  Non-carcinogens that pose a potential direct risk from ingestion or inhalation at the site an order of magnitude or greater over their reference dose.
	(B)  The Director shall also designate constituents as principal hazardous constituents, where appropriate, when risks to human health and the environment posed by the potential migration of constituents in wastes to ground water are substantially higher than cleanup levels or goals at the site; when making such a designation, the Director may consider such factors as constituent concentrations, and fate and transport characteristics under site conditions.
	(C)  The Director may also designate other constituents as principal hazardous constituents that the Director determines pose a risk to human health and the environment substantially higher than the cleanup levels or goals at the site.
	(ii)  In determining which constituents are "principal hazardous constituents," the Director shall consider all constituents which, absent Section R315-264-552, would be subject to the treatment requirements in Rule R315-268.
	(iii)  Waste that the Director determines contains principal hazardous constituents shall meet treatment standards determined in accordance with Subsections R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv) or (e)(4)(v).
	(iv)  Treatment standards for wastes placed in CAMUs.
	(A)  For non-metals, treatment shall achieve 90 percent reduction in total principal hazardous constituent concentrations, except as provided by Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv)(C).
	(B)  For metals, treatment shall achieve 90 percent reduction in principal hazardous constituent concentrations as measured in leachate from the treated waste or media, tested according to the TCLP, or 90 percent reduction in total constituent concentrations, when a metal removal treatment technology is used, except as provided by Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv)(C).
	(C)  When treatment of any principal hazardous constituent to a 90 percent reduction standard would result in a concentration less than 10 times the Universal Treatment Standard for that constituent, treatment to achieve constituent concentrations less than 10 times the Universal Treatment Standard is not required.  Universal Treatment Standards are identified in Section R315-268-48 Table UTS.
	(D)  For waste exhibiting the hazardous characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity or reactivity, the waste shall also be treated to eliminate these characteristics.
	(E)  For debris, the debris shall be treated in accordance with Section R315-268-45, or by methods or to levels established under Subsections R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv)(A) through (D) or Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(v), whichever the Director determines is appropriate.
	(F)  Alternatives to TCLP.  For metal bearing wastes for which metals removal treatment is not used, the Director may specify a leaching test other than the TCLP, SW846 Method 1311, Rule R315-260-11(c)(3)(v), to measure treatment effectiveness, provided the Director determines that an alternative leach testing protocol is appropriate for use, and that the alternative more accurately reflects conditions at the site that affect leaching.
	(v)  Adjusted standards.  The Director may adjust the treatment level or method in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv) to a higher or lower level, based on one or more of the following factors, as appropriate.  The adjusted level or method shall be protective of human health and the environment:
	(A)  The technical impracticability of treatment to the levels or by the methods in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv);
	(B)  The levels or methods in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv) would result in concentrations of principal hazardous constituents (PHCs) that are significantly above or below cleanup standards applicable to the site, established either site-specifically, or promulgated under state or federal law;
	(C)  The views of the affected local community on the treatment levels or methods in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv) as applied at the site, and, for treatment levels, the treatment methods necessary to achieve these levels;
	(D)  The short-term risks presented by the on-site treatment method necessary to achieve the levels or treatment methods in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv);
	(E)  The long-term protection offered by the engineering design of the CAMU and related engineering controls:
	(I)  Where the treatment standards in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv) are substantially met and the principal hazardous constituents in the waste or residuals are of very low mobility; or
	(II)  Where cost-effective treatment has been used and the CAMU meets the Subtitle C liner and leachate collection requirements for new land disposal units at Subsections R315-264-301(c) and (d); or
	(III)  Where, after review of appropriate treatment technologies, the Director determines that cost-effective treatment is not reasonably available, and the CAMU meets the Subtitle C liner and leachate collection requirements for new land disposal units at Subsection R315-264-301(c) and (d); or
	(IV)  Where cost-effective treatment has been used and the principal hazardous constituents in the treated wastes are of very low mobility; or
	(V)  Where, after review of appropriate treatment technologies, the Director determines that cost-effective treatment is not reasonably available, the principal hazardous constituents in the wastes are of very low mobility, and either the CAMU meets or exceeds the liner standards for new, replacement, or laterally expanded CAMUs in Subsections R315-264-552(e)(3)(i) and (ii), or the CAMU provides substantially equivalent or greater protection.
	(vi)  The treatment required by the treatment standards shall be completed prior to, or within a reasonable time after, placement in the CAMU.
	(vii)  For the purpose of determining whether wastes placed in CAMUs have met site-specific treatment standards, the Director may, as appropriate, specify a subset of the principal hazardous constituents in the waste as analytical surrogates for determining whether treatment standards have been met for other principal hazardous constituents.  This specification shall be based on the degree of difficulty of treatment and analysis of constituents with similar treatment properties.
	(5)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-552(f), requirements for ground water monitoring and corrective action that are sufficient to:
	(i)  Continue to detect and to characterize the nature, extent, concentration, direction, and movement of existing releases of hazardous constituents in ground water from sources located within the CAMU; and
	(ii)  Detect and subsequently characterize releases of hazardous constituents to ground water that may occur from areas of the CAMU in which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU; and
	(iii)  Require notification to the Director and corrective action as necessary to protect human health and the environment for releases to ground water from the CAMU.
	(6)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-552(f), closure and post-closure requirements:
	(i)  Closure of corrective action management units shall:
	(A)  Minimize the need for further maintenance; and
	(B)  Control, minimize, or eliminate, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, for areas where wastes remain in place, post-closure escape of hazardous wastes, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated runoff, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground, to surface waters, or to the atmosphere.
	(ii)  Requirements for closure of CAMUs shall include the following, as appropriate and as deemed necessary by the Director for a given CAMU:
	(A)  Requirements for excavation, removal, treatment or containment of wastes; and
	(B)  Requirements for removal and decontamination of equipment, devices, and structures used in CAMU-eligible waste management activities within the CAMU.
	(iii)  In establishing specific closure requirements for CAMUs under Subsection R315-264-552(e), the Director shall consider the following factors:
	(A)  CAMU characteristics;
	(B)  Volume of wastes which remain in place after closure;
	(C)  Potential for releases from the CAMU;
	(D)  Physical and chemical characteristics of the waste;
	(E)  Hydrogeological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility which may influence the migration of any potential or actual releases; and
	(F)  Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors if releases were to occur from the CAMU.
	(iv)  Cap requirements:
	(A)  At final closure of the CAMU, for areas in which wastes will remain after closure of the CAMU, with constituent concentrations at or above remedial levels or goals applicable to the site, the owner or operator shall cover the CAMU with a final cover designed and constructed to meet the following performance criteria, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(6)(iv)(B):
	(1)  Provide long-term minimization of migration of liquids through the closed unit;
	(2)  Function with minimum maintenance;
	(3)  Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the cover;
	(4)  Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and
	(5)  Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present.
	(B)  The Director may determine that modifications to Subsection R315-264-552(e)(6)(iv)(A) are needed to facilitate treatment or the performance of the CAMU, e.g., to promote biodegradation.
	(v)  Post-closure requirements as necessary to protect human health and the environment, to include, for areas where wastes will remain in place, monitoring and maintenance activities, and the frequency with which such activities shall be performed to ensure the integrity of any cap, final cover, or other containment system.
	(f)  CAMUs used for storage and/or treatment only are CAMUs in which wastes will not remain after closure.  Such CAMUs shall be designated in accordance with all of the requirements of Section R315-264-552, except as follows.
	(1)  CAMUs that are used for storage and/or treatment only and that operate in accordance with the time limits established in the staging pile regulations at Subsections R315-264-554(d)(1)(iii), (h), and (i) are subject to the requirements for staging piles at Subsections R315-264-554(d)(1)(i) and (ii), (d)(2), (e) and (f), (j), and (k) in lieu of the performance standards and requirements for CAMUs in Subsections R315-264-552(c) and (e)(3) through (6).
	(2)  CAMUs that are used for storage and/or treatment only and that do not operate in accordance with the time limits established in the staging pile regulations at Subsections R315-264-554(d)(1)(iii), (h), and (i):
	(i)  Shall operate in accordance with a time limit, established by the Director, that is no longer than necessary to achieve a timely remedy selected for the waste, and
	(ii)  Are subject to the requirements for staging piles at Subsection R315-264-554(d)(1)(i) and (ii), (d)(2), (e) and (f), (j), and (k) in lieu of the performance standards and requirements for CAMUs in Subsection R315-264-552(c) and (e)(4) and (6).
	(g)  CAMUs into which wastes are placed where all wastes have constituent levels at or below remedial levels or goals applicable to the site do not have to comply with the requirements for liners at Subsection R315-264-552(e)(3)(i), caps at Subsection R315-264-552(e)(6)(iv), ground water monitoring requirements at Subsection R315-264-552(e)(5) or, for treatment and/or storage-only CAMUs, the design standards at Subsection R315-264-552(f).
	(h)  The Director shall provide public notice and a reasonable opportunity for public comment before designating a CAMU.  Such notice shall include the rationale for any proposed adjustments under Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(v) to the treatment standards in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv).
	(i)  Notwithstanding any other provision of Section R315-264-552, the Director may impose additional requirements as necessary to protect human health and the environment.
	(j)  Incorporation of a CAMU into an existing permit shall be approved by the Director according to the procedures for permit modifications under Section R315-270-41, or according to the permit modification procedures of Section R315-270-42.
	(k)  The designation of a CAMU does not change the Director's existing authority to address clean-up levels, media-specific points of compliance to be applied to remediation at a facility, or other remedy selection decisions.

R315-264-553.  Temporary Units (TU).
	(a)  For temporary tanks and container storage areas used to treat or store hazardous remediation wastes during remedial activities required under Section R315-264-101 or RCRA 3008(h), or at a permitted facility that is not subject to Section R315-264-101, the Director may designate a unit at the facility, as a temporary unit.  A temporary unit shall be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner/operator where the wastes to be managed in the temporary unit originated.  For temporary units, the Director may replace the design, operating, or closure standard applicable to these units under Rule R315-264 or 265 with alternative requirements which protect human health and the environment.
	(b)  Any temporary unit to which alternative requirements are applied in accordance with Subsection R315-264-553(a) shall be:
	(1)  Located within the facility boundary; and
	(2)  Used only for treatment or storage of remediation wastes.
	(c)  In establishing standards to be applied to a temporary unit, the Director shall consider the following factors:
	(1)  Length of time such unit will be in operation;
	(2)  Type of unit;
	(3)  Volumes of wastes to be managed;
	(4)  Physical and chemical characteristics of the wastes to be managed in the unit;
	(5)  Potential for releases from the unit;
	(6)  Hydrogeological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility which may influence the migration of any potential releases; and
	(7)  Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors if releases were to occur from the unit.
	(d)  The Director shall specify in the permit or order the length of time a temporary unit will be allowed to operate, to be no longer than a period of one year.  The Director shall also specify the design, operating, and closure requirements for the unit.
	(e)  The Director may extend the operational period of a temporary unit once for no longer than a period of one year beyond that originally specified in the permit or order, if the Director determines that:
	(1)  Continued operation of the unit will not pose a threat to human health and the environment; and
	(2)  Continued operation of the unit is necessary to ensure timely and efficient implementation of remedial actions at the facility.
	(f)  Incorporation of a temporary unit or a time extension for a temporary unit into an existing permit shall be:
	(1)  Approved in accordance with the procedures for permit modifications under Section R315-270-41; or
	(2)  Requested by the owner/operator as a Class II modification according to the procedures under Section R315-270-42.
	(g)  The Director shall document the rationale for designating a temporary unit and for granting time extensions for temporary units and shall make such documentation available to the public.

R315-264-554.  Staging Piles.
	Section R315-264-554 is written in a special format to make it easier to understand the regulatory requirements.  Like other regulations, this establishes enforceable legal requirements.  For Section R315-264-554 "I" and "you" refer to the owner/operator.
	(a)  What is a staging pile? A staging pile is an accumulation of solid, non-flowing remediation waste, as defined in Section R315-260-10, that is not a containment building and is used only during remedial operations for temporary storage at a facility.  A staging pile shall be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner/operator where the wastes to be managed in the staging pile originated.  Staging piles shall be designated by the Director according to the requirements in Section R315-264-554.
	(1)  For the purposes of Section R315-264-554, storage includes mixing, sizing, blending, or other similar physical operations as long as they are intended to prepare the wastes for subsequent management or treatment.
	(b)  When may I use a staging pile? You may use a staging pile to store hazardous remediation waste, or remediation waste otherwise subject to land disposal restrictions, only if you follow the standards and design criteria the Director has designated for that staging pile.  The Director shall designate the staging pile in a permit or, at an interim status facility, in a closure plan or order, consistent with Subsections R315-270-72(a)(5) and (b)(5).  The Director shall establish conditions in the permit, closure plan, or order that comply with Subsection R315-264-554(d) through (k).
	(c)  What information shall I provide to get a staging pile designated? When seeking a staging pile designation, you shall provide:
	(1)  Sufficient and accurate information to enable the Director to impose standards and design criteria for your staging pile according to Section R315-264-554(d) through (k);
	(2)  Certification by a qualified Professional Engineer for technical data, such as design drawings and specifications, and engineering studies, unless the Director determines, based on information that you provide, that this certification is not necessary to ensure that a staging pile will protect human health and the environment; and
	(3)  Any additional information the Director determines is necessary to protect human health and the environment.
	(d)  What performance criteria shall a staging pile satisfy? The Director shall establish the standards and design criteria for the staging pile in the permit, closure plan, or order.
	(1)  The standards and design criteria shall comply with the following:
	(i)  The staging pile shall facilitate a reliable, effective and protective remedy;
	(ii)  The staging pile shall be designed so as to prevent or minimize releases of hazardous wastes and hazardous constituents into the environment, and minimize or adequately control cross-media transfer, as necessary to protect human health and the environment, for example, through the use of liners, covers, run-off/run-on controls, as appropriate; and
	(iii)  The staging pile shall not operate for more than two years, except when the Director grants an operating term extension under Subsection R315-264-554(i), entitled "May I receive an operating extension for a staging pile?".  You shall measure the two-year limit, or other operating term specified by the Director in the permit, closure plan, or order, from the first time you place remediation waste into a staging pile.  You shall maintain a record of the date when you first placed remediation waste into the staging pile for the life of the permit, closure plan, or order, or for three years, whichever is longer.
	(2)  In setting the standards and design criteria, the Director shall consider the following factors:
	(i)  Length of time the pile will be in operation;
	(ii)  Volumes of wastes you intend to store in the pile;
	(iii)  Physical and chemical characteristics of the wastes to be stored in the unit;
	(iv)  Potential for releases from the unit;
	(v)  Hydrogeological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility that may influence the migration of any potential releases; and
	(vi)  Potential for human and environmental exposure to potential releases from the unit;
	(e)  May a staging pile receive ignitable or reactive remediation waste? You shall not place ignitable or reactive remediation waste in a staging pile unless:
	(1)  You have treated, rendered or mixed the remediation waste before you placed it in the staging pile so that:
	(i)  The remediation waste no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive under Sections R315-261-21 or 23; and
	(ii)  You have complied with Subsection R315-264-17(b); or
	(2)  You manage the remediation waste to protect it from exposure to any material or condition that may cause it to ignite or react.
	(f)  How do I handle incompatible remediation wastes in a staging pile? The term "incompatible waste" is defined in Section R315-260-10.  You shall comply with the following requirements for incompatible wastes in staging piles:
	(1)  You shall not place incompatible remediation wastes in the same staging pile unless you have complied with Subsection R315-264-17(b);
	(2)  If remediation waste in a staging pile is incompatible with any waste or material stored nearby in containers, other piles, open tanks or land disposal units, for example, surface impoundments, you shall separate the incompatible materials, or protect them from one another by using a dike, berm, wall or other device; and
	(3)  You shall not pile remediation waste on the same base where incompatible wastes or materials were previously piled, unless the base has been decontaminated sufficiently to comply with Subsection R315-264-17(b).
	(g)  Are staging piles subject to Land Disposal Restrictions and Minimum Technological Requirements?  No.  Placing hazardous remediation wastes into a staging pile does not constitute land disposal of hazardous wastes or create a unit that is subject to the minimum technological requirements of RCRA 3004(o).
	(h)  How long may I operate a staging pile? The Director may allow a staging pile to operate for up to two years after hazardous remediation waste is first placed into the pile.  You shall use a staging pile no longer than the length of time designated by the Director in the permit, closure plan, or order, the "operating term", except as provided in Subsection R315-264-554(i).
	(i)  May I receive an operating extension for a staging pile?
	(1)  The Director may grant one operating term extension of up to 180 days beyond the operating term limit contained in the permit, closure plan, or order, see Subsection R315-264-554(l) for modification procedures.  To justify to the Director the need for an extension, you shall provide sufficient and accurate information to enable the Director to determine that continued operation of the staging pile:
	(i)  Will not pose a threat to human health and the environment; and
	(ii)  Is necessary to ensure timely and efficient implementation of remedial actions at the facility.
	(2)  The Director may, as a condition of the extension, specify further standards and design criteria in the permit, closure plan, or order, as necessary, to ensure protection of human health and the environment.
	(j)  What is the closure requirement for a staging pile located in a previously contaminated area?
	(1)  Within 180 days after the operating term of the staging pile expires, you shall close a staging pile located in a previously contaminated area of the site by removing or decontaminating all:
	(i)  Remediation waste;
	(ii)  Contaminated containment system components; and
	(iii)  Structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate.
	(2)  You shall also decontaminate contaminated subsoils in a manner and according to a schedule that the Director determines will protect human health and the environment.
	(3)  The Director shall include the above requirements in the permit, closure plan, or order in which the staging pile is designated.
	(k)  What is the closure requirement for a staging pile located in an uncontaminated area?
	(1)  Within 180 days after the operating term of the staging pile expires, you shall close a staging pile located in an uncontaminated area of the site according to Subsections R315-264-258(a) and 264-111; or according to 40 CFR 265.258(a) and 265.111, which are adopted by reference.
	(2)  The Director shall include the above requirement in the permit, closure plan, or order in which the staging pile is designated.
	(l)  How may my existing permit, for example, Remedial Action Plan, closure plan, or order be modified to allow me to use a staging pile?
	(1)  To modify a permit, other than a Remedial Action Plan, to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, either:
	(i)  The Director shall approve the modification under the procedures for permit modifications in Section R315-270-41; or
	(ii)  You shall request a Class 2 modification under Section R315-270-42.
	(2)  To modify a Remedial Action Plan to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, you shall comply with the Remedial Action Plan modification requirements under Sections R315-270-170 and 175.
	(3)  To modify a closure plan to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, you shall follow the applicable requirements under Section R315-264-112(c) or 40 CFR 265.112(c), which is adopted by reference.
	(4)  To modify an order to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, you shall follow the terms of the order and the applicable provisions of Subsection R315-270-72(a)(5) or (b)(5).
	(m)  Is information about the staging pile available to the public? The Director shall document the rationale for designating a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension and make this documentation available to the public.

R315-264-555.  Disposal of CAMU-Eligible Wastes in Permitted Hazardous Waste Landfills.
	(a)  The Director may approve placement of CAMU-eligible wastes in hazardous waste landfills not located at the site from which the waste originated, without the wastes meeting the requirements of Rule R315-268, if the conditions in Subsections R315-264-555(a)(1) through (3) are met:
	(1)  The waste meets the definition of CAMU-eligible waste in Subsection R315-264-552(a)(1) and (2).
	(2)  The Director identifies principal hazardous constitutes in such waste, in accordance with Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(i) and (ii), and requires that such principal hazardous constituents are treated to any of the following standards specified for CAMU-eligible wastes:
	(i)  The treatment standards under Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(iv); or
	(ii)  Treatment standards adjusted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(v)(A), (C), (D) or (E)(I); or
	(iii)  Treatment standards adjusted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(v)(E)(II), where treatment has been used and that treatment significantly reduces the toxicity or mobility of the principal hazardous constituents in the waste, minimizing the short-term and long-term threat posed by the waste, including the threat at the remediation site.
	(3)  The landfill receiving the CAMU-eligible waste shall have a permit issued under Section 19-6-108, meet the requirements for new landfills in Sections R315-264-300 through 317, and be authorized to accept CAMU-eligible wastes; for the purposes of this requirement, "permit" does not include interim status.
	(b)  The person seeking approval shall provide sufficient information to enable the Director to approve placement of CAMU-eligible waste in accordance with Subsection R315-264-555(a).  Information required by Subsections R315-264-552(d)(1) through (3) for CAMU applications shall be provided, unless not reasonably available.
	(c)  The Director shall provide public notice and a reasonable opportunity for public comment before approving CAMU eligible waste for placement in an off-site permitted hazardous waste landfill, consistent with the requirements for CAMU approval at Subsection R315-264-552(h).  The approval shall be specific to a single remediation.
	(d)  Applicable hazardous waste management requirements in Rule R315-264, including recordkeeping requirements to demonstrate compliance with treatment standards approved under Section R315-264-555, for CAMU-eligible waste shall be incorporated into the receiving facility permit through permit issuance or a permit modification, providing notice and an opportunity for comment and a hearing.  Notwithstanding Subsection R315-270-4(a), a landfill may not receive hazardous CAMU-eligible waste under Section R315-264-555 unless its permit specifically authorizes receipt of such waste.
	(e)  For each remediation, CAMU-eligible waste may not be placed in an off-site landfill authorized to receive CAMU-eligible waste in accordance with Subsection R315-264-555(d) until the following additional conditions have been met:
	(1)  The landfill owner/operator notifies the Director and persons on the facility mailing list, maintained in accordance with Subsection R315-124-10(c)(1)(ix), of his or her intent to receive CAMU-eligible waste in accordance with Section R315-264-555; the notice shall identify the source of the remediation waste, the principal hazardous constituents in the waste, and treatment requirements.
	(2)  Persons on the facility mailing list may provide comments, including objections to the receipt of the CAMU-eligible waste, to the Director within 15 days of notification.
	(3)  The Director may object to the placement of the CAMU-eligible waste in the landfill within 30 days of notification; the Director may extend the review period an additional 30 days because of public concerns or insufficient information.
	(4)  CAMU-eligible wastes may not be placed in the landfill until the Director has notified the facility owner/operator that he or she does not object to its placement.
	(5)  If the Director objects to the placement or does not notify the facility owner/operator that he or she has chosen not to object, the facility may not receive the waste, notwithstanding Subsection R315-270-4(a), until the objection has been resolved, or the owner/operator obtains a permit modification in accordance with the procedures of Section R315-270-42 specifically authorizing receipt of the waste.
	(6)  As part of the permit issuance or permit modification process of Subsection R315-264-555(d), the Director may modify, reduce, or eliminate the notification requirements of Subsection R315-264-555(e) as they apply to specific categories of CAMU-eligible waste, based on minimal risk.
	(f)  Generators of CAMU-eligible wastes sent off-site to a hazardous waste landfill under Section R315-264-555 shall comply with the requirements of Subsection R315-268-7(a)(4); off-site facilities treating CAMU-eligible wastes to comply with Section R315-264-555 shall comply with the requirements of Subsection R315-268-7(b)(4), except that the certification shall be with respect to the treatment requirements of Subsection R315-264-555(a)(2).
	(g)  For the purposes of Section R315-264-555 only, the "design of the CAMU" in Subsection R315-264-552(e)(4)(v)(E) means design of the permitted hazardous waste landfill.

R315-264-570.  Drip Pads -- Applicability.
	(a)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-570 through 575 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use new or existing drip pads to convey treated wood drippage, precipitation, and/or surface water run-off to an associated collection system.  Existing drip pads are those constructed before December 6, 1990 and those for which the owner or operator has a design and has entered into binding financial or other agreements for construction prior to December 6, 1990 for all HSWA drip pads or July 30, 1993 for all non-HSWA drip pads.  All other drip pads are new drip pads.  The requirement at Subsection R315-264-573(b)(3) to install a leak collection system applies only to those drip pads that are constructed after December 24, 1992 except for those constructed after December 24, 1992 for which the owner or operator has a design and has entered into binding financial or other agreements for construction prior to December 24, 1992 for all HSWA drip pads or July 30, 1993 for all non-HSWA drip pads.
	(b)  The owner or operator of any drip pad that is inside or under a structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither run-off nor run-on is generated is not subject to regulation under Subsection R315-264-573(e) or Subsection R315-264-573(f), as appropriate.
	(c)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-570 through 575 are not applicable to the management of infrequent and incidental drippage in storage yards provided that:
	(1)  The owner or operator maintains and complies with a written contingency plan that describes how the owner or operator will respond immediately to the discharge of such infrequent and incidental drippage.  At a minimum, the contingency plan shall describe how the owner or operator will do the following:
	(i)  Clean up the drippage;
	(ii)  Document the cleanup of the drippage;
	(iii)  Retain documents regarding cleanup for three years; and
	(iv)  Manage the contaminated media in a manner consistent with Utah regulations.

R315-264-571.  Assessment of Existing Drip Pad Integrity.
	(a)  For each existing drip pad as defined in Subsection R315-264-570, the owner or operator shall evaluate the drip pad and determine whether it meets all of the requirements of Sections R315-264-570 through 575, except the requirements for liners and leak detection systems of Subsection R315-264-573(b).  The owner or operator shall obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment of the drip pad, reviewed and certified by a qualified Professional Engineer that attests to the results of the evaluation.  The assessment shall be reviewed, updated and re-certified annually until all upgrades, repairs, or modifications necessary to achieve compliance with all the standards of Section R315-264-573 are complete.  The evaluation shall document the extent to which the drip pad meets each of the design and operating standards of Section R315-264-573, except the standards for liners and leak detection systems, specified in Subsection R315-264-573(b).
	(b)  The owner or operator shall develop a written plan for upgrading, repairing, and modifying the drip pad to meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-573(b) and submit the plan to the Director no later than 2 years before the date that all repairs, upgrades, and modifications are complete.  This written plan shall describe all changes to be made to the drip pad in sufficient detail to document compliance with all the requirements of Section R315-264-573.  The plan shall be reviewed and certified by a qualified Professional Engineer.
	(c)  Upon completion of all upgrades, repairs, and modifications, the owner or operator shall submit to the Director, the as-built drawings for the drip pad together with a certification by a qualified Professional Engineer attesting that the drip pad conforms to the drawings.
	(d)  If the drip pad is found to be leaking or unfit for use, the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of Subsection R315-264-573(m) or close the drip pad in accordance with Section R315-264-575.

R315-264-572.  Design and Installation of New Drip Pads.
	Owners and operators of new drip pads shall ensure that the pads are designed, installed, and operated in accordance with one of the following:
	(a)  all of the requirements of Section R315-264-573, except 573(a)(4) and Subsections R315-264-574 and 575, or
	(b)  all of the requirements of Sections R315-264-573, except 573(b), 574 and 575.

R315-264-573.  Design and Operating Requirements.
	(a)  Drip pads shall:
	(1)  Be constructed of non-earthen materials, excluding wood and non-structurally supported asphalt;
	(2)  Be sloped to free-drain treated wood drippage, rain and other waters, or solutions of drippage and water or other wastes to the associated collection system;
	(3)  Have a curb or berm around the perimeter;
	(4)(i)  Have a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 1 x 107 centimeters per second, e.g., existing concrete drip pads shall be sealed, coated, or covered with a surface material with a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 1 x 107 centimeters per second such that the entire surface where drippage occurs or may run across is capable of containing such drippage and mixtures of drippage and precipitation, materials, or other wastes while being routed to an associated collection system.  This surface material shall be maintained free of cracks and gaps that could adversely affect its hydraulic conductivity, and the material shall be chemically compatible with the preservatives that contact the drip pad.  The requirements of this provision apply only to existing drip pads and those drip pads for which the owner or operator elects to comply with Subsection R315-264-572(b) instead of Subsection R315-264-572(a).
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment of the drip pad, reviewed and certified by a qualified Professional Engineer that attests to the results of the evaluation.  The assessment shall be reviewed, updated and recertified annually.  The evaluation shall document the extent to which the drip pad meets the design and operating standards of Section R315-264-573, except for Subsection R315-264-573(b).
	(5)  Be of sufficient structural strength and thickness to prevent failure due to physical contact, climatic conditions, the stress of daily operations, e.g., variable and moving loads such as vehicle traffic, movement of wood, etc.
	Note:  The Director will generally consider applicable standards established by professional organizations generally recognized by the industry such as the American Concrete Institute or the American Society of Testing and Materials in judging the structural integrity requirement of Subsection R315-264-573(a).
	(b)  If an owner/operator elects to comply with Subsection R315-264-572(a) instead of Subsection R315-264-572(b), the drip pad shall have:
	(1)  A synthetic liner installed below the drip pad that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent leakage from the drip pad into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water at any time during the active life, including the closure period, of the drip pad.  The liner shall be constructed of materials that will prevent waste from being absorbed into the liner and to prevent releases into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water during the active life of the facility.  The liner shall be:
	(i)  Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, including static head and external hydrogeologic forces; physical contact with the waste or drip pad leakage to which they are exposed; climatic conditions; the stress of installation; and the stress of daily operation, including stresses from vehicular traffic on the drip pad;
	(ii)  Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression or uplift; and
	(iii)  Installed to cover all surrounding earth that could come in contact with the waste or leakage; and
	(2)  A leakage detection system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained and operated to detect leakage from the drip pad.  The leakage detection system shall be:
	(i)  Constructed of materials that are:
	(A)  Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the drip pad and the leakage that might be generated; and
	(B)  Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlaying materials and by any equipment used at the drip pad;
	(ii)  Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the drip pad; and
	(iii)  Designed so that it will detect the failure of the drip pad or the presence of a release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid at the earliest practicable time.
	(3)  A leakage collection system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained and operated to collect leakage from the drip pad such that it can be removed from below the drip pad.  The date, time, and quantity of any leakage collected in this system and removed shall be documented in the operating log.
	(c)  Drip pads shall be maintained such that they remain free of cracks, gaps, corrosion, or other deterioration that could cause hazardous waste to be released from the drip pad.
	Note:  See Subsection R315-264-573(m) for remedial action required if deterioration or leakage is detected.
	(d)  The drip pad and associated collection system shall be designed and operated to convey, drain, and collect liquid resulting from drippage or precipitation in order to prevent run-off.
	(e)  Unless protected by a structure, as described in Subsection R315-264-570(b), the owner or operator shall design, construct, operate and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the drip pad during peak discharge from at least a 24-hour, 25-year storm, unless the system has sufficient excess capacity to contain any run-off that might enter the system.
	(f)  Unless protected by a structure or cover as described in Subsection R315-264-570(b), the owner or operator shall design, construct, operate and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.
	(g)  The drip pad shall be evaluated to determine that it meets the requirements of Subsections R315-264-573(a) through (f) and the owner or operator shall obtain a statement from a qualified Professional Engineer certifying that the drip pad design meets the requirements of Section R315-264-573.
	(h)  Drippage and accumulated precipitation shall be removed from the associated collection system as necessary to prevent overflow onto the drip pad.
	(i)  The drip pad surface shall be cleaned thoroughly in a manner and frequency such that accumulated residues of hazardous waste or other materials are removed, with residues being properly managed as hazardous waste, so as to allow weekly inspections of the entire drip pad surface without interference or hindrance from accumulated residues of hazardous waste or other materials on the drip pad.  The owner or operator shall document the date and time of each cleaning and the cleaning procedure used in the facility's operating log.  The owner/operator shall determine if the residues are hazardous as per Section R315-262-11 and, if so, shall manage them under Rules R315-261 through 268, 270, and section 3010 of RCRA.
	(j)  Drip pads shall be operated and maintained in a manner to minimize tracking of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents off the drip pad as a result of activities by personnel or equipment.
	(k)  After being removed from the treatment vessel, treated wood from pressure and non-pressure processes shall be held on the drip pad until drippage has ceased.  The owner or operator shall maintain records sufficient to document that all treated wood is held on the pad following treatment in accordance with this requirement.
	(l)  Collection and holding units associated with run-on and run-off control systems shall be emptied or otherwise managed as soon as possible after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.
	(m)  Throughout the active life of the drip pad and as specified in the permit, if the owner or operator detects a condition that may have caused or has caused a release of hazardous waste, the condition shall be repaired within a reasonably prompt period of time following discovery, in accordance with the following procedures:
	(1)  Upon detection of a condition that may have caused or has caused a release of hazardous waste, e.g., upon detection of leakage in the leak detection system, the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Enter a record of the discovery in the facility operating log;
	(ii)  Immediately remove the portion of the drip pad affected by the condition from service;
	(iii)  Determine what steps shall be taken to repair the drip pad and clean up any leakage from below the drip pad, and establish a schedule for accomplishing the repairs;
	(iv)  Within 24 hours after discovery of the condition, notify the Director of the condition and, within 10 working days, provide written notice to the Director with a description of the steps that will be taken to repair the drip pad and clean up any leakage, and the schedule for accomplishing this work.
	(2)  The Director shall review the information submitted, make a determination regarding whether the pad shall be removed from service completely or partially until repairs and cleanup are complete and notify the owner or operator of the determination and the underlying rationale in writing.
	(3)  Upon completing all repairs and cleanup, the owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing and provide a certification signed by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer, that the repairs and cleanup have been completed according to the written plan submitted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-573(m)(1)(iv).
	(n)  Should a permit be necessary, the Director shall specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of Section R315-264-573 are satisfied.
	(o)  The owner or operator shall maintain, as part of the facility operating log, documentation of past operating and waste handling practices.  This shall include identification of preservative formulations used in the past, a description of drippage management practices, and a description of treated wood storage and handling practices.

R315-264-574.  Inspections.
	(a)  During construction or installation, liners and cover systems, e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings, shall be inspected for uniformity, damage and imperfections, e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials.  Immediately after construction or installation, liners shall be inspected and certified as meeting the requirements in Section R315-264-573 by a qualified Professional Engineer.  This certification shall be maintained at the facility as part of the facility operating record.  After installation, liners and covers shall be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters.
	(b)  While a drip pad is in operation, it shall be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:
	(1)  Deterioration, malfunctions or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;
	(2)  The presence of leakage in and proper functioning of leak detection system.
	(3)  Deterioration or cracking of the drip pad surface.
	Note: See Section R315-264-573(m) for remedial action required if deterioration or leakage is detected.

R315-264-575.  Closure.
	(a)  At closure, the owner or operator shall remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, pad, liners, etc., contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leakage, and manage them as hazardous waste.
	(b)  If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in Subsection R315-264-575(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he shall close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills, Section R315-264-310.  For permitted units, the requirement to have a permit continues throughout the post-closure period.  In addition, for the purpose of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a drip pad is then considered to be landfill, and the owner or operator shall meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Sections R315-264-110 through 120 and 140 through 151.
	(c)(1)  The owner or operator of an existing drip pad, as defined in Section R315-264-570, that does not comply with the liner requirements of Subsection R315-264-573(b)(1) shall:
	(i)  Include in the closure plan for the drip pad under Section R315-264-112 both a plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-575(a) and a contingent plan for complying with Subsection R315-264-575(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and
	(ii)  Prepare a contingent post-closure plan under Section R315-264-118 for complying with Subsection R315-264-575(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.
	(2)  The cost estimates calculated under Sections R315-264-112 and 144 for closure and post-closure care of a drip pad subject to Subsection R315-264-575(c) shall include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under Subsection R315-264-575(a).

R315-264-600.  Miscellaneous Units -- Applicability.
	The requirements in Sections R315-264-600 through 603 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste in miscellaneous units, except as Section R315-264-1 provides otherwise.

R315-264-601.  Environmental Performance Standards.
	A miscellaneous unit shall be located, designed, constructed, operated, maintained, and closed in a manner that will ensure protection of human health and the environment.  Permits for miscellaneous units are to contain such terms and provisions as necessary to protect human health and the environment, including, but not limited to, as appropriate, design and operating requirements, detection and monitoring requirements, and requirements for responses to releases of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents from the unit.  Permit terms and provisions shall include those requirements of Sections R315-264-170 through 179, 190 through 200, 220 through 232, 250 through 259, 270 through 283, 300 through 317, 340 through 351, 1030 through 1036, 1050 through 1065, 1080 through 1090, Rule 270, Subsection R307-214-2(39), and Rule R317-7 that are appropriate for the miscellaneous unit being permitted.  Protection of human health and the environment includes, but is not limited to:
	(a)  Prevention of any releases that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment due to migration of waste constituents in the ground water or subsurface environment, considering:
	(1)  The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the unit, including its potential for migration through soil, liners, or other containing structures;
	(2)  The hydrologic and geologic characteristics of the unit and the surrounding area;
	(3)  The existing quality of ground water, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the ground water;
	(4)  The quantity and direction of ground-water flow;
	(5)  The proximity to and withdrawal rates of current and potential ground-water users;
	(6)  The patterns of land use in the region;
	(7)  The potential for deposition or migration of waste constituents into subsurface physical structures, and into the root zone of food-chain crops and other vegetation;
	(8)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents; and
	(9)  The potential for damage to domestic animals, wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;
	(b)  Prevention of any releases that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment due to migration of waste constituents in surface water, or wetlands or on the soil surface considering:
	(1)  The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the unit;
	(2)  The effectiveness and reliability of containing, confining, and collecting systems and structures in preventing migration;
	(3)  The hydrologic characteristics of the unit and the surrounding area, including the topography of the land around the unit;
	(4)  The patterns of precipitation in the region;
	(5)  The quantity, quality, and direction of ground-water flow;
	(6)  The proximity of the unit to surface waters;
	(7)  The current and potential uses of nearby surface waters and any water quality standards established for those surface waters;
	(8)  The existing quality of surface waters and surface soils, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on surface waters and surface soils;
	(9)  The patterns of land use in the region;
	(10)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents; and
	(11)  The potential for damage to domestic animals, wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents.
	(c)  Prevention of any release that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment due to migration of waste constituents in the air, considering:
	(1)  The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the unit, including its potential for the emission and dispersal of gases, aerosols and particulates;
	(2)  The effectiveness and reliability of systems and structures to reduce or prevent emissions of hazardous constituents to the air;
	(3)  The operating characteristics of the unit;
	(4)  The atmospheric, meteorologic, and topographic characteristics of the unit and the surrounding area;
	(5)  The existing quality of the air, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the air;
	(6)  The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents; and
	(7)  The potential for damage to domestic animals, wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents.

R315-264-602.  Monitoring, Analysis, Inspection, Response, Reporting, and Corrective Action.
	Monitoring, testing, analytical data, inspections, response, and reporting procedures and frequencies shall ensure compliance with Sections R315-264-601, 15, 33, 75, 76, 77, and 101 as well as meet any additional requirements needed to protect human health and the environment as specified in the permit.

R315-264-603.  Post-Closure Care.
	A miscellaneous unit that is a disposal unit shall be maintained in a manner that complies with Section R315-264-601 during the post-closure care period.  In addition, if a treatment or storage unit has contaminated soils or ground water that cannot be completely removed or decontaminated during closure, then that unit shall also meet the requirements of Section R315-264-601 during post-closure care.  The post-closure plan under Section R315-264-118 shall specify the procedures that will be used to satisfy this requirement.

R315-264-1030.  Air Emission Standards for Process Vents -- Applicability.
	(a)  The regulations in Sections R315-1030 through 1036 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes, except as provided in Section R315-264-1.
	(b)  Except for Subsections R315-264-1034(d) and (e), Sections R315-1030 through 1036 apply to process vents associated with distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operations that manage hazardous wastes with organic concentrations of at least 10 ppmw, if these operations are conducted in one of the following:
	(1)  A unit that is subject to the permitting requirements of Rule R315-270, or
	(2)  A unit, including a hazardous waste recycling unit, that is not exempt from permitting under the provisions of Section R315-262-17, i.e., a hazardous waste recycling unit that is not a 90-day tank or container, and that is located at a hazardous waste management facility otherwise subject to the permitting requirements of Rule R315-270, or
	(3)  A unit that is exempt from permitting under the provisions of Subsection R315-262-34(a), i.e., a "90-day" tank or container, and is not a recycling unit under the provisions of Section R315-261-6.
	(c)  For the owner and operator of a facility subject to Sections R315-264-1030 through R315-264-1036 and who received a final permit under Section 19-6-108 prior to December 6, 1996, the requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 shall be incorporated into the permit when the permit is reissued in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-124-15 or reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-270-50(d).  Until such date when the owner and operator receive a final permit incorporating the requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through R315-264-1036, the owner and operator are subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 265.1030 through 265.1035, which is adopted by reference in Section R315-265-1.
	Note: The requirements of Sections R315-264-1032 through 1036 apply to process vents on hazardous waste recycling units previously exempt under Subsection R315-261-6(c)(1).  Other exemptions under Section R315-261-4, and Subsection R35-264-1(g) are not affected by these requirements.
	(d)  The requirements of Subpart AA 40 CFR do not apply to the pharmaceutical manufacturing facility, commonly referred to as the Stonewall Plant, located at Route 340 South, Elkton, Virginia, provided that facility is operated in compliance with the requirements contained in a permit issued pursuant to 40 CFR 52.2454.  The requirements of Supbart AA 40 CFR shall apply to the facility upon termination of the permit issued pursuant to the 40 CFR 52.2454.
	(e)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 do not apply to the process vents at a facility where the facility owner or operator certifies that all of the process vents that would otherwise be subject to Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 are equipped with and operating air emission controls in accordance with the process vent requirements of an applicable regulation codified under the Utah Air Conservation Act.  The documentation of compliance under regulations codified under the Utah Air Conservation Act shall be kept with, or made readily available with, the facility operating record.

R315-264-1031.  Definitions.
	As used in Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036, all terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given them in RCRA and Rules R315-260 through 266.
	(a)  Air stripping operation is a desorption operation employed to transfer one or more volatile components from a liquid mixture into a gas (air) either with or without the application of heat to the liquid.  Packed towers, spray towers, and bubble-cap, sieve, or valve-type plate towers are among the process configurations used for contacting the air and a liquid.
	(b)  Bottoms receiver means a container or tank used to receive and collect the heavier bottoms fractions of the distillation feed stream that remain in the liquid phase.
	(c)  Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere and that is composed of piping, connections, and, if necessary, flow-inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from a piece or pieces of equipment to a control device.
	(d)  Condenser means a heat-transfer device that reduces a thermodynamic fluid from its vapor phase to its liquid phase.
	(e)  Connector means flanged, screwed, welded, or other joined fittings used to connect two pipelines or a pipeline and a piece of equipment.  For the purposes of reporting and recordkeeping, connector means flanged fittings that are not covered by insulation or other materials that prevent location of the fittings.
	(f)  Continuous recorder means a data-recording device recording an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes.
	(g)  Control device means an enclosed combustion device, vapor recovery system, or flare.  Any device the primary function of which is the recovery or capture of solvents or other organics for use, reuse, or sale, e.g., a primary condenser on a solvent recovery unit, is not a control device.
	(h)  Control device shutdown means the cessation of operation of a control device for any purpose.
	(i)  Distillate receiver means a container or tank used to receive and collect liquid material (condensed) from the overhead condenser of a distillation unit and from which the condensed liquid is pumped to larger storage tanks or other process units.
	(j)  Distillation operation means an operation, either batch or continuous, separating one or more feed stream(s) into two or more exit streams, each exit stream having component concentrations different from those in the feed stream(s).  The separation is achieved by the redistribution of the components between the liquid and vapor phase as they approach equilibrium within the distillation unit.
	(k)  Double block and bleed system means two block valves connected in series with a bleed valve or line that can vent the line between the two block valves.
	(l)  Equipment means each valve, pump, compressor, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, or flange or other connector, and any control devices or systems required by Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036.
	(m)  Flame zone means the portion of the combustion chamber in a boiler occupied by the flame envelope.
	(n)  Flow indicator means a device that indicates whether gas flow is present in a vent stream.
	(o)  First attempt at repair means to take rapid action for the purpose of stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to the atmosphere using best practices.
	(p)  Fractionation operation means a distillation operation or method used to separate a mixture of several volatile components of different boiling points in successive stages, each stage removing from the mixture some proportion of one of the components.
	(q)  Hazardous waste management unit shutdown means a work practice or operational procedure that stops operation of a hazardous waste management unit or part of a hazardous waste management unit.  An unscheduled work practice or operational procedure that stops operation of a hazardous waste management unit or part of a hazardous waste management unit for less than 24 hours is not a hazardous waste management unit shutdown.  The use of spare equipment and technically feasible bypassing of equipment without stopping operation are not hazardous waste management unit shutdowns.
	(r)  Hot well means a container for collecting condensate as in a steam condenser serving a vacuum-jet or steam-jet ejector.
	(s)  In gas/vapor service means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts a hazardous waste stream that is in the gaseous state at operating conditions.
	(t)  In heavy liquid service means that the piece of equipment is not in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.
	(u)  In light liquid service means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts a waste stream where the vapor pressure of one or more of the organic components in the stream is greater than 0.3 kilopascals (kPa) at 20 degrees C, the total concentration of the pure organic components having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kilopascals (kPa) at 20 degrees C is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight, and the fluid is a liquid at operating conditions.
	(v)  In situ sampling systems means nonextractive samplers or in-line samplers.
	(w)  In vacuum service means that equipment is operating at an internal pressure that is at least 5 kPa below ambient pressure.
	(x)  Malfunction means any sudden failure of a control device or a hazardous waste management unit or failure of a hazardous waste management unit to operate in a normal or usual manner, so that organic emissions are increased.
	(y)  Open-ended valve or line means any valve, except pressure relief valves, having one side of the valve seat in contact with hazardous waste and one side open to the atmosphere, either directly or through open piping.
	(z)  Pressure release means the emission of materials resulting from the system pressure being greater than the set pressure of the pressure relief device.
	(aa)  Process heater means a device that transfers heat liberated by burning fuel to fluids contained in tubes, including all fluids except water that are heated to produce steam.
	(bb)  Process vent means any open-ended pipe or stack that is vented to the atmosphere either directly, through a vacuum-producing system, or through a tank (e.g., distillate receiver, condenser, bottoms receiver, surge control tank, separator tank, or hot well) associated with hazardous waste distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operations.
	(cc)  Repaired means that equipment is adjusted, or otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak.
	(dd)  Sampling connection system means an assembly of equipment within a process or waste management unit used during periods of representative operation to take samples of the process or waste fluid.  Equipment used to take non-routine grab samples is not considered a sampling connection system.
	(ee)  Sensor means a device that measures a physical quantity or the change in a physical quantity, such as temperature, pressure, flow rate, pH, or liquid level.
	(ff)  Separator tank means a device used for separation of two immiscible liquids.
	(gg)  Solvent extraction operation means an operation or method of separation in which a solid or solution is contacted with a liquid solvent, the two being mutually insoluble, to preferentially dissolve and transfer one or more components into the solvent.
	(hh)  Startup means the setting in operation of a hazardous waste management unit or control device for any purpose.
	(ii)  Steam stripping operation means a distillation operation in which vaporization of the volatile constituents of a liquid mixture takes place by the introduction of steam directly into the charge.
	(jj)  Surge control tank means a large-sized pipe or storage reservoir sufficient to contain the surging liquid discharge of the process tank to which it is connected.
	(kk)  Thin-film evaporation operation means a distillation operation that employs a heating surface consisting of a large diameter tube that may be either straight or tapered, horizontal or vertical.  Liquid is spread on the tube wall by a rotating assembly of blades that maintain a close clearance from the wall or actually ride on the film of liquid on the wall.
	(ll)  Vapor incinerator means any enclosed combustion device that is used for destroying organic compounds and does not extract energy in the form of steam or process heat.
	(mm)  Vented means discharged through an opening, typically an open-ended pipe or stack, allowing the passage of a stream of liquids, gases, or fumes into the atmosphere.  The passage of liquids, gases, or fumes is caused by mechanical means such as compressors or vacuum-producing systems or by process-related means such as evaporation produced by heating and not caused by tank loading and unloading, working losses, or by natural means such as diurnal temperature changes.

R315-264-1032.  Standards:  Process Vents.
	(a)  The owner or operator of a facility with process vents associated with distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operations managing hazardous wastes with organic concentrations of at least 10 ppmw shall either:
	(1)  Reduce total organic emissions from all affected process vents at the facility below 1.4 kg/h (3 lb/h) and 2.8 Mg/yr (3.1 tons/yr), or
	(2)  Reduce, by use of a control device, total organic emissions from all affected process vents at the facility by 95 weight percent.
	(b)  If the owner or operator installs a closed-vent system and control device to comply with the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1032(a) the closed-vent system and control device shall meet the requirements of Section R315-264-1033.
	(c)  Determinations of vent emissions and emission reductions or total organic compound concentrations achieved by add-on control devices may be based on engineering calculations or performance tests.  If performance tests are used to determine vent emissions, emission reductions, or total organic compound concentrations achieved by add-on control devices, the performance tests shall conform with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1034(c).
	(d)  When an owner or operator and the Director do not agree on determinations of vent emissions and/or emission reductions or total organic compound concentrations achieved by add-on control devices based on engineering calculations, the procedures in Subsection R315-264-1034(c) shall be used to resolve the disagreement.

R315-264-1033.  Standards: Closed-Vent Systems and Control Devices.
	(a)(1)  Owners or operators of closed-vent systems and control devices used to comply with provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 shall comply with the provisions of Section R315-264-1033.
	(2)(i)  The owner or operator of an existing facility who cannot install a closed-vent system and control device to comply with the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 on the effective date that the facility becomes subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 shall prepare an implementation schedule that includes dates by which the closed-vent system and control device will be installed and in operation.  The controls shall be installed as soon as possible, but the implementation schedule may allow up to 30 months after the effective date that the facility becomes subject to Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 for installation and startup.
	(ii)  Any unit that begins operation after December 21, 1990, and is subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 when operation begins, shall comply with the rules immediately, i.e., shall have control devices installed and operating on startup of the affected unit; the 30-month implementation schedule does not apply.
	(iii)  The owner or operator of any facility in existence on the effective date of a statutory or regulatory amendment that renders the facility subject to Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 shall comply with all requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 as soon as practicable but no later than 30 months after the amendment's effective date.  When control equipment required by Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 cannot be installed and begin operation by the effective date of the amendment, the facility owner or operator shall prepare an implementation schedule that includes the following information: Specific calendar dates for award of contracts or issuance of purchase orders for the control equipment, initiation of on-site installation of the control equipment, completion of the control equipment installation, and performance of any testing to demonstrate that the installed equipment meets the applicable standards of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036.  The owner or operator shall enter the implementation schedule in the operating record or in a permanent, readily available file located at the facility.
	(iv)  Owners and operators of facilities and units that become newly subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 after December 8, 1997, due to an action other than those described in Subsection R315-264-1033(a)(2)(iii) shall comply with all applicable requirements immediately, i.e., shall have control devices installed and operating on the date the facility or unit becomes subject to Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036; the 30-month implementation schedule does not apply.
	(b)  A control device involving vapor recovery, e.g., a condenser or adsorber, shall be designed and operated to recover the organic vapors vented to it with an efficiency of 95 weight percent or greater unless the total organic emission limits of Subsection R315-264-1032(a)(1) for all affected process vents can be attained at an efficiency less than 95 weight percent.
	(c)  An enclosed combustion device, e.g., a vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater, shall be designed and operated to reduce the organic emissions vented to it by 95 weight percent or greater; to achieve a total organic compound concentration of 20 ppmv, expressed as the sum of the actual compounds, not carbon equivalents, on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen; or to provide a minimum residence time of 0.50 seconds at a minimum temperature of 760 degrees C.  If a boiler or process heater is used as the control device, then the vent stream shall be introduced into the flame zone of the boiler or process heater.
	(d)(1)  A flare shall be designed for and operated with no visible emissions as determined by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(1), except for periods not to exceed a total of 5 minutes during any 2 consecutive hours.
	(2)  A flare shall be operated with a flame present at all times, as determined by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(f)(2)(iii).
	(3)  A flare shall be used only if the net heating value of the gas being combusted is 11.2 MJ/scm (300 Btu/scf) or greater if the flare is steam-assisted or air-assisted; or if the net heating value of the gas being combusted is 7.45 MJ/scm (200 Btu/scf) or greater if the flare is nonassisted.  The net heating value of the gas being combusted shall be determined by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(2).
	(4)(i)  A steam-assisted or nonassisted flare shall be designed for and operated with an exit velocity, as determined by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(3), less than 18.3 m/s (60 ft/s), except as provided in Subsections R315-264-133(d)(4)(ii) and (iii).
	(ii)  A steam-assisted or nonassisted flare designed for and operated with an exit velocity, as determined by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(3), equal to or greater than 18.3 m/s (60 ft/s) but less than 122 m/s (400 ft/s) is allowed if the net heating value of the gas being combusted is greater than 37.3 MJ/scm (1,000 Btu/scf).
	(iii)  A steam-assisted or nonassisted flare designed for and operated with an exit velocity, as determined by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(3), less than the velocity, Vmax, as determined by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(4) and less than 122 m/s (400 ft/s) is allowed.
	(5)  An air-assisted flare shall be designed and operated with an exit velocity less than the velocity, Vmax, as determined by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(5).
	(6)  A flare used to comply with Section R315-24-1033 shall be steam-assisted, air-assisted, or nonassisted.
	(e)(1)  Reference Method 22 in 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to determine the compliance of a flare with the visible emission provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036.  The observation period is 2 hours and shall be used according to Method 22.
	(2)  The net heating value of the gas being combusted in a flare shall be calculated using the following equation:
	Ht = K times the summation product of Ci and Hi from i equals 1 to n
	where:
	Ht = Net heating value of the sample, MJ/scm; where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based on combustion at 25 degrees C and 760 mm Hg, but the standard temperature for determining the volume corresponding to 1 mol is 20  degrees C;
	K = Constant, 1.74107 (1/ppm) (g mol/scm) (MJ/kcal) where standard temperature for (g mol/scm) is 20 degrees C;
	Ci = Concentration of sample component i in ppm on a wet basis, as measured for organics by Reference Method 18 in 40 CFR part 60 and measured for hydrogen and carbon monoxide by ASTM D 1946-82, incorporated by reference as specified in Section R315-260-11; and
	Hi = Net heat of combustion of sample component i, kcal/9 mol at 25 degrees C and 760 mm Hg.  The heats of combustion may be determined using ASTM D 2382-83, incorporated by reference as specified in Section R315-260-11, if published values are not available or cannot be calculated.
	(3)  The actual exit velocity of a flare shall be determined by dividing the volumetric flow rate, in units of standard temperature and pressure, as determined by Reference Methods 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D in 40 CFR part 60 as appropriate, by the unobstructed (free) cross-sectional area of the flare tip.
	(4)  The maximum allowed velocity in m/s, Vmax, for a flare complying with Subsection R315-264-1033(d)(4)(iii) shall be determined by the following equation:
	Log10(Vmax) = (HT+28.8)/31.7
	where:
	28.8 = Constant,
	31.7 = Constant,
	HT = The net heating value as determined in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(2).
	(5)  The maximum allowed velocity in m/s, Vmax, for an air-assisted flare shall be determined by the following equation:
	Vmax = 8.706+0.7084 (HT)
	where:
	8.706 = Constant,
	0.7084 = Constant,
	HT = The net heating value as determined in Subsection R315-264-1033(e)(2).
	(f)  The owner or operator shall monitor and inspect each control device required to comply with Section R315-264-1033 to ensure proper operation and maintenance of the control device by implementing the following requirements:
	(1)  Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a flow indicator that provides a record of vent stream flow from each affected process vent to the control device at least once every hour.  The flow indicator sensor shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the control device inlet but before the point at which the vent streams are combined.
	(2)  Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a device to continuously monitor control device operation as specified below:
	(i)  For a thermal vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder.  The device shall have an accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of the temperature being monitored in degrees C or +/- 0.5 degrees C, whichever is greater.  The temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the combustion chamber downstream of the combustion zone.
	(ii)  For a catalytic vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder.  The device shall be capable of monitoring temperature at two locations and have an accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of the temperature being monitored in degrees C or +/- 0.5 degrees C, whichever is greater.  One temperature sensor shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the catalyst bed inlet and a second temperature sensor shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the catalyst bed outlet.
	(iii)  For a flare, a heat sensing monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder that indicates the continuous ignition of the pilot flame.
	(iv)  For a boiler or process heater having a design heat input capacity less than 44 MW, a temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder.  The device shall have an accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of the temperature being monitored in degrees C or plus or minus 0.5 degrees C, whichever is greater.  The temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the furnace downstream of the combustion zone.
	(v)  For a boiler or process heater having a design heat input capacity greater than or equal to 44 MW, a monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to measure a parameter(s) that indicates good combustion operating practices are being used.
	(vi)  For a condenser, either:
	(A)  A monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to measure the concentration level of the organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the condenser, or
	(B)  A temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder.  The device shall be capable of monitoring temperature with an accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of the temperature being monitored in degrees Celsius, or plus or minus 0.5 degrees C, whichever is greater.  The temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the exhaust vent stream from the condenser exit, i.e., product side.
	(vii)  For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed directly in the control device such as a fixed-bed carbon adsorber, either:
	(A)  A monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to measure the concentration level of the organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the carbon bed, or
	(B)  A monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to measure a parameter that indicates the carbon bed is regenerated on a regular, predetermined time cycle.
	(3)  Inspect the readings from each monitoring device required by Subsections R315-24-1033(f)(1) and (2) at least once each operating day to check control device operation and, if necessary, immediately implement the corrective measures necessary to ensure the control device operates in compliance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1033.
	(g)  An owner or operator using a carbon adsorption system such as a fixed-bed carbon adsorber that regenerates the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device shall replace the existing carbon in the control device with fresh carbon at a regular, predetermined time interval that is no longer than the carbon service life established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(F).
	(h)  An owner or operator using a carbon adsorption system such as a carbon canister that does not regenerate the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device shall replace the existing carbon in the control device with fresh carbon on a regular basis by using one of the following procedures:
	(1)  Monitor the concentration level of the organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the carbon adsorption system on a regular schedule, and replace the existing carbon with fresh carbon immediately when carbon breakthrough is indicated.  The monitoring frequency shall be daily or at an interval no greater than 20 percent of the time required to consume the total carbon working capacity established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(G), whichever is longer.
	(2)  Replace the existing carbon with fresh carbon at a regular, predetermined time interval that is less than the design carbon replacement interval established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(G).
	(i)  An alternative operational or process parameter may be monitored if it can be demonstrated that another parameter will ensure that the control device is operated in conformance with these standards and the control device's design specifications.
	(j)  An owner or operator of an affected facility seeking to comply with the provisions of Rule R315-264 by using a control device other than a thermal vapor incinerator, catalytic vapor incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, condenser, or carbon adsorption system is required to develop documentation including sufficient information to describe the control device operation and identify the process parameter or parameters that indicate proper operation and maintenance of the control device.
	(k)  A closed-vent system shall meet either of the following design requirements:
	(1)  A closed-vent system shall be designed to operate with no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above background as determined by the procedure in Subsection R315-264-1034(b), and by visual inspections; or
	(2)  A closed-vent system shall be designed to operate at a pressure below atmospheric pressure.  The system shall be equipped with at least one pressure gauge or other pressure measurement device that can be read from a readily accessible location to verify that negative pressure is being maintained in the closed-vent system when the control device is operating.
	(l)  The owner or operator shall monitor and inspect each closed-vent system required to comply with Section R315-264-1033 to ensure proper operation and maintenance of the closed-vent system by implementing the following requirements:
	(1)  Each closed-vent system that is used to comply with Subsection R315-264-1033(k)(1) shall be inspected and monitored in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  An initial leak detection monitoring of the closed-vent system shall be conducted by the owner or operator on or before the date that the system becomes subject to Section R315-264-1033.  The owner or operator shall monitor the closed-vent system components and connections using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1034(b) to demonstrate that the closed-vent system operates with no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above background.
	(ii)  After initial leak detection monitoring required in Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(1)(i), the owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the closed-vent system as follows:
	(A)  Closed-vent system joints, seams, or other connections that are permanently or semi-permanently sealed, e.g., a welded joint between two sections of hard piping or a bolted and gasketed ducting flange, shall be visually inspected at least once per year to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  The owner or operator shall monitor a component or connection using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1034(b) to demonstrate that it operates with no detectable emissions following any time the component is repaired or replaced, e.g., a section of damaged hard piping is replaced with new hard piping, or the connection is unsealed, e.g., a flange is unbolted.
	(B)  Closed-vent system components or connections other than those specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(1)(ii)(A) shall be monitored annually and at other times as requested by the Director, except as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1033(o), using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1034(b) to demonstrate that the components or connections operate with no detectable emissions.
	(iii)  In the event that a defect or leak is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect or leak in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(3).
	(iv)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection and monitoring in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1035.
	(2)  Each closed-vent system that is used to comply with Subsection R315-264-1033(k)(2) shall be inspected and monitored in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  The closed-vent system shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in ductwork or piping or loose connections.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall perform an initial inspection of the closed-vent system on or before the date that the system becomes subject to Section R315-264-1033.  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform the inspections at least once every year.
	(iii)  In the event that a defect or leak is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(3).
	(iv)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection and monitoring in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1035.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall repair all detected defects as follows:
	(i)  Detectable emissions, as indicated by visual inspection, or by an instrument reading greater than 500 ppmv above background, shall be controlled as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after the emission is detected, except as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(3)(iii).
	(ii)  A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after the emission is detected.
	(iii)  Delay of repair of a closed-vent system for which leaks have been detected is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without a process unit shutdown, or if the owner or operator determines that emissions resulting from immediate repair would be greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair.  Repair of such equipment shall be completed by the end of the next process unit shutdown.
	(iv)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the defect repair in accordance with the requirements specified in Section R315-264-1035.
	(m)  Closed-vent systems and control devices used to comply with provisions of Sections R315-264-1033 through 1036 shall be operated at all times when emissions may be vented to them.
	(n)  The owner or operator using a carbon adsorption system to control air pollutant emissions shall document that all carbon that is a hazardous waste and that is removed from the control device is managed in one of the following manners, regardless of the average volatile organic concentration of the carbon:
	(1)  Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit that meets one of the following:
	(i)  The owner or operator of the unit has been issued a final permit under Rule R315-270 which implements the requirements of Sections R315-264-600 through 603; or
	(ii)  The unit is equipped with and operating air emission controls in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 and 1080 through 1090 or 40 CFR 265.1030 through 1035 and 1080 through 1090, which are adopted by reference; or
	(iii)  The unit is equipped with and operating air emission controls in accordance with a national emission standard for hazardous air pollutants under Section R315-307-214-1, which incorporates 40 CFR part 61 or Section R307-214-2, which incorporates 40 CFR part 63.
	(2)  Incinerated in a hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator either:
	(i)  Has been issued a final permit under Rule R315-270 which implements the requirements of Sections R315-264-340 through 351; or
	(ii)  Has designed and operates the incinerator in accordance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR 265.340 through 352, which are adopted by reference.
	(3)  Burned in a boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or operator either:
	(i)  Has been issued a final permit under Rule R315-270 which implements the requirements of Sections R315-266-100 through 112; or
	(ii)  Has designed and operates the boiler or industrial furnace in accordance with the interim status requirements of Sections R315-266-100 through 112.
	(o)  Any components of a closed-vent system that are designated, as described in Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(9), as unsafe to monitor are exempt from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(1)(ii)(B) if:
	(1)  The owner or operator of the closed-vent system determines that the components of the closed-vent system are unsafe to monitor because monitoring personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying with Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(1)(ii)(B); and
	(2)  The owner or operator of the closed-vent system adheres to a written plan that requires monitoring the closed-vent system components using the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(l)(1)(ii)(B) as frequently as practicable during safe-to-monitor times.

R315-264-1034.  Test Methods and Procedures.
	(a)  Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 shall comply with the test methods and procedures requirements provided in Section R315-264-1034.
	(b)  When a closed-vent system is tested for compliance with no detectable emissions, as required in Subsection R315-264-1033(l), the test shall comply with the following requirements:
	(1)  Monitoring shall comply with Reference Method 21 in 40 CFR part 60.
	(2)  The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of Reference Method 21.
	(3)  The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its use by the procedures specified in Reference Method 21.
	(4)  Calibration gases shall be:
	(i)  Zero air, less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air.
	(ii)  A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane.
	(5)  The background level shall be determined as set forth in Reference Method 21.
	(6)  The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in Reference Method 21.
	(7)  The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration indicated by the instrument and the background level is compared with 500 ppm for determining compliance.
	(c)  Performance tests to determine compliance with Subsection R315-264-1032(a) and with the total organic compound concentration limit of Subsection R315-264-1033(c) shall comply with the following:
	(1)  Performance tests to determine total organic compound concentrations and mass flow rates entering and exiting control devices shall be conducted and data reduced in accordance with the following reference methods and calculation procedures:
	(i)  Method 2 in 40 CFR part 60 for velocity and volumetric flow rate.
	(ii)  Method 18 or Method 25A in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, for organic content.  If Method 25A is used, the organic HAP used as the calibration gas shall be the single organic HAP representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.  The use of Method 25A is acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
	(iii)  Each performance test shall consist of three separate runs; each run conducted for at least 1 hour under the conditions that exist when the hazardous waste management unit is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.  For the purpose of determining total organic compound concentrations and mass flow rates, the average of results of all runs shall apply.  The average shall be computed on a time-weighted basis.
	(iv)  Total organic mass flow rates shall be determined by the following equation:
	(A)  For sources utilizing Method 18.
	The equation found in 40 CFR 264.1034(c)(1)(iv)(A), 2015 edition, is adopted and incorporated by reference.
	Where:
	Eh = Total organic mass flow rate, kg/h;
	Q2sd = Volumetric flow rate of gases entering or exiting control device, as determined by Method 2, dscm/h;
	n = Number of organic compounds in the vent gas;
	Ci = Organic concentration in ppm, dry basis, of compound i in the vent gas, as determined by Method 18;
	MWi = Molecular weight of organic compound i in the vent gas, kg/kg-mol;
	0.0416 = Conversion factor for molar volume, kg-mol/m3, at 293 K and 760 mm Hg;
	106 = Conversion from ppm
	(B)  For sources utilizing Method 25A.
	Eh = (Q)(C)(MW)(0.0416)(106)
	Where:
	Eh = Total organic mass flow rate, kg/h;
	Q = Volumetric flow rate of gases entering or exiting control device, as determined by Method 2, dscm/h;
	C = Organic concentration in ppm, dry basis, as determined by Method 25A;
	MW = Molecular weight of propane, 44;
	0.0416 = Conversion factor for molar volume, kg-mol/m3, at 293 K and 760 mm Hg;
	106 = Conversion from ppm.
	(v)  The annual total organic emission rate shall be determined by the following equation:
	EA = (Eh)(H)
	where:
	EA = Total organic mass emission rate, kg/y;
	Eh = Total organic mass flow rate for the process vent, kg/h;
	H = Total annual hours of operations for the affected unit, h.
	(vi)  Total organic emissions from all affected process vents at the facility shall be determined by summing the hourly total organic mass emission rates, Eh as determined in Subsection R315-264-1034(c)(1)(iv), and by summing the annual total organic mass emission rates, EA, as determined in Subsection R315-264-1034(c)(1)(v), for all affected process vents at the facility.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall record such process information as may be necessary to determine the conditions of the performance tests.  Operations during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall not constitute representative conditions for the purpose of a performance test.
	(3)  The owner or operator of an affected facility shall provide, or cause to be provided, performance testing facilities as follows:
	(i)  Sampling ports adequate for the test methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1034(c)(1).
	(ii)  Safe sampling platform(s).
	(iii)  Safe access to sampling platform(s).
	(iv)  Utilities for sampling and testing equipment.
	(4)  For the purpose of making compliance determinations, the time-weighted average of the results of the three runs shall apply.  In the event that a sample is accidentally lost or conditions occur in which one of the three runs shall be discontinued because of forced shutdown, failure of an irreplaceable portion of the sample train, extreme meteorological conditions, or other circumstances beyond the owner or operator's control, compliance may, upon the Director's approval, be determined using the average of the results of the two other runs.
	(d)  To show that a process vent associated with a hazardous waste distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operation is not subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036, the owner or operator shall make an initial determination that the time-weighted, annual average total organic concentration of the waste managed by the waste management unit is less than 10 ppmw using one of the following two methods:
	(1)  Direct measurement of the organic concentration of the waste using the following procedures:
	(i)  The owner or operator shall take a minimum of four grab samples of waste for each waste stream managed in the affected unit under process conditions expected to cause the maximum waste organic concentration.
	(ii)  For waste generated onsite, the grab samples shall be collected at a point before the waste is exposed to the atmosphere such as in an enclosed pipe or other closed system that is used to transfer the waste after generation to the first affected distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operation.  For waste generated offsite, the grab samples shall be collected at the inlet to the first waste management unit that receives the waste provided the waste has been transferred to the facility in a closed system such as a tank truck and the waste is not diluted or mixed with other waste.
	(iii)  Each sample shall be analyzed and the total organic concentration of the sample shall be computed using Method 9060A, incorporated by reference under Section R315-260-11, of "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods," EPA Publication SW-846, or analyzed for its individual organic constituents.
	(iv)  The arithmetic mean of the results of the analyses of the four samples shall apply for each waste stream managed in the unit in determining the time-weighted, annual average total organic concentration of the waste.  The time-weighted average is to be calculated using the annual quantity of each waste stream processed and the mean organic concentration of each waste stream managed in the unit.
	(2)  Using knowledge of the waste to determine that its total organic concentration is less than 10 ppmw.  Documentation of the waste determination is required.  Examples of documentation that shall be used to support a determination under this provision include production process information documenting that no organic compounds are used, information that the waste is generated by a process that is identical to a process at the same or another facility that has previously been demonstrated by direct measurement to generate a waste stream having a total organic content less than 10 ppmw, or prior speciation analysis results on the same waste stream where it can also be documented that no process changes have occurred since that analysis that could affect the waste total organic concentration.
	(e)  The determination that distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operations manage hazardous wastes with time-weighted, annual average total organic concentrations less than 10 ppmw shall be made as follows:
	(1)  By the effective date that the facility becomes subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 or by the date when the waste is first managed in a waste management unit, whichever is later, and
	(2)  For continuously generated waste, annually, or
	(3)  Whenever there is a change in the waste being managed or a change in the process that generates or treats the waste.
	(f)  When an owner or operator and the Director do not agree on whether a distillation, fractionation, thin-film evaporation, solvent extraction, or air or steam stripping operation manages a hazardous waste with organic concentrations of at least 10 ppmw based on knowledge of the waste, the dispute may be resolved by using direct measurement as specified at Subsection R315-264-1034(d)(1).

R315-264-1035.  Recordkeeping Requirements.
	(a)(1)  Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements of Section R315-264-1035.
	(2)  An owner or operator of more than one hazardous waste management unit subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 may comply with the recordkeeping requirements for these hazardous waste management units in one recordkeeping system if the system identifies each record by each hazardous waste management unit.
	(b)  Owners and operators shall record the following information in the facility operating record:
	(1)  For facilities that comply with the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1033(a)(2), an implementation schedule that includes dates by which the closed-vent system and control device will be installed and in operation.  The schedule shall also include a rationale of why the installation cannot be completed at an earlier date.  The implementation schedule shall be in the facility operating record by the effective date that the facility becomes subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036.
	(2)  Up-to-date documentation of compliance with the process vent standards in Section R315-264-1032, including:
	(i)  Information and data identifying all affected process vents, annual throughput and operating hours of each affected unit, estimated emission rates for each affected vent and for the overall facility, i.e., the total emissions for all affected vents at the facility, and the approximate location within the facility of each affected unit, e.g., identify the hazardous waste management units on a facility plot plan.
	(ii)  Information and data supporting determinations of vent emissions and emission reductions achieved by add-on control devices based on engineering calculations or source tests.  For the purpose of determining compliance, determinations of vent emissions and emission reductions shall be made using operating parameter values, e.g., temperatures, flow rates, or vent stream organic compounds and concentrations, that represent the conditions that result in maximum organic emissions, such as when the waste management unit is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.  If the owner or operator takes any action, e.g., managing a waste of different composition or increasing operating hours of affected waste management units, that would result in an increase in total organic emissions from affected process vents at the facility, then a new determination is required.
	(3)  Where an owner or operator chooses to use test data to determine the organic removal efficiency or total organic compound concentration achieved by the control device, a performance test plan.  The test plan shall include:
	(i)  A description of how it is determined that the planned test is going to be conducted when the hazardous waste management unit is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.  This shall include the estimated or design flow rate and organic content of each vent stream and define the acceptable operating ranges of key process and control device parameters during the test program.
	(ii)  A detailed engineering description of the closed-vent system and control device including:
	(A)  Manufacturer's name and model number of control device.
	(B)  Type of control device.
	(C)  Dimensions of the control device.
	(D)  Capacity.
	(E)  Construction materials.
	(iii)  A detailed description of sampling and monitoring procedures, including sampling and monitoring locations in the system, the equipment to be used, sampling and monitoring frequency, and planned analytical procedures for sample analysis.
	(4)  Documentation of compliance with Section R315-264-1033 shall include the following information:
	(i)  A list of all information references and sources used in preparing the documentation.
	(ii)  Records, including the dates, of each compliance test required by Subsection R315-264-1033(k).
	(iii)  If engineering calculations are used, a design analysis, specifications, drawings, schematics, and piping and instrumentation diagrams based on the appropriate sections of "APTI Course 415: Control of Gaseous Emissions," incorporated by reference as specified in Section R315-260-11, or other engineering texts acceptable to the Director that present basic control device design information.  Documentation provided by the control device manufacturer or vendor that describes the control device design in accordance with Subsections R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(A) through (b)(4)(iii)(G) may be used to comply with this requirement.  The design analysis shall address the vent stream characteristics and control device operation parameters as specified below.
	(A)  For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate.  The design analysis shall also establish the design minimum and average temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone residence time.
	(B)  For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate.  The design analysis shall also establish the design minimum and average temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet.
	(C)  For a boiler or process heater, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate.  The design analysis shall also establish the design minimum and average flame zone temperatures, combustion zone residence time, and description of method and location where the vent stream is introduced into the combustion zone.
	(D)  For a flare, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate.  The design analysis shall also consider the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(d).
	(E)  For a condenser, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature.  The design analysis shall also establish the design outlet organic compound concentration level, design average temperature of the condenser exhaust vent stream, and design average temperatures of the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and outlet.
	(F)  For a carbon adsorption system such as a fixed-bed adsorber that regenerates the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature.  The design analysis shall also establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level, number and capacity of carbon beds, type and working capacity of activated carbon used for carbon beds, design total steam flow over the period of each complete carbon bed regeneration cycle, duration of the carbon bed steaming and cooling/drying cycles, design carbon bed temperature after regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service life of carbon.
	(G)  For a carbon adsorption system such as a carbon canister that does not regenerate the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature.  The design analysis shall also establish the design outlet organic concentration level, capacity of carbon bed, type and working capacity of activated carbon used for carbon bed, and design carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working capacity of the control device and source operating schedule.
	(iv)  A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying that the operating parameters used in the design analysis reasonably represent the conditions that exist when the hazardous waste management unit is or would be operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.
	(v)  A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying that the control device is designed to operate at an efficiency of 95 percent or greater unless the total organic concentration limit of Subsection R315-264-1032(a) is achieved at an efficiency less than 95 weight percent or the total organic emission limits of Subsection R315-264-1032(a) for affected process vents at the facility can be attained by a control device involving vapor recovery at an efficiency less than 95 weight percent.  A statement provided by the control device manufacturer or vendor certifying that the control equipment meets the design specifications may be used to comply with this requirement.
	(vi)  If performance tests are used to demonstrate compliance, all test results.
	(c)  Design documentation and monitoring, operating, and inspection information for each closed-vent system and control device required to comply with the provisions of Rule R315-264 shall be recorded and kept up-to-date in the facility operating record.  The information shall include:
	(1)  Description and date of each modification that is made to the closed-vent system or control device design.
	(2)  Identification of operating parameter, description of monitoring device, and diagram of monitoring sensor location or locations used to comply with Subsections R315-264-1033(f)(1) and (f)(2).
	(3)  Monitoring, operating, and inspection information required by Subsections R315-264-1033(f)  through (k).
	(4)  Date, time, and duration of each period that occurs while the control device is operating when any monitored parameter exceeds the value established in the control device design analysis as specified below:
	(i)  For a thermal vapor incinerator designed to operate with a minimum residence time of 0.50 second at a minimum temperature of 760 degrees C, period when the combustion temperature is below 760 degrees C.
	(ii)  For a thermal vapor incinerator designed to operate with an organic emission reduction efficiency of 95 weight percent or greater, period when the combustion zone temperature is more than 28 degrees C below the design average combustion zone temperature established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(A).
	(iii)  For a catalytic vapor incinerator, period when:
	(A)  Temperature of the vent stream at the catalyst bed inlet is more than 28 degrees C below the average temperature of the inlet vent stream established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(B), or
	(B)  Temperature difference across the catalyst bed is less than 80 percent of the design average temperature difference established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(B).
	(iv)  For a boiler or process heater, period when:
	(A)  Flame zone temperature is more than 28 degrees C below the design average flame zone temperature established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(C), or
	(B)  Position changes where the vent stream is introduced to the combustion zone from the location established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(C).
	(v)  For a flare, period when the pilot flame is not ignited.
	(vi)  For a condenser that complies with Subsection R315-264-1033(f)(2)(vi)(A), period when the organic compound concentration level or readings of organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the condenser are more than 20 percent greater than the design outlet organic compound concentration level established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(E).
	(vii)  For a condenser that complies with Subsection R315-264-1033(f)(2)(vi)(B), period when:
	(A)  Temperature of the exhaust vent stream from the condenser is more than 6 degrees C above the design average exhaust vent stream temperature established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(E); or
	(B)  Temperature of the coolant fluid exiting the condenser is more than 6 degrees C above the design average coolant fluid temperature at the condenser outlet established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(E).
	(viii)  For a carbon adsorption system such as a fixed-bed carbon adsorber that regenerates the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device and complies with Subsection R315-264-1033(f)(2)(vii)(A), period when the organic compound concentration level or readings of organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the carbon bed are more than 20 percent greater than the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(F).
	(ix)  For a carbon adsorption system such as a fixed-bed carbon adsorber that regenerates the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device and complies with Subsection R315-264-1033(f)(2)(vii)(B), period when the vent stream continues to flow through the control device beyond the predetermined carbon bed regeneration time established as a requirement of Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii)(F).
	(5)  Explanation for each period recorded under Subsection R315-264-1035(4) of the cause for control device operating parameter exceeding the design value and the measures implemented to correct the control device operation.
	(6)  For a carbon adsorption system operated subject to requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(g) or (h)(2), date when existing carbon in the control device is replaced with fresh carbon.
	(7)  For a carbon adsorption system operated subject to requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(h)(1), a log that records:
	(i)  Date and time when control device is monitored for carbon breakthrough and the monitoring device reading.
	(ii)  Date when existing carbon in the control device is replaced with fresh carbon.
	(8)  Date of each control device startup and shutdown.
	(9)  An owner or operator designating any components of a closed-vent system as unsafe to monitor pursuant to Subsection R315-264-1033(o) shall record in a log that is kept in the facility operating record the identification of closed-vent system components that are designated as unsafe to monitor in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(o), an explanation for each closed-vent system component stating why the closed-vent system component is unsafe to monitor, and the plan for monitoring each closed-vent system component.
	(10)  When each leak is detected as specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(l), the following information shall be recorded:
	(i)  The instrument identification number, the closed-vent system component identification number, and the operator name, initials, or identification number.
	(ii)  The date the leak was detected and the date of first attempt to repair the leak.
	(iii)  The date of successful repair of the leak.
	(iv)  Maximum instrument reading measured by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A after it is successfully repaired or determined to be nonrepairable.
	(v)  "Repair delayed" and the reason for the delay if a leak is not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
	(A)  The owner or operator may develop a written procedure that identifies the conditions that justify a delay of repair.  In such cases, reasons for delay of repair may be documented by citing the relevant sections of the written procedure.
	(B)  If delay of repair was caused by depletion of stocked parts, there shall be documentation that the spare parts were sufficiently stocked on-site before depletion and the reason for depletion.
	(d)  Records of the monitoring, operating, and inspection information required by Subsections R315-264-1035(c)(3) through (c)(10) shall be maintained by the owner or operator for at least 3 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, or record.
	(e)  For a control device other than a thermal vapor incinerator, catalytic vapor incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, condenser, or carbon adsorption system, the Director shall specify the appropriate recordkeeping requirements.
	(f)  Up-to-date information and data used to determine whether or not a process vent is subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-1032 including supporting documentation as required by Subsection R315-264-1034(d)(2) when application of the knowledge of the nature of the hazardous waste stream or the process by which it was produced is used, shall be recorded in a log that is kept in the facility operating record.

R315-264-1036.  Reporting Requirements.
	(a)  A semiannual report shall be submitted by owners and operators subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1030 through 1036 to the Director by dates specified by the Director.  The report shall include the following information:
	(1)  The Environmental Protection Agency identification number, name, and address of the facility.
	(2)  For each month during the semiannual reporting period, dates when the control device exceeded or operated outside of the design specifications as defined in Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(4) and as indicated by the control device monitoring required by Subsection R315-264-1033(f) and such exceedances were not corrected within 24 hours, or that a flare operated with visible emissions as defined in Subsection R315-264-1033(d) and as determined by Method 22 monitoring, the duration and cause of each exceedance or visible emissions, and any corrective measures taken.
	(b)  If, during the semiannual reporting period, the control device does not exceed or operate outside of the design specifications as defined in Subsection R315-264-264-1035(c)(4) for more than 24 hours or a flare does not operate with visible emissions as defined in Subsection R315-264-264-1033(d), a report to the Director is not required.

R315-264-1050.  Air Emission Standards for Equipment Leaks -- Applicability.
	(a)  The regulations in Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes, except as provided in Section R315-264-1.
	(b)  Except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1064(k), Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 apply to equipment that contains or contacts hazardous wastes with organic concentrations of at least 10 percent by weight that are managed in one of the following:
	(1)  A unit that is subject to the permitting requirements of Rule R315-270, or
	(2)  A unit, including a hazardous waste recycling unit, that is not exempt from permitting under the provisions of Subsection R315-262-34(a), i.e., a hazardous waste recycling unit that is not a "90-day" tank or container, and that is located at a hazardous waste management facility otherwise subject to the permitting requirements of Rule R315-270, or
	(3)  A unit that is exempt from permitting under the provisions of Section R315-262-17, i.e., a "90-day" tank or container, and is not a recycling unit under the provisions of Section R315-261-6.
	(c)  For the owner or operator of a facility subject to Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 and who received a final permit under RCRA section 3005 prior to December 6, 1996, the requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 shall be incorporated into the permit when the permit is reissued in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-124-15 or reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-270-50(d).  Until such date when the owner or operator receives a final permit incorporating the requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065, the owner or operator is subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 265.1050 through 265.1064, which are adopted by reference in Section R315-265-1.
	(d)  Each piece of equipment to which Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 applies shall be marked in such a manner that it can be distinguished readily from other pieces of equipment.
	(e)  Equipment that is in vacuum service is excluded from the requirements of Sections R315-264-1052 through R315-264-1060 if it is identified as required in Subsection R315-264-1064(g)(5).
	(f)  Equipment that contains or contacts hazardous waste with an organic concentration of at least 10 percent by weight for less than 300 hours per calendar year is excluded from the requirements of Sections R315-264-1052 through 1060 if it is identified, as required in Subsection R315-264-1064(g)(6).
	(g)  The requirements of Subpart BB 40 CFR do not apply to the pharmaceutical manufacturing facility, commonly referred to as the Stonewall Plant, located at Route 340 South, Elkton, Virginia, provided that facility is operated in compliance with the requirements contained in a permit issued pursuant to 40 CFR 52.2454.  The requirements of Subpart BB 40 CFR shall apply to the facility upon termination of the permit issued pursuant to the 40 CFR 52.2454.
	(h)  Purged coatings and solvents from surface coating operations subject to the national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for the surface coating of automobiles and light-duty trucks at R307-214-2(61), which incorporates 40 CFR part 63 subpart IIII, are not subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065.
	Note: The requirements of Sections R315-264-1052 through 1065 apply to equipment associated with hazardous waste recycling units previously exempt under Subsection R315-261-6(c)(1).  Other exemptions under Section R315-261-4, and Subsection R315-264-1(g) are not affected by these requirements.

R315-264-1051.  Definitions.
	As used in Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065, all terms shall have the meaning given them in Section R315-264-1031, RCRA, and Rules R315-260 through 266.

R315-264-1052.  Standards:  Pumps in Light Liquid Service.
	(a)(1)  Each pump in light liquid service shall be monitored monthly to detect leaks by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(b), except as provided in Subsections R315-264-1052(d), (e), and (f).
	(2)  Each pump in light liquid service shall be checked by visual inspection each calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal.
	(b)(1)  If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
	(2)  If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, a leak is detected.
	(c)(1)  When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in Section R315-264-1059.
	(2)  A first attempt at repair, e.g., tightening the packing gland, shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.
	(d)  Each pump equipped with a dual mechanical seal system that includes a barrier fluid system is exempt from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1052(a), provided the following requirements are met:
	(1)  Each dual mechanical seal system shall be:
	(i)  Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all times greater than the pump stuffing box pressure, or
	(ii)  Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is connected by a closed-vent system to a control device that complies with the requirements of Section R315-264-1060, or
	(iii)  Equipped with a system that purges the barrier fluid into a hazardous waste stream with no detectable emissions to the atmosphere.
	(2)  The barrier fluid system shall not be a hazardous waste with organic concentrations 10 percent or greater by weight.
	(3)  Each barrier fluid system shall be equipped with a sensor that will detect failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
	(4)  Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection, each calendar week, for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seals.
	(5)(i)  Each sensor as described in Subsection R315-264-1052(d)(3) shall be checked daily or be equipped with an audible alarm that shall be checked monthly to ensure that it is functioning properly.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall determine, based on design considerations and operating experience, a criterion that indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
	(6)(i)  If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal or the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both based on the criterion determined in Subsection R315-264-1052(d)(5)(ii), a leak is detected.
	(ii)  When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in Section R315-264-1059.
	(iii)  A first attempt at repair, e.g., relapping the seal, shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.
	(e)  Any pump that is designated, as described in Subsection R315-264-1064(g)(2), for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, is exempt from the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1052(a), (c), and (d) if the pump meets the following requirements:
	(1)  Shall have no externally actuated shaft penetrating the pump housing.
	(2)  Shall operate with no detectable emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background as measured by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(c).
	(3)  Shall be tested for compliance with Subsection R315-264-1052(e)(2) initially upon designation, annually, and at other times as requested by the Director.
	(f)  If any pump is equipped with a closed-vent system capable of capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals to a control device that complies with the requirements of Section R315-264-1060, it is exempt from the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1052(a) through (e).

R315-264-1053.  Standards:  Compressors.
	(a)  Each compressor shall be equipped with a seal system that includes a barrier fluid system and that prevents leakage of total organic emissions to the atmosphere, except as provided in Subsections R315-264-1053(h) and (i).
	(b)  Each compressor seal system as required in Subsection R315-264-1053(a) shall be:
	(1)  Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all times greater than the compressor stuffing box pressure, or
	(2)  Equipped with a barrier fluid system that is connected by a closed-vent system to a control device that complies with the requirements of Section R315-264-1060, or
	(3)  Equipped with a system that purges the barrier fluid into a hazardous waste stream with no detectable emissions to atmosphere.
	(c)  The barrier fluid shall not be a hazardous waste with organic concentrations 10 percent or greater by weight.
	(d)  Each barrier fluid system as described in Subsections R315-264-1053(a) through (c) shall be equipped with a sensor that will detect failure of the seal system, barrier fluid system, or both.
	(e)(1)  Each sensor as required in Subsection R315-264-1053(d) shall be checked daily or shall be equipped with an audible alarm that shall be checked monthly to ensure that it is functioning properly unless the compressor is located within the boundary of an unmanned plant site, in which case the sensor shall be checked daily.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall determine, based on design considerations and operating experience, a criterion that indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
	(f)  If the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both based on the criterion determined under Subsection R315-264-1053(e)(2), a leak is detected.
	(g)(1)  When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in Section R315-264-1059.
	(2)  A first attempt at repair, e.g., tightening the packing gland, shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.
	(h)  A compressor is exempt from the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1053(a) and (b) if it is equipped with a closed-vent system capable of capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal to a control device that complies with the requirements of Section R315-264-1060, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1053(i).
	(i)  Any compressor that is designated, as described in Subsection R315-264-1064(g)(2), for no detectable emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background is exempt from the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1053(a) through (h) if the compressor:
	(1)  Is determined to be operating with no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, as measured by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(c).
	(2)  Is tested for compliance with Subsection R315-264-1053(i)(1) initially upon designation, annually, and at other times as requested by the Director.

R315-264-1054.  Standards:  Pressure Relief Devices in Gas/Vapor Service.
	(a)  Except during pressure releases, each pressure relief device in gas/vapor service shall be operated with no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, as measured by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(c).
	(b)(1)  After each pressure release, the pressure relief device shall be returned to a condition of no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, as soon as practicable, but no later than 5 calendar days after each pressure release, except as provided in Section R315-264-1059.
	(2)  No later than 5 calendar days after the pressure release, the pressure relief device shall be monitored to confirm the condition of no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, as measured by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(c).
	(c)  Any pressure relief device that is equipped with a closed-vent system capable of capturing and transporting leakage from the pressure relief device to a control device as described in Section R315-264-264-1060 is exempt from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1054(a) and (b).

R315-264-1055.  Standards:  Sampling Connection Systems.
	(a)  Each sampling connection system shall be equipped with a closed-purge, closed-loop, or closed-vent system.  This system shall collect the sample purge for return to the process or for routing to the appropriate treatment system.  Gases displaced during filling of the sample container are not required to be collected or captured.
	(b)  Each closed-purge, closed-loop, or closed-vent system as required in Subsection R315-264-1055(a) shall meet one of the following requirements:
	(1)  Return the purged process fluid directly to the process line;
	(2)  Collect and recycle the purged process fluid; or
	(3)  Be designed and operated to capture and transport all the purged process fluid to a waste management unit that complies with the applicable requirements of Sections R315-264-1084 through 1086 or a control device that complies with the requirements of Section R315-264-1060.
	(c)  In-situ sampling systems and sampling systems without purges are exempt from the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1055(a) and (b).

R315-264-1056.  Standards:  Open-Ended Valves or Lines.
	(a)(1)  Each open-ended valve or line shall be equipped with a cap, blind flange, plug, or a second valve.
	(2)  The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall seal the open end at all times except during operations requiring hazardous waste stream flow through the open-ended valve or line.
	(b)  Each open-ended valve or line equipped with a second valve shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on the hazardous waste stream end is closed before the second valve is closed.
	(c)  When a double block and bleed system is being used, the bleed valve or line may remain open during operations that require venting the line between the block valves but shall comply with Subsection R315-264-1056(a) at all other times.

R315-264-1057.  Standards:  Valves in Gas/Vapor Service or in Light Liquid Service.
	(a)  Each valve in gas/vapor or light liquid service shall be monitored monthly to detect leaks by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(b) and shall comply with Subsections R315-264-1057(b) through (e), except as provided in Subsections R315-264-1057(f), (g), and (h), and Sections R315-264-1061 and 1062.
	(b)  If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
	(c)(1)  Any valve for which a leak is not detected for two successive months may be monitored the first month of every succeeding quarter, beginning with the next quarter, until a leak is detected.
	(2)  If a leak is detected, the valve shall be monitored monthly until a leak is not detected for two successive months,
	(d)(1)  When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected, except as provided in Section R315-264-1059.
	(2)  A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.
	(e) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the following best practices where practicable:
	(1)  Tightening of bonnet bolts.
	(2)  Replacement of bonnet bolts.
	(3)  Tightening of packing gland nuts.
	(4)  Injection of lubricant into lubricated packing.
	(f)  Any valve that is designated, as described in Subsection R315-264-1064(g)(2), for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, is exempt from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1057(a) if the valve:
	(1)  Has no external actuating mechanism in contact with the hazardous waste stream.
	(2)  Is operated with emissions less than 500 ppm above background as determined by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(c).
	(3)  Is tested for compliance with Subsection R315-264-1057(f)(2) initially upon designation, annually, and at other times as requested by the Director.
	(g)  Any valve that is designated, as described in Subsection R315-264-1064(h)(1), as an unsafe-to-monitor valve is exempt from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1057(a) if:
	(1)  The owner or operator of the valve determines that the valve is unsafe to monitor because monitoring personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying with Subsection R315-264-1057(a).
	(2)  The owner or operator of the valve adheres to a written plan that requires monitoring of the valve as frequently as practicable during safe-to-monitor times.
	(h)  Any valve that is designated, as described in Subsection R315-264-1064(h)(2), as a difficult-to-monitor valve is exempt from the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1057(a) if:
	(1)  The owner or operator of the valve determines that the valve cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 2 meters above a support surface.
	(2)  The hazardous waste management unit within which the valve is located was in operation before June 21, 1990.
	(3)  The owner or operator of the valve follows a written plan that requires monitoring of the valve at least once per calendar year.

R315-264-1058.  Standards:  Pumps and Valves in Heavy Liquid Service, Pressure Relief Devices in Light Liquid or Heavy Liquid Service, and Flanges and Other Connectors.
	(a)  Pumps and valves in heavy liquid service, pressure relief devices in light liquid or heavy liquid service, and flanges and other connectors shall be monitored within 5 days by the method specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(b) if evidence of a potential leak is found by visual, audible, olfactory, or any other detection method.
	(b)  If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
	(c)(1)  When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in Section R315-264-1059.
	(2)  The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.
	(d)  First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the best practices described under Subsection R315-264-1057(e).
	(e)  Any connector that is inaccessible or is ceramic or ceramic-lined, e.g., porcelain, glass, or glass-lined, is exempt from the monitoring requirements of Subsection R315-264-1058(a) and from the recordkeeping requirements of Section R315-264-1064.

R315-264-1059.  Standards:  Delay of Repair.
	(a)  Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected will be allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without a hazardous waste management unit shutdown.  In such a case, repair of this equipment shall occur before the end of the next hazardous waste management unit shutdown.
	(b)  Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected will be allowed for equipment that is isolated from the hazardous waste management unit and that does not continue to contain or contact hazardous waste with organic concentrations at least 10 percent by weight.
	(c)  Delay of repair for valves will be allowed if:
	(1)  The owner or operator determines that emissions of purged material resulting from immediate repair are greater than the emissions likely to result from delay of repair.
	(2)  When repair procedures are effected, the purged material is collected and destroyed or recovered in a control device complying with Section R315-264-1060.
	(d)  Delay of repair for pumps will be allowed if:
	(1)  Repair requires the use of a dual mechanical seal system that includes a barrier fluid system.
	(2)  Repair is completed as soon as practicable, but not later than 6 months after the leak was detected.
	(e)  Delay of repair beyond a hazardous waste management unit shutdown will be allowed for a valve if valve assembly replacement is necessary during the hazardous waste management unit shutdown, valve assembly supplies have been depleted, and valve assembly supplies had been sufficiently stocked before the supplies were depleted.  Delay of repair beyond the next hazardous waste management unit shutdown will not be allowed unless the next hazardous waste management unit shutdown occurs sooner than 6 months after the first hazardous waste management unit shutdown.

R315-264-1060.  Standards:  Closed-Vent Systems and Control Devices.
	(a)  Owners and operators of closed-vent systems and control devices subject to Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 shall comply with the provisions of Section R315-264-1033.
	(b)(1)  The owner or operator of an existing facility who cannot install a closed-vent system and control device to comply with the provisions of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 on the effective date that the facility becomes subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 shall prepare an implementation schedule that includes dates by which the closed-vent system and control device will be installed and in operation.  The controls shall be installed as soon as possible, but the implementation schedule may allow up to 30 months after the effective date that the facility becomes subject to Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 for installation and startup.
	(2)  Any unit that begins operation after December 21, 1990, and is subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 when operation begins, shall comply with the rules immediately, i.e., shall have control devices installed and operating on startup of the affected unit; the 30-month implementation schedule does not apply.
	(3)  The owner or operator of any facility in existence on the effective date of a statutory or regulatory amendment that renders the facility subject to Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 shall comply with all requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 as soon as practicable but no later than 30 months after the amendment's effective date.  When control equipment required by Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 cannot be installed and begin operation by the effective date of the amendment, the facility owner or operator shall prepare an implementation schedule that includes the following information: Specific calendar dates for award or contracts or issuance of purchase orders for the control equipment, initiation of on-site installation of the control equipment, completion of the control equipment installation, and performance of any testing to demonstrate that the installed equipment meets the applicable standards of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065.  The owner or operator shall enter the implementation schedule in the operating record or in a permanent, readily available file located at the facility.
	(4)  Owners and operators of facilities and units that become newly subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 after December 8, 1997, due to an action other than those described in Subsection R315-264-1060(b)(3) shall comply with all applicable requirements immediately, i.e., shall have control devices installed and operating on the date the facility or unit becomes subject to Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065; the 30-month implementation schedule does not apply.

R315-264-1061.  Alternative Standards for Valves in Gas/Vapor Service or in Light Liquid Service:  Percentage of Valves Allowed to Leak.
	(a)  An owner or operator subject to the requirements of Section R315-264-1057 may elect to have all valves within a hazardous waste management unit comply with an alternative standard that allows no greater than 2 percent of the valves to leak.
	(b)  The following requirements shall be met if an owner or operator decides to comply with the alternative standard of allowing 2 percent of valves to leak:
	(1)  A performance test as specified in Section R315-264-1061(c) shall be conducted initially upon designation, annually, and at other times requested by the Director.
	(2)  If a valve leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance with Subsections R315-264-1057(d) and (e).
	(c)  Performance tests shall be conducted in the following manner:
	(1)  All valves subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-1057 within the hazardous waste management unit shall be monitored within 1 week by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(b).
	(2)  If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
	(3)  The leak percentage shall be determined by dividing the number of valves subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-1057 for which leaks are detected by the total number of valves subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-1057 within the hazardous waste management unit.

R315-264-1062.  Alternative Standards for Valves in Gas/Vapor Service or in Light Liquid Service:  Skip Period Leak Detection and Repair.
	(a)  An owner or operator subject to the requirements of Section R315-264-1057 may elect for all valves within a hazardous waste management unit to comply with one of the alternative work practices specified in Subsections R315-264-1062(b)(2) and (3).
	(b)(1)  An owner or operator shall comply with the requirements for valves, as described in Section R315-264-1057, except as described in Subsections R315-264-1062(b)(2) and (b)(3).
	(2)  After two consecutive quarterly leak detection periods with the percentage of valves leaking equal to or less than 2 percent, an owner or operator may begin to skip one of the quarterly leak detection periods, i.e., monitor for leaks once every six months, for the valves subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-1057.
	(3)  After five consecutive quarterly leak detection periods with the percentage of valves leaking equal to or less than 2 percent, an owner or operator may begin to skip three of the quarterly leak detection periods, i.e., monitor for leaks once every year, for the valves subject to the requirements in Section R315-264-1057.
	(4)  If the percentage of valves leaking is greater than 2 percent, the owner or operator shall monitor monthly in compliance with the requirements in Section R315-264-1057, but may again elect to use Section R315-264-1062 after meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-1057(c)(1).

R315-264-1063.  Test Methods and Procedures.
	(a)  Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of Rule R315-264 shall comply with the test methods and procedures requirements provided in Section R315-264-1063.
	(b)  Leak detection monitoring, as required in Sections R315-264-1052 through 1062, shall comply with the following requirements:
	(1)  Monitoring shall comply with Reference Method 21 in 40 CFR part 60.
	(2)  The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of Reference Method 21.
	(3)  The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its use by the procedures specified in Reference Method 21.
	(4)  Calibration gases shall be:
	(i)  Zero air, less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air.
	(ii)  A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane.
	(5)  The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in Reference Method 21.
	(c)  When equipment is tested for compliance with no detectable emissions, as required in Subsections R315-264-1052(e), 1053(i), 1054, and 1057(f), the test shall comply with the following requirements:
	(1)  The requirements of Subsections R315-264-1063(b)(1) through (4) shall apply.
	(2)  The background level shall be determined as set forth in Reference Method 21.
	(3)  The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in Reference Method 21.
	(4)  The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration indicated by the instrument and the background level is compared with 500 ppm for determining compliance.
	(d)  In accordance with the waste analysis plan required by Subsection R315-264-13(b), an owner or operator of a facility shall determine, for each piece of equipment, whether the equipment contains or contacts a hazardous waste with organic concentration that equals or exceeds 10 percent by weight using the following:
	(1)  Methods described in ASTM Methods D 2267-88, E 169-87, E 168-88, E 260-85, incorporated by reference under Section R315-260-11);
	(2)  Method 9060A, incorporated by reference under Section R315-260-11, of "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste," EPA Publication SW-846, for computing total organic concentration of the sample, or analyzed for its individual organic constituents; or
	(3)  Application of the knowledge of the nature of the hazardous waste stream or the process by which it was produced.  Documentation of a waste determination by knowledge is required.  Examples of documentation that shall be used to support a determination under this provision include production process information documenting that no organic compounds are used, information that the waste is generated by a process that is identical to a process at the same or another facility that has previously been demonstrated by direct measurement to have a total organic content less than 10 percent, or prior speciation analysis results on the same waste stream where it can also be documented that no process changes have occurred since that analysis that could affect the waste total organic concentration.
	(e)  If an owner or operator determines that a piece of equipment contains or contacts a hazardous waste with organic concentrations at least 10 percent by weight, the determination can be revised only after following the procedures in Subsections R315-264-1063(d)(1) or (d)(2).
	(f)  When an owner or operator and the Director do not agree on whether a piece of equipment contains or contacts a hazardous waste with organic concentrations at least 10 percent by weight, the procedures in Subsections R315-264-1063(d)(1) or (d)(2) can be used to resolve the dispute.
	(g)  Samples used in determining the percent organic content shall be representative of the highest total organic content hazardous waste that is expected to be contained in or contact the equipment.
	(h)  To determine if pumps or valves are in light liquid service, the vapor pressures of constituents may be obtained from standard reference texts or may be determined by ASTM D-2879-86, incorporated by reference under Section R315-260-11.
	(i)  Performance tests to determine if a control device achieves 95 weight percent organic emission reduction shall comply with the procedures of Sections R315-264-1034(c)(1) through (c)(4).

R315-264-1064.  Recordkeeping Requirements.
	(a)(1)  Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements of Section R315-264-1064.
	(2)  An owner or operator of more than one hazardous waste management unit subject to the provisions of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 may comply with the recordkeeping requirements for these hazardous waste management units in one recordkeeping system if the system identifies each record by each hazardous waste management unit.
	(b)  Owners and operators shall record the following information in the facility operating record:
	(1)  For each piece of equipment to which Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 apply:
	(i)  Equipment identification number and hazardous waste management unit identification.
	(ii)  Approximate locations within the facility, e.g., identify the hazardous waste management unit on a facility plot plan.
	(iii)  Type of equipment, e.g., a pump or pipeline valve.
	(iv)  Percent-by-weight total organics in the hazardous waste stream at the equipment.
	(v)  Hazardous waste state at the equipment, e.g., gas/vapor or liquid.
	(vi)  Method of compliance with the standard, e.g., "monthly leak detection and repair" or "equipped with dual mechanical seals."
	(2)  For facilities that comply with the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1033(a)(2), an implementation schedule as specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(a)(2).
	(3)  Where an owner or operator chooses to use test data to demonstrate the organic removal efficiency or total organic compound concentration achieved by the control device, a performance test plan as specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(3).
	(4)  Documentation of compliance with Section R315-264-1060, including the detailed design documentation or performance test results specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4).
	(c)  When each leak is detected as specified in Sections R315-264-1052, 1053, 1057, and 1058, the following requirements apply:
	(1)  A weatherproof and readily visible identification, marked with the equipment identification number, the date evidence of a potential leak was found in accordance with Subsection R315-264-1058(a), and the date the leak was detected, shall be attached to the leaking equipment.
	(2)  The identification on equipment, except on a valve, may be removed after it has been repaired.
	(3)  The identification on a valve may be removed after it has been monitored for 2 successive months as specified in Subsection R315-264-1057(c) and no leak has been detected during those 2 months.
	(d)  When each leak is detected as specified in Subsections R315-264-1052, 1053, 1057, and 1058, the following information shall be recorded in an inspection log and shall be kept in the facility operating record:
	(1)  The instrument and operator identification numbers and the equipment identification number.
	(2)  The date evidence of a potential leak was found in accordance with Subsection R315-264-1058(a).
	(3)  The date the leak was detected and the dates of each attempt to repair the leak.
	(4)  Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
	(5)  "Above 10,000" if the maximum instrument reading measured by the methods specified in Subsection R315-264-1063(b) after each repair attempt is equal to or greater than 10,000 ppm.
	(6)  "Repair delayed" and the reason for the delay if a leak is not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
	(7)  Documentation supporting the delay of repair of a valve in compliance with Subsection R315-264-1059(c).
	(8)  The signature of the owner or operator, or designate, whose decision it was that repair could not be effected without a hazardous waste management unit shutdown.
	(9)  The expected date of successful repair of the leak if a leak is not repaired within 15 calendar days.
	(10)  The date of successful repair of the leak.
	(e)  Design documentation and monitoring, operating, and inspection information for each closed-vent system and control device required to comply with the provisions of Section R315-264-1060 shall be recorded and kept up-to-date in the facility operating record as specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(c).  Design documentation is specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(1) and (c)(2) and monitoring, operating, and inspection information in Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(3)through (c)(8).
	(f)  For a control device other than a thermal vapor incinerator, catalytic vapor incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, condenser, or carbon adsorption system, the Director shall specify the appropriate recordkeeping requirements.
	(g)  The following information pertaining to all equipment subject to the requirements in Sections R315-264-1052 through 1060 shall be recorded in a log that is kept in the facility operating record:
	(1)  A list of identification numbers for equipment, except welded fittings, subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065.
	(2)(i)  A list of identification numbers for equipment that the owner or operator elects to designate for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, under the provisions of Subsections R315-264-1052(e), 1053(i), and 1057(f).
	(ii)  The designation of this equipment as subject to the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1052(e), 1053(i), or 1057(f) shall be signed by the owner or operator.
	(3)  A list of equipment identification numbers for pressure relief devices required to comply with Subsection R315-264-1054(a).
	(4)(i)  The dates of each compliance test required in Subsections R315-264-1052(e), 1053(i), 1054, and 1057(f).
	(ii)  The background level measured during each compliance test.
	(iii)  The maximum instrument reading measured at the equipment during each compliance test.
	(5)  A list of identification numbers for equipment in vacuum service.
	(6)  Identification, either by list or location, area or group, of equipment that contains or contacts hazardous waste with an organic concentration of at least 10 percent by weight for less than 300 hours per calendar year.
	(h)  The following information pertaining to all valves subject to the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1057 (g) and (h)  shall be recorded in a log that is kept in the facility operating record:
	(1)  A list of identification numbers for valves that are designated as unsafe to monitor, an explanation for each valve stating why the valve is unsafe to monitor, and the plan for monitoring each valve.
	(2)  A list of identification numbers for valves that are designated as difficult to monitor, an explanation for each valve stating why the valve is difficult to monitor, and the planned schedule for monitoring each valve.
	(i)  The following information shall be recorded in the facility operating record for valves complying with Section R315-264-1062:
	(1)  A schedule of monitoring.
	(2)  The percent of valves found leaking during each monitoring period.
	(j)  The following information shall be recorded in a log that is kept in the facility operating record:
	(1)  Criteria required in Subsections R315-264-1052(d)(5)(ii) and 1053(e)(2) and an explanation of the design criteria.
	(2)  Any changes to these criteria and the reasons for the changes.
	(k)  The following information shall be recorded in a log that is kept in the facility operating record for use in determining exemptions as provided in the applicability section of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 and other specific sections of Rule R315-264:
	(1)  An analysis determining the design capacity of the hazardous waste management unit.
	(2)  A statement listing the hazardous waste influent to and effluent from each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements in Subsections R315-264-1052 through 1060 and an analysis determining whether these hazardous wastes are heavy liquids.
	(3)  An up-to-date analysis and the supporting information and data used to determine whether or not equipment is subject to the requirements in Subsections R315-264-1052 through 1060.  The record shall include supporting documentation as required by Subsection R315-264-1063(d)(3) when application of the knowledge of the nature of the hazardous waste stream or the process by which it was produced is used.  If the owner or operator takes any action, e.g., changing the process that produced the waste, that could result in an increase in the total organic content of the waste contained in or contacted by equipment determined not to be subject to the requirements in Sections R315-264-1052 through 1060, then a new determination is required.
	(l)  Records of the equipment leak information required by Subsection R315-264-1064(d) and the operating information required by Subsection R315-264-1064(e) need be kept only 3 years.
	(m)  The owner or operator of a facility with equipment that is subject to Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 and to regulations at 40 CFR part 60, part 61, or part 63 may elect to determine compliance with Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 either by documentation pursuant to Section R315-264-1064, or by documentation of compliance with the regulations at 40 CFR part 60, part 61, or part 63 pursuant to the relevant provisions of the regulations at 40 part 60, part 61, or part 63.  The documentation of compliance under regulations at 40 CFR part 60, part 61, or part 63 shall be kept with or made readily available with the facility operating record.

R315-264-1065.  Reporting Requirements.
	(a)  A semiannual report shall be submitted by owners and operators subject to the requirements of Sections R315-264-1050 through 1065 to the Director by dates specified by the Director.  The report shall include the following information:
	(1)  The Environmental Protection Agency identification number, name, and address of the facility.
	(2)  For each month during the semiannual reporting period:
	(i)  The equipment identification number of each valve for which a leak was not repaired as required in Subsection R315-264-1057(d).
	(ii)  The equipment identification number of each pump for which a leak was not repaired as required in Subsections R315-264-1052(c) and (d)(6).
	(iii)  The equipment identification number of each compressor for which a leak was not repaired as required in Subsection R315-264-1053(g).
	(3)  Dates of hazardous waste management unit shutdowns that occurred within the semiannual reporting period.
	(4)  For each month during the semiannual reporting period, dates when the control device installed as required by Sections R315-264-1052, 1053, 1054, or 1055 exceeded or operated outside of the design specifications as defined in Subsection R315-264-1064(e) and as indicated by the control device monitoring required by Section R315-264-1060 and was not corrected within 24 hours, the duration and cause of each exceedance, and any corrective measures taken.
	(b)  If, during the semiannual reporting period, leaks from valves, pumps, and compressors are repaired as required in Subsections R315-264-1057(d), 1052(c) and (d)(6), and 1053(g), respectively, and the control device does not exceed or operate outside of the design specifications as defined in Subsection R315-264-1064(e) for more than 24 hours, a report to the Director is not required.

R315-264-1080.  Air Emission Standards for Tanks, Surface Impoundments, and Containers -- Applicability.
	(a)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 apply to owners and operators of all facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste in tanks, surface impoundments, or containers subject to either Sections R315-264-170 through 179, 190 through 200, or 220 through 232 except as Section R315-264-1 and Subsection R315-264-1080(b) provide otherwise.
	(b)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 do not apply to the following waste management units at the facility:
	(1)  A waste management unit that holds hazardous waste placed in the unit before December 6, 1996, and in which no hazardous waste is added to the unit on or after December 6, 1996.
	(2)  A container that has a design capacity less than or equal to 0.1 cubic meter.
	(3)  A tank in which an owner or operator has stopped adding hazardous waste and the owner or operator has begun implementing or completed closure pursuant to an approved closure plan.
	(4)  A surface impoundment in which an owner or operator has stopped adding hazardous waste, except to implement an approved closure plan, and the owner or operator has begun implementing or completed closure pursuant to an approved closure plan.
	(5)  A waste management unit that is used solely for on-site treatment or storage of hazardous waste that is placed in the unit as a result of implementing remedial activities required under the corrective action authorities of RCRA sections 3004(u), 3004(v), or 3008(h); CERCLA authorities; or similar Federal or Utah authorities.
	(6)  A waste management unit that is used solely for the management of radioactive mixed waste in accordance with all applicable regulations under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act and the Nuclear Waste Policy Act.
	(7)  A hazardous waste management unit that the owner or operator certifies is equipped with and operating air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of an applicable regulation codified under the Utah Air Conservation Act.  For the purpose of complying with Subsection R315-264-1080(b), a tank for which the air emission control includes an enclosure, as opposed to a cover, shall be in compliance with the enclosure and control device requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(i), except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(5).
	(8)  A tank that has a process vent as defined in Section R315-264-1031.
	(c)  For the owner and operator of a facility subject to Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 who received a final permit under RCRA section 3005 prior to December 6, 1996, the requirements of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 shall be incorporated into the permit when the permit is reissued in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-124-15 or reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-270-50(d).  Until such date when the permit is reissued in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-124-15 or reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-270-50(d), the owner and operator are subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 265.1080 through 1090, which are adopted by reference.
	(d)  The requirements of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090, except for the recordkeeping requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(i), are administratively stayed for a tank or a container used for the management of hazardous waste generated by organic peroxide manufacturing and its associated laboratory operations when the owner or operator of the unit meets all of the following conditions:
	(1)  The owner or operator identifies that the tank or container receives hazardous waste generated by an organic peroxide manufacturing process producing more than one functional family of organic peroxides or multiple organic peroxides within one functional family, that one or more of these organic peroxides could potentially undergo self-accelerating thermal decomposition at or below ambient temperatures, and that organic peroxides are the predominant products manufactured by the process.  For the purpose of meeting the conditions of Section R315-264-1080, "organic peroxide" means an organic compound that contains the bivalent structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical.
	(2)  The owner or operator prepares documentation, in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1089(i), explaining why an undue safety hazard would be created if air emission controls specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087 are installed and operated on the tanks and containers used at the facility to manage the hazardous waste generated by the organic peroxide manufacturing process or processes meeting the conditions of Subsection R315-264-1080(d)(1).
	(3)  The owner or operator notifies the Director in writing that hazardous waste generated by an organic peroxide manufacturing process or processes meeting the conditions of Subsection R315-264-1080(d)(1) are managed at the facility in tanks or containers meeting the conditions of Subsection R315-264-1080(d)(2).  The notification shall state the name and address of the facility, and be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the facility owner or operator.

R315-264-1081.  Definitions.
	As used in Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090, all terms shall have the meaning given to them in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference; RCRA; and Rules R315-260 through 266.

R315-264-1082.  Standards: General.
	(a)  Section R315-264-1082 applies to the management of hazardous waste in tanks, surface impoundments, and containers subject to Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from each hazardous waste management unit in accordance with standards specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087, as applicable to the hazardous waste management unit, except as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1082(c).
	(c)  A tank, surface impoundment, or container is exempt from standards specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087, as applicable, provided that the waste management unit is one of the following:
	(1)  A tank, surface impoundment, or container for which all hazardous waste entering the unit has an average VO concentration at the point of waste origination of less than 500 parts per million by weight (ppmw).  The average VO concentration shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(a).  The owner or operator shall review and update, as necessary, this determination at least once every 12 months following the date of the initial determination for the hazardous waste streams entering the unit.
	(2)  A tank, surface impoundment, or container for which the organic content of all the hazardous waste entering the waste management unit has been reduced by an organic destruction or removal process that achieves any one of the following conditions:
	(i)  A process that removes or destroys the organics contained in the hazardous waste to a level such that the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment is less than the exit concentration limit (Ct) established for the process.  The average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment and the exit concentration limit for the process shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(ii)  A process that removes or destroys the organics contained in the hazardous waste to a level such that the organic reduction efficiency (R) for the process is equal to or greater than 95 percent, and the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment is less than 100 ppmw.  The organic reduction efficiency for the process and the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(iii)  A process that removes or destroys the organics contained in the hazardous waste to a level such that the actual organic mass removal rate (MR) for the process is equal to or greater than the required organic mass removal rate (RMR) established for the process.  The required organic mass removal rate and the actual organic mass removal rate for the process shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(iv)  A biological process that destroys or degrades the organics contained in the hazardous waste, such that either of the following conditions is met:
	(A)  The organic reduction efficiency (R) for the process is equal to or greater than 95 percent, and the organic biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) for the process is equal to or greater than 95 percent.  The organic reduction efficiency and the organic biodegradation efficiency for the process shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(B)  The total actual organic mass biodegradation rate (MRbio) for all hazardous waste treated by the process is equal to or greater than the required organic mass removal rate (RMR).  The required organic mass removal rate and the actual organic mass biodegradation rate for the process shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(v)  A process that removes or destroys the organics contained in the hazardous waste and meets all of the following conditions:
	(A)  From the point of waste origination through the point where the hazardous waste enters the treatment process, the hazardous waste is managed continuously in waste management units which use air emission controls in accordance with the standards specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087, as applicable to the waste management unit.
	(B)  From the point of waste origination through the point where the hazardous waste enters the treatment process, any transfer of the hazardous waste is accomplished through continuous hard-piping or other closed system transfer that does not allow exposure of the waste to the atmosphere.  The Director considers a drain system that meets the requirements of Subsection R307-214-2(29), which incorporates 40 CFR part 63, subpart RR-National Emission Standards for Individual Drain Systems to be a closed system.
	(C)  The average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment is less than the lowest average VO concentration at the point of waste origination determined for each of the individual waste streams entering the process or 500 ppmw, whichever value is lower.  The average VO concentration of each individual waste stream at the point of waste origination shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(a).  The average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(vi)  A process that removes or destroys the organics contained in the hazardous waste to a level such that the organic reduction efficiency (R) for the process is equal to or greater than 95 percent and the owner or operator certifies that the average VO concentration at the point of waste origination for each of the individual waste streams entering the process is less than 10,000 ppmw.  The organic reduction efficiency for the process and the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste origination shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsections R315-264-1083(b) and 1083(a), respectively.
	(vii)  A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator has either:
	(A)  Been issued a final permit under Rule R315-270 which implements the requirements of Sections R315-264-340 through 351; or
	(B)  Has designed and operates the incinerator in accordance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR 265.340 through 352, which are adopted by reference.
	(viii)  A boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or operator has either:
	(A)  Been issued a final permit under Rule R315-270 which implements the requirements of Sections R315-266-100 through 112, or
	(B)  Has designed and operates the boiler or industrial furnace in accordance with the interim status requirements of Sections R315-266-100 through 112.
	(ix)  For the purpose of determining the performance of an organic destruction or removal process in accordance with the conditions in each of Subsections R315-264-1082(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi), the owner or operator shall account for VO concentrations determined to be below the limit of detection of the analytical method by using the following VO concentration:
	(A)  If Method 25D in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used for the analysis, one-half the blank value determined in the method at section 4.4 of Method 25D in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or a value of 25 ppmw, whichever is less.
	(B)  If any other analytical method is used, one-half the sum of the limits of detection established for each organic constituent in the waste that has a Henry's law constant value at least 0.1 mole-fraction-in-the-gas-phase/mole-fraction-in-the-liquid-phase (0.1 Y/X), which can also be expressed as 1.8106 atmospheres/gram-mole/m3, at 25 degrees Celsius.
	(3)  A tank or surface impoundment used for biological treatment of hazardous waste in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(2)(iv).
	(4)  A tank, surface impoundment, or container for which all hazardous waste placed in the unit either:
	(i)  Meets the numerical concentration limits for organic hazardous constituents, applicable to the hazardous waste, as specified in Section R315-268-40-Land Disposal Restrictions under Table "Treatment Standards for Hazardous Waste;" or
	(ii)  The organic hazardous constituents in the waste have been treated by the treatment technology established by the Board for the waste in Subsection R315-268-42(a), or have been removed or destroyed by an equivalent method of treatment approved by EPA pursuant to 40 CFR 268.42(b).
	(5)  A tank used for bulk feed of hazardous waste to a waste incinerator and all of the following conditions are met:
	(i)  The tank is located inside an enclosure vented to a control device that is designed and operated in accordance with all applicable requirements specified under Section R315-214-1, which incorporates 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF-National Emission Standards for Benzene Waste Operations for a facility at which the total annual benzene quantity from the facility waste is equal to or greater than 10 megagrams per year;
	(ii)  The enclosure and control device serving the tank were installed and began operation prior to November 25, 1996 and
	(iii)  The enclosure is designed and operated in accordance with the criteria for a permanent total enclosure as specified in "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B.  The enclosure may have permanent or temporary openings to allow worker access; passage of material into or out of the enclosure by conveyor, vehicles, or other mechanical or electrical equipment; or to direct air flow into the enclosure.  The owner or operator shall perform the verification procedure for the enclosure as specified in Section 5.0 to "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" annually.
	(d)  The Director may at any time perform or request that the owner or operator perform a waste determination for a hazardous waste managed in a tank, surface impoundment, or container exempted from using air emission controls under the provisions of Section R315-264-1082 as follows:
	(1)  The waste determination for average VO concentration of a hazardous waste at the point of waste origination shall be performed using direct measurement in accordance with the applicable requirements of Subsection R315-264-1083(a).  The waste determination for a hazardous waste at the point of waste treatment shall be performed in accordance with the applicable requirements of Subsection R315-264-1083(b).
	(2)  In performing a waste determination pursuant to Subsection R315-264-1082(d)(1), the sample preparation and analysis shall be conducted as follows:
	(i)  In accordance with the method used by the owner or operator to perform the waste analysis, except in the case specified in Subsection R315-264-1082(d)(2)(ii).
	(ii)  If the Director determines that the method used by the owner or operator was not appropriate for the hazardous waste managed in the tank, surface impoundment, or container, then the Director may choose an appropriate method.
	(3)  In a case when the owner or operator is requested to perform the waste determination, the Director may elect to have an authorized representative observe the collection of the hazardous waste samples used for the analysis.
	(4)  In a case when the results of the waste determination performed or requested by the Director do not agree with the results of a waste determination performed by the owner or operator using knowledge of the waste, then the results of the waste determination performed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1082(d)(1) shall be used to establish compliance with the requirements of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090.
	(5)  In a case when the owner or operator has used an averaging period greater than 1 hour for determining the average VO concentration of a hazardous waste at the point of waste origination, the Director may elect to establish compliance with Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 by performing or requesting that the owner or operator perform a waste determination using direct measurement based on waste samples collected within a 1-hour period as follows:
	(i)  The average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste origination shall be determined by direct measurement in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1083(a).
	(ii)  Results of the waste determination performed or requested by the Director showing that the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste origination is equal to or greater than 500 ppmw shall constitute noncompliance with Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 except in a case as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1082(d)(5)(iii).
	(iii)  For the case when the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste at the point of waste origination previously has been determined by the owner or operator using an averaging period greater than 1 hour to be less than 500 ppmw but because of normal operating process variations the VO concentration of the hazardous waste determined by direct measurement for any given 1-hour period may be equal to or greater than 500 ppmw, information that was used by the owner or operator to determine the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste, e.g., test results, measurements, calculations, and other documentation, and recorded in the facility records in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1083(a) and Section R315-264-1089 shall be considered by the Director together with the results of the waste determination performed or requested by the Director in establishing compliance with Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090.

R315-264-1083.  Waste Determination Procedures.
	(a)  Waste determination procedure to determine average volatile organic (VO) concentration of a hazardous waste at the point of waste origination.
	(1)  An owner or operator shall determine the average VO concentration at the point of waste origination for each hazardous waste placed in a waste management unit exempted under the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(1) from using air emission controls in accordance with standards specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087, as applicable to the waste management unit.
	(i)  An initial determination of the average VO concentration of the waste stream shall be made before the first time any portion of the material in the hazardous waste stream is placed in a waste management unit exempted under the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(1) from using air emission controls, and thereafter an initial determination of the average VO concentration of the waste stream shall be made for each averaging period that a hazardous waste is managed in the unit; and
	(ii)  Perform a new waste determination whenever changes to the source generating the waste stream are reasonably likely to cause the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste to increase to a level that is equal to or greater than the applicable VO concentration limits specified in Section R315-264-1082.
	(2)  For a waste determination that is required by Subsection R315-264-1083(a)(1), the average VO concentration of a hazardous waste at the point of waste origination shall be determined in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR 265.1084(a)(2) through (a)(4), which are adopted by reference.
	(b)  Waste determination procedures for treated hazardous waste.
	(1)  An owner or operator shall perform the applicable waste determinations for each treated hazardous waste placed in waste management units exempted under the provisions of Subsections R315-264-1082(c)(2)(i)  through (c)(2)(vi) from using air emission controls in accordance with standards specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087, as applicable to the waste management unit.
	(i)  An initial determination of the average VO concentration of the waste stream shall be made before the first time any portion of the material in the treated waste stream is placed in the exempt waste management unit, and thereafter update the information used for the waste determination at least once every 12 months following the date of the initial waste determination; and
	(ii)  Perform a new waste determination whenever changes to the process generating or treating the waste stream are reasonably likely to cause the average VO concentration of the hazardous waste to increase to a level such that the applicable treatment conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(2) are not achieved.
	(2)  The waste determination for a treated hazardous waste shall be performed in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR 265.1084(b)(2) through (b)(9), which are adopted by reference, as applicable to the treated hazardous waste.
	(c)  Procedure to determine the maximum organic vapor pressure of a hazardous waste in a tank.
	(1)  An owner or operator shall determine the maximum organic vapor pressure for each hazardous waste placed in a tank using Tank Level 1 controls in accordance with standards specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(c).
	(2)  The maximum organic vapor pressure of the hazardous waste may be determined in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR 265.1084(c)(2) through (c)(4), which are adopted by reference.
	(d)  The procedure for determining no detectable organic emissions for the purpose of complying with Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR 265.1084(d), which is adopted by reference.

R315-264-1084.  Standards:  Tanks.
	(a)  The provisions of Section R315-264-1084 apply to the control of air pollutant emissions from tanks for which Subsection R315-264-1082(b) references the use of Section R315-264-1084 for such air emission control.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from each tank subject to Section R315-264-1084 in accordance with the following requirements as applicable:
	(1)  For a tank that manages hazardous waste that meets all of the conditions specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii), the owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the tank in accordance with the Tank Level 1 controls specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(c) or the Tank Level 2 controls specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(d).
	(i)  The hazardous waste in the tank has a maximum organic vapor pressure which is less than the maximum organic vapor pressure limit for the tank's design capacity category as follows:
	(A)  For a tank design capacity equal to or greater than 151 cubic meters, the maximum organic vapor pressure limit for the tank is 5.2 kPa.
	(B)  For a tank design capacity equal to or greater than 75 cubic meters but less than 151 cubic meters, the maximum organic vapor pressure limit for the tank is 27.6 kPa.
	(C)  For a tank design capacity less than 75 cubic meters, the maximum organic vapor pressure limit for the tank is 76.6 kPa.
	(ii)  The hazardous waste in the tank is not heated by the owner or operator to a temperature that is greater than the temperature at which the maximum organic vapor pressure of the hazardous waste is determined for the purpose of complying with Subsection R315-264-1084(b)(1)(i).
	(iii)  The hazardous waste in the tank is not treated by the owner or operator using a waste stabilization process, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference.
	(2)  For a tank that manages hazardous waste that does not meet all of the conditions specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii), the owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the tank by using Tank Level 2 controls in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(d).  Examples of tanks required to use Tank Level 2 controls include: A tank used for a waste stabilization process; and a tank for which the hazardous waste in the tank has a maximum organic vapor pressure that is equal to or greater than the maximum organic vapor pressure limit for the tank's design capacity category as specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(b)(1)(i).
	(c)  Owners and operators controlling air pollutant emissions from a tank using Tank Level 1 controls shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(c)(1) through (c)(4):
	(1)  The owner or operator shall determine the maximum organic vapor pressure for a hazardous waste to be managed in the tank using Tank Level 1 controls before the first time the hazardous waste is placed in the tank.  The maximum organic vapor pressure shall be determined using the procedures specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(c).  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform a new determination whenever changes to the hazardous waste managed in the tank could potentially cause the maximum organic vapor pressure to increase to a level that is equal to or greater than the maximum organic vapor pressure limit for the tank design capacity category specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(b)(1)(i), as applicable to the tank.
	(2)  The tank shall be equipped with a fixed roof designed to meet the following specifications:
	(i)  The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be designed to form a continuous barrier over the entire surface area of the hazardous waste in the tank.  The fixed roof may be a separate cover installed on the tank, e.g., a removable cover mounted on an open-top tank, or may be an integral part of the tank structural design, e.g., a horizontal cylindrical tank equipped with a hatch.
	(ii)  The fixed roof shall be installed in a manner such that there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces between roof section joints or between the interface of the roof edge and the tank wall.
	(iii)  Each opening in the fixed roof, and any manifold system associated with the fixed roof, shall be either:
	(A)  Equipped with a closure device designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the opening and the closure device; or
	(B)  Connected by a closed-vent system that is vented to a control device.  The control device shall remove or destroy organics in the vent stream, and shall be operating whenever hazardous waste is managed in the tank, except as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1084(c)(2)(iii)(B)(I) and (II).
	(I)  During periods when it is necessary to provide access to the tank for performing the activities of Subsection R315-264-1084(c)(2)(iii)(B)(II), venting of the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof to the control device is not required, opening of closure devices is allowed, and removal of the fixed roof is allowed.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable, and resume operation of the control device.
	(II)  During periods of routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal operations, and for removal of accumulated sludge or other residues from the bottom of the tank.
	(iv)  The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of the fixed roof and closure devices throughout their intended service life.  Factors to be considered when selecting the materials for and designing the fixed roof and closure devices shall include: Organic vapor permeability, the effects of any contact with the hazardous waste or its vapors managed in the tank; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the tank on which the fixed roof is installed.
	(3)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in the tank, the fixed roof shall be installed with each closure device secured in the closed position except as follows:
	(i)  Opening of closure devices or removal of the fixed roof is allowed at the following times:
	(A)  To provide access to the tank for performing routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal operations.  Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to sample the liquid in the tank, or when a worker needs to open a hatch to maintain or repair equipment.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable, to the tank.
	(B)  To remove accumulated sludge or other residues from the bottom of tank.
	(ii)  Opening of a spring-loaded pressure-vacuum relief valve, conservation vent, or similar type of pressure relief device which vents to the atmosphere is allowed during normal operations for the purpose of maintaining the tank internal pressure in accordance with the tank design specifications.  The device shall be designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions when the device is secured in the closed position.  The settings at which the device opens shall be established such that the device remains in the closed position whenever the tank internal pressure is within the internal pressure operating range determined by the owner or operator based on the tank manufacturer recommendations, applicable regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of flammable, ignitable, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.  Examples of normal operating conditions that may require these devices to open are during those times when the tank internal pressure exceeds the internal pressure operating range for the tank as a result of loading operations or diurnal ambient temperature fluctuations.
	(iii)  Opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is allowed at any time conditions require doing so to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(4)  The owner or operator shall inspect the air emission control equipment in accordance with the following requirements.
	(i)  The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the roof sections or between the roof and the tank wall; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall perform an initial inspection of the fixed roof and its closure devices on or before the date that the tank becomes subject to Section R315-264-1084.  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform the inspections at least once every year except under the special conditions provided for in Subsection R315-264-1084(l).
	(iii)  In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(k).
	(iv)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(b).
	(d)  Owners and operators controlling air pollutant emissions from a tank using Tank Level 2 controls shall use one of the following tanks:
	(1)  A fixed-roof tank equipped with an internal floating roof in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(e);
	(2)  A tank equipped with an external floating roof in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(f)
	(3)  A tank vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(g);
	(4)  A pressure tank designed and operated in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(h); or
	(5)  A tank located inside an enclosure that is vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(i).
	(e)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions from a tank using a fixed roof with an internal floating roof shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(e)(1) through (e)(3).
	(1)  The tank shall be equipped with a fixed roof and an internal floating roof in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  The internal floating roof shall be designed to float on the liquid surface except when the floating roof shall be supported by the leg supports.
	(ii)  The internal floating roof shall be equipped with a continuous seal between the wall of the tank and the floating roof edge that meets either of the following requirements:
	(A)  A single continuous seal that is either a liquid-mounted seal or a metallic shoe seal, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference; or
	(B)  Two continuous seals mounted one above the other.  The lower seal may be a vapor-mounted seal.
	(iii)  The internal floating roof shall meet the following specifications:
	(A)  Each opening in a noncontact internal floating roof except for automatic bleeder vents, vacuum breaker vents, and the rim space vents is to provide a projection below the liquid surface.
	(B)  Each opening in the internal floating roof shall be equipped with a gasketed cover or a gasketed lid except for leg sleeves, automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, column wells, ladder wells, sample wells, and stub drains.
	(C)  Each penetration of the internal floating roof for the purpose of sampling shall have a slit fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the opening.
	(D)  Each automatic bleeder vent and rim space vent shall be gasketed.
	(E)  Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for passage of a ladder shall have a gasketed sliding cover.
	(F)  Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for passage of a column supporting the fixed roof shall have a flexible fabric sleeve seal or a gasketed sliding cover.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall operate the tank in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and shall be completed as soon as practical.
	(ii)  Automatic bleeder vents are to be set closed at all times when the roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is being landed on the leg supports.
	(iii)  Prior to filling the tank, each cover, access hatch, gauge float well or lid on any opening in the internal floating roof shall be bolted or fastened closed, i.e., no visible gaps.  Rim space vents are to be set to open only when the internal floating roof is not floating or when the pressure beneath the rim exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall inspect the internal floating roof in accordance with the procedures specified as follows:
	(i)  The floating roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to: The internal floating roof is not floating on the surface of the liquid inside the tank; liquid has accumulated on top of the internal floating roof; any portion of the roof seals have detached from the roof rim; holes, tears, or other openings are visible in the seal fabric; the gaskets no longer close off the hazardous waste surface from the atmosphere; or the slotted membrane has more than 10 percent open area.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall inspect the internal floating roof components as follows except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1084(e)(3)(iii):
	(A)  Visually inspect the internal floating roof components through openings on the fixed-roof, e.g., manholes and roof hatches, at least once every 12 months after initial fill, and
	(B)  Visually inspect the internal floating roof, primary seal, secondary seal, if one is in service, gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals, if any, each time the tank is emptied and degassed and at least every 10 years.
	(iii)  As an alternative to performing the inspections specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(e)(3)(ii) for an internal floating roof equipped with two continuous seals mounted one above the other, the owner or operator may visually inspect the internal floating roof, primary and secondary seals, gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals, if any, each time the tank is emptied and degassed and at least every 5 years.
	(iv)  Prior to each inspection required by Subsections R315-264-1084(e)(3)(ii) or (e)(3)(iii), the owner or operator shall notify the Director in advance of each inspection to provide the Director with the opportunity to have an observer present during the inspection.  The owner or operator shall notify the Director of the date and location of the inspection as follows:
	(A)  Prior to each visual inspection of an internal floating roof in a tank that has been emptied and degassed, written notification shall be prepared and sent by the owner or operator so that it is received by the Director at least 30 calendar days before refilling the tank except when an inspection is not planned as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1084(e)(3)(iv)(B).
	(B)  When a visual inspection is not planned and the owner or operator could not have known about the inspection 30 calendar days before refilling the tank, the owner or operator shall notify the Director as soon as possible, but no later than 7 calendar days before refilling of the tank.  This notification may be made by telephone and immediately followed by a written explanation for why the inspection is unplanned.  Alternatively, written notification, including the explanation for the unplanned inspection, may be sent so that it is received by the Director at least 7 calendar days before refilling the tank.
	(v)  In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(k).
	(vi)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(b).
	(4)  Safety devices, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, may be installed and operated as necessary on any tank complying with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(e).
	(f)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions from a tank using an external floating roof shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(f)(1) through (f)(3).
	(1)  The owner or operator shall design the external floating roof in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  The external floating roof shall be designed to float on the liquid surface except when the floating roof shall be supported by the leg supports.
	(ii)  The floating roof shall be equipped with two continuous seals, one above the other, between the wall of the tank and the roof edge.  The lower seal is referred to as the primary seal, and the upper seal is referred to as the secondary seal.
	(A)  The primary seal shall be a liquid-mounted seal or a metallic shoe seal, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference.  The total area of the gaps between the tank wall and the primary seal shall not exceed 212 square centimeters per meter of tank diameter, and the width of any portion of these gaps shall not exceed 3.8 centimeters.  If a metallic shoe seal is used for the primary seal, the metallic shoe seal shall be designed so that one end extends into the liquid in the tank and the other end extends a vertical distance of at least 61 centimeters above the liquid surface.
	(B)  The secondary seal shall be mounted above the primary seal and cover the annular space between the floating roof and the wall of the tank.  The total area of the gaps between the tank wall and the secondary seal shall not exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of tank diameter, and the width of any portion of these gaps shall not exceed 1.3 centimeters.
	(iii)  The external floating roof shall meet the following specifications:
	(A)  Except for automatic bleeder vents, vacuum breaker vents, and rim space vents, each opening in a noncontact external floating roof shall provide a projection below the liquid surface.
	(B)  Except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, roof drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof shall be equipped with a gasketed cover, seal, or lid.
	(C)  Each access hatch and each gauge float well shall be equipped with a cover designed to be bolted or fastened when the cover is secured in the closed position.
	(D)  Each automatic bleeder vent and each rim space vent shall be equipped with a gasket.
	(E)  Each roof drain that empties into the liquid managed in the tank shall be equipped with a slotted membrane fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the area of the opening.
	(F)  Each unslotted and slotted guide pole well shall be equipped with a gasketed sliding cover or a flexible fabric sleeve seal.
	(G)  Each unslotted guide pole shall be equipped with a gasketed cap on the end of the pole.
	(H)  Each slotted guide pole shall be equipped with a gasketed float or other device which closes off the liquid surface from the atmosphere.
	(I)  Each gauge hatch and each sample well shall be equipped with a gasketed cover.
	(2)  The owner or operator shall operate the tank in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and shall be completed as soon as practical.
	(ii)  Except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, roof drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof shall be secured and maintained in a closed position at all times except when the closure device shall be open for access.
	(iii)  Covers on each access hatch and each gauge float well shall be bolted or fastened when secured in the closed position.
	(iv)  Automatic bleeder vents shall be set closed at all times when the roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is being landed on the leg supports.
	(v)  Rim space vents shall be set to open only at those times that the roof is being floated off the roof leg supports or when the pressure beneath the rim seal exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.
	(vi)  The cap on the end of each unslotted guide pole shall be secured in the closed position at all times except when measuring the level or collecting samples of the liquid in the tank.
	(vii)  The cover on each gauge hatch or sample well shall be secured in the closed position at all times except when the hatch or well shall be opened for access.
	(viii)  Both the primary seal and the secondary seal shall completely cover the annular space between the external floating roof and the wall of the tank in a continuous fashion except during inspections.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall inspect the external floating roof in accordance with the procedures specified as follows:
	(i)  The owner or operator shall measure the external floating roof seal gaps in accordance with the following requirements:
	(A)  The owner or operator shall perform measurements of gaps between the tank wall and the primary seal within 60 calendar days after initial operation of the tank following installation of the floating roof and, thereafter, at least once every 5 years.
	(B)  The owner or operator shall perform measurements of gaps between the tank wall and the secondary seal within 60 calendar days after initial operation of the tank following installation of the floating roof and, thereafter, at least once every year.
	(C)  If a tank ceases to hold hazardous waste for a period of 1 year or more, subsequent introduction of hazardous waste into the tank shall be considered an initial operation for the purposes of Subsections R315-264-1084(f)(3)(i)(A) and (f)(3)(i)(B).
	(D)  The owner or operator shall determine the total surface area of gaps in the primary seal and in the secondary seal individually using the following procedure:
	(1)  The seal gap measurements shall be performed at one or more floating roof levels when the roof is floating off the roof supports.
	(2)  Seal gaps, if any, shall be measured around the entire perimeter of the floating roof in each place where a 0.32-centimeter diameter uniform probe passes freely, without forcing or binding against the seal, between the seal and the wall of the tank and measure the circumferential distance of each such location.
	(3)  For a seal gap measured under Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(3), the gap surface area shall be determined by using probes of various widths to measure accurately the actual distance from the tank wall to the seal and multiplying each such width by its respective circumferential distance.
	(4)  The total gap area shall be calculated by adding the gap surface areas determined for each identified gap location for the primary seal and the secondary seal individually, and then dividing the sum for each seal type by the nominal diameter of the tank.  These total gap areas for the primary seal and secondary seal are then compared to the respective standards for the seal type as specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(1)(ii).
	(E)  In the event that the seal gap measurements do not conform to the specifications in Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(1)(ii), the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(k).
	(F)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(b).
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall visually inspect the external floating roof in accordance with the following requirements:
	(A)  The floating roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to: Holes, tears, or other openings in the rim seal or seal fabric of the floating roof; a rim seal detached from the floating roof; all or a portion of the floating roof deck being submerged below the surface of the liquid in the tank; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
	(B)  The owner or operator shall perform an initial inspection of the external floating roof and its closure devices on or before the date that the tank becomes subject to Section R315-264-1084.  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform the inspections at least once every year except for the special conditions provided for in Subsection R315-264-1084(l).
	(C)  In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(k).
	(D)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(b).
	(iii)  Prior to each inspection required by Subsections R315-264-1084(f)(3)(i) or (f)(3)(ii), the owner or operator shall notify the Director in advance of each inspection to provide the Director with the opportunity to have an observer present during the inspection.  The owner or operator shall notify the Director of the date and location of the inspection as follows:
	(A)  Prior to each inspection to measure external floating roof seal gaps as required under Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(3)(i), written notification shall be prepared and sent by the owner or operator so that it is received by the Director at least 30 calendar days before the date the measurements are scheduled to be performed.
	(B)  Prior to each visual inspection of an external floating roof in a tank that has been emptied and degassed, written notification shall be prepared and sent by the owner or operator so that it is received by the Director at least 30 calendar days before refilling the tank except when an inspection is not planned as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(3)(iii)(C).
	(C)  When a visual inspection is not planned and the owner or operator could not have known about the inspection 30 calendar days before refilling the tank, the owner or operator shall notify the Director as soon as possible, but no later than 7 calendar days before refilling of the tank.  This notification may be made by telephone and immediately followed by a written explanation for why the inspection is unplanned.  Alternatively, written notification, including the explanation for the unplanned inspection, may be sent so that it is received by the Director at least 7 calendar days before refilling the tank.
	(4)  Safety devices, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, may be installed and operated as necessary on any tank complying with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(f).
	(g)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions from a tank by venting the tank to a control device shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(g)(1) through (g)(3).
	(1)  The tank shall be covered by a fixed roof and vented directly through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be designed to form a continuous barrier over the entire surface area of the liquid in the tank.
	(ii)  Each opening in the fixed roof not vented to the control device shall be equipped with a closure device.  If the pressure in the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof is less than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, the closure devices shall be designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the cover opening and the closure device.  If the pressure in the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof is equal to or greater than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, the closure device shall be designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions.
	(iii)  The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of the fixed roof and closure devices throughout their intended service life.  Factors to be considered when selecting the materials for and designing the fixed roof and closure devices shall include: Organic vapor permeability, the effects of any contact with the liquid and its vapor managed in the tank; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the tank on which the fixed roof is installed.
	(iv)  The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087.
	(2)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in the tank, the fixed roof shall be installed with each closure device secured in the closed position and the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof vented to the control device except as follows:
	(i)  Venting to the control device is not required, and opening of closure devices or removal of the fixed roof is allowed at the following times:
	(A)  To provide access to the tank for performing routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal operations.  Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to sample liquid in the tank, or when a worker needs to open a hatch to maintain or repair equipment.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable, to the tank.
	(B)  To remove accumulated sludge or other residues from the bottom of a tank.
	(ii)  Opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is allowed at any time conditions require doing so to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the following procedures:
	(i)  The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the roof sections or between the roof and the tank wall; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
	(ii)  The closed-vent system and control device shall be inspected and monitored by the owner or operator in accordance with the procedures specified in Section R315-264-1087.
	(iii)  The owner or operator shall perform an initial inspection of the air emission control equipment on or before the date that the tank becomes subject to Section R315-264-1084.  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform the inspections at least once every year except for the special conditions provided for in Subsection R315-264-1084(l).
	(iv)  In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(k).
	(v)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(b).
	(h)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions by using a pressure tank shall meet the following requirements.
	(1)  The tank shall be designed not to vent to the atmosphere as a result of compression of the vapor headspace in the tank during filling of the tank to its design capacity.
	(2)  All tank openings shall be equipped with closure devices designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions as determined using the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(d).
	(3)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in the tank, the tank shall be operated as a closed system that does not vent to the atmosphere except under either or the following conditions as specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(h)(3)(i) or (h)(3)(ii).
	(i)  At those times when opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is required to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(ii)  At those times when purging of inerts from the tank is required and the purge stream is routed to a closed-vent system and control device designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087.
	(i)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions by using an enclosure vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1084(i)(1) through (i)(4).
	(1)  The tank shall be located inside an enclosure.  The enclosure shall be designed and operated in accordance with the criteria for a permanent total enclosure as specified in "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B.  The enclosure may have permanent or temporary openings to allow worker access; passage of material into or out of the enclosure by conveyor, vehicles, or other mechanical means; entry of permanent mechanical or electrical equipment; or direct airflow into the enclosure.  The owner or operator shall perform the verification procedure for the enclosure as specified in Section 5.0 to "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" initially when the enclosure is first installed and, thereafter, annually.
	(2)  The enclosure shall be vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device that is designed and operated in accordance with the standards for either a vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater specified in Section R315-264-1087.
	(3)  Safety devices, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, may be installed and operated as necessary on any enclosure, closed-vent system, or control device used to comply with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1084(i)(1) and (i)(2).
	(4)  The owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the closed-vent system and control device as specified in Section R315-264-1087.
	(j)  The owner or operator shall transfer hazardous waste to a tank subject to Section R315-264-1084 in accordance with the following requirements:
	(1)  Transfer of hazardous waste, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1084(j)(2), to the tank from another tank subject to Section R315-264-1084 or from a surface impoundment subject to Section R315-264-1085 shall be conducted using continuous hard-piping or another closed system that does not allow exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere.  For the purpose of complying with this provision, an individual drain system is considered to be a closed system when it meets the requirements of Subsection R307-214-2(29), which incorporates 40 CFR part 63, subpart RR-National Emission Standards for Individual Drain Systems.
	(2)  The requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(j)(1) do not apply when transferring a hazardous waste to the tank under any of the following conditions:
	(i)  The hazardous waste meets the average VO concentration conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(1) at the point of waste origination.
	(ii)  The hazardous waste has been treated by an organic destruction or removal process to meet the requirements in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(2).
	(iii)  The hazardous waste meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(4).
	(k)  The owner or operator shall repair each defect detected during an inspection performed in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1084(c)(4), (e)(3), (f)(3), or (g)(3) as follows:
	(1)  The owner or operator shall make first efforts at repair of the defect no later than 5 calendar days after detection, and repair shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 45 calendar days after detection except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1084(k)(2).
	(2)  Repair of a defect may be delayed beyond 45 calendar days if the owner or operator determines that repair of the defect requires emptying or temporary removal from service of the tank and no alternative tank capacity is available at the site to accept the hazardous waste normally managed in the tank.  In this case, the owner or operator shall repair the defect the next time the process or unit that is generating the hazardous waste managed in the tank stops operation.  Repair of the defect shall be completed before the process or unit resumes operation.
	(l)  Following the initial inspection and monitoring of the cover as required by the applicable provisions of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090, subsequent inspection and monitoring may be performed at intervals longer than 1 year under the following special conditions:
	(1)  In the case when inspecting or monitoring the cover would expose a worker to dangerous, hazardous, or other unsafe conditions, then the owner or operator may designate a cover as an "unsafe to inspect and monitor cover" and comply with all of the following requirements:
	(i)  Prepare a written explanation for the cover stating the reasons why the cover is unsafe to visually inspect or to monitor, if required.
	(ii)  Develop and implement a written plan and schedule to inspect and monitor the cover, using the procedures specified in the applicable section of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090, as frequently as practicable during those times when a worker can safely access the cover.
	(2)  In the case when a tank is buried partially or entirely underground, an owner or operator is required to inspect and monitor, as required by the applicable provisions of Section R315-264-1084, only those portions of the tank cover and those connections to the tank, e.g., fill ports, access hatches, gauge wells, etc., that are located on or above the ground surface.

R315-264-1085.  Standards:  Surface Impoundments.
	(a)  The provisions of Section R315-264-1085 apply to the control of air pollutant emissions from surface impoundments for which Subsection R315-264-1082(b) references the use of Section R315-264-1085 for such air emission control.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the surface impoundment by installing and operating either of the following:
	(1)  A floating membrane cover in accordance with the provisions specified in Subsection R315-264-1085(c); or
	(2)  A cover that is vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the provisions specified in Subsection R315-264-1085(d).
	(c)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions from a surface impoundment using a floating membrane cover shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1085(c)(1)  through (c)(3).
	(1)  The surface impoundment shall be equipped with a floating membrane cover designed to meet the following specifications:
	(i)  The floating membrane cover shall be designed to float on the liquid surface during normal operations and form a continuous barrier over the entire surface area of the liquid.
	(ii)  The cover shall be fabricated from a synthetic membrane material that is either:
	(A)  High density polyethylene (HDPE) with a thickness no less than 2.5 millimeters; or
	(B)  A material or a composite of different materials determined to have both organic permeability properties that are equivalent to those of the material listed in Subsection R315-264-1085(c)(1)(ii)(A) and chemical and physical properties that maintain the material integrity for the intended service life of the material.
	(iii)  The cover shall be installed in a manner such that there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces between cover section seams or between the interface of the cover edge and its foundation mountings.
	(iv)  Except as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1085(c)(1)(v), each opening in the floating membrane cover shall be equipped with a closure device designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the cover opening and the closure device.
	(v)  The floating membrane cover may be equipped with one or more emergency cover drains for removal of stormwater.  Each emergency cover drain shall be equipped with a slotted membrane fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the area of the opening or a flexible fabric sleeve seal.
	(vi)  The closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of the closure devices throughout their intended service life.  Factors to be considered when selecting the materials of construction and designing the cover and closure devices shall include: Organic vapor permeability; the effects of any contact with the liquid and its vapor managed in the surface impoundment; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the surface impoundment on which the floating membrane cover is installed.
	(2)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in the surface impoundment, the floating membrane cover shall float on the liquid and each closure device shall be secured in the closed position except as follows:
	(i)  Opening of closure devices or removal of the cover is allowed at the following times:
	(A)  To provide access to the surface impoundment for performing routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal operations.  Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to sample the liquid in the surface impoundment, or when a worker needs to open a hatch to maintain or repair equipment.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly replace the cover and secure the closure device in the closed position, as applicable.
	(B)  To remove accumulated sludge or other residues from the bottom of surface impoundment.
	(ii)  Opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is allowed at any time conditions require doing so to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall inspect the floating membrane cover in accordance with the following procedures:
	(i)  The floating membrane cover and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the cover section seams or between the interface of the cover edge and its foundation mountings; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
	(ii)  The owner or operator shall perform an initial inspection of the floating membrane cover and its closure devices on or before the date that the surface impoundment becomes subject to Section R315-264-1085.  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform the inspections at least once every year except for the special conditions provided for in Subsection R315-264-1085(g).
	(iii)  In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1085(f).
	(iv)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(c).
	(d)  The owner or operator who controls air pollutant emissions from a surface impoundment using a cover vented to a control device shall meet the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1085(d)(1) through (d)(3).
	(1)  The surface impoundment shall be covered by a cover and vented directly through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  The cover and its closure devices shall be designed to form a continuous barrier over the entire surface area of the liquid in the surface impoundment.
	(ii)  Each opening in the cover not vented to the control device shall be equipped with a closure device.  If the pressure in the vapor headspace underneath the cover is less than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, the closure devices shall be designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the cover opening and the closure device.  If the pressure in the vapor headspace underneath the cover is equal to or greater than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, the closure device shall be designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions using the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(d).
	(iii)  The cover and its closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of the cover and closure devices throughout their intended service life.  Factors to be considered when selecting the materials of construction and designing the cover and closure devices shall include: Organic vapor permeability; the effects of any contact with the liquid or its vapors managed in the surface impoundment; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the surface impoundment on which the cover is installed.
	(iv)  The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087.
	(2)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in the surface impoundment, the cover shall be installed with each closure device secured in the closed position and the vapor headspace underneath the cover vented to the control device except as follows:
	(i)  Venting to the control device is not required, and opening of closure devices or removal of the cover is allowed at the following times:
	(A)  To provide access to the surface impoundment for performing routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal operations.  Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to sample liquid in the surface impoundment, or when a worker needs to open a hatch to maintain or repair equipment.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable, to the surface impoundment.
	(B)  To remove accumulated sludge or other residues from the bottom of the surface impoundment.
	(ii)  Opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is allowed at any time conditions require doing so to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(3)  The owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the following procedures:
	(i)  The surface impoundment cover and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air pollutant emissions.  Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the cover section seams or between the interface of the cover edge and its foundation mountings; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
	(ii)  The closed-vent system and control device shall be inspected and monitored by the owner or operator in accordance with the procedures specified in Section R315-264-1087.
	(iii)  The owner or operator shall perform an initial inspection of the air emission control equipment on or before the date that the surface impoundment becomes subject to Section R315-264-1085.  Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform the inspections at least once every year except for the special conditions provided for in Subsection R315-264-1085(g).
	(iv)  In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1085(f).
	(v)  The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(c).
	(e)  The owner or operator shall transfer hazardous waste to a surface impoundment subject to Section R315-264-1085 in accordance with the following requirements:
	(1)  Transfer of hazardous waste, except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1085(e)(2), to the surface impoundment from another surface impoundment subject to Section R315-264-1085 or from a tank subject to Section R315-264-1084 shall be conducted using continuous hard-piping or another closed system that does not allow exposure of the waste to the atmosphere.  For the purpose of complying with this provision, an individual drain system is considered to be a closed system when it meets the requirements of Subsection R307-214-2(29), which incorporates 40 CFR part 63, subpart RR-National Emission Standards for Individual Drain Systems.
	(2)  The requirements of Subsection R315-264-1085(e)(1) do not apply when transferring a hazardous waste to the surface impoundment under either of the following conditions:
	(i)  The hazardous waste meets the average VO concentration conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(1) at the point of waste origination.
	(ii)  The hazardous waste has been treated by an organic destruction or removal process to meet the requirements in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(2).
	(iii)  The hazardous waste meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(4).
	(f)  The owner or operator shall repair each defect detected during an inspection performed in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1085(c)(3) or (d)(3) as follows:
	(1)  The owner or operator shall make first efforts at repair of the defect no later than 5 calendar days after detection and repair shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 45 calendar days after detection except as provided in Subsection R315-264-1085(f)(2).
	(2)  Repair of a defect may be delayed beyond 45 calendar days if the owner or operator determines that repair of the defect requires emptying or temporary removal from service of the surface impoundment and no alternative capacity is available at the site to accept the hazardous waste normally managed in the surface impoundment.  In this case, the owner or operator shall repair the defect the next time the process or unit that is generating the hazardous waste managed in the surface impoundment stops operation.  Repair of the defect shall be completed before the process or unit resumes operation.
	(g)  Following the initial inspection and monitoring of the cover as required by the applicable provisions of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090, subsequent inspection and monitoring may be performed at intervals longer than 1 year in the case when inspecting or monitoring the cover would expose a worker to dangerous, hazardous, or other unsafe conditions.  In this case, the owner or operator may designate the cover as an "unsafe to inspect and monitor cover" and comply with all of the following requirements:
	(1)  Prepare a written explanation for the cover stating the reasons why the cover is unsafe to visually inspect or to monitor, if required.
	(2)  Develop and implement a written plan and schedule to inspect and monitor the cover using the procedures specified in the applicable section of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 as frequently as practicable during those times when a worker can safely access the cover.

R315-264-1086.  Standards:  Containers.
	(a)  The provisions of Section R315-264-1086 apply to the control of air pollutant emissions from containers for which Subsection R315-264-1082(b) references the use of Section R315-264-1086 for such air emission control.
	(b)  General requirements.
	(1)  The owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from each container subject to Section R315-264-1086 in accordance with the following requirements, as applicable to the container, except when the special provisions for waste stabilization processes specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(b)(2) apply to the container.
	(i)  For a container having a design capacity greater than 0.1 cubic meters and less than or equal to 0.46 cubic meters, the owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the container in accordance with the Container Level 1 standards specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(c).
	(ii)  For a container having a design capacity greater than 0.46 cubic meters that is not in light material service, the owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the container in accordance with the Container Level 1 standards specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(c).
	(iii)  For a container having a design capacity greater than 0.46 cubic meters that is in light material service, the owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the container in accordance with the Container Level 2 standards specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(d).
	(2)  When a container having a design capacity greater than 0.1 cubic meters is used for treatment of a hazardous waste by a waste stabilization process, the owner or operator shall control air pollutant emissions from the container in accordance with the Container Level 3 standards specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(e) at those times during the waste stabilization process when the hazardous waste in the container is exposed to the atmosphere.
	(c)  Container Level 1 standards.
	(1)  A container using Container Level 1 controls is one of the following:
	(i)  A container that meets the applicable U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations on packaging hazardous materials for transportation as specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(f).
	(ii)  A container equipped with a cover and closure devices that form a continuous barrier over the container openings such that when the cover and closure devices are secured in the closed position there are no visible holes, gaps, or other open spaces into the interior of the container.  The cover may be a separate cover installed on the container, e.g., a lid on a drum or a suitably secured tarp on a roll-off box, or may be an integral part of the container structural design, e.g., a "portable tank" or bulk cargo container equipped with a screw-type cap.
	(iii)  An open-top container in which an organic-vapor suppressing barrier is placed on or over the hazardous waste in the container such that no hazardous waste is exposed to the atmosphere.  One example of such a barrier is application of a suitable organic-vapor suppressing foam.
	(2)  A container used to meet the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1086(c)(1)(ii) or (c)(1)(iii) shall be equipped with covers and closure devices, as applicable to the container, that are composed of suitable materials to minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere and to maintain the equipment integrity, for as long as the container is in service.  Factors to be considered in selecting the materials of construction and designing the cover and closure devices shall include: Organic vapor permeability; the effects of contact with the hazardous waste or its vapor managed in the container; the effects of outdoor exposure of the closure device or cover material to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices for which the container is intended to be used.
	(3)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in a container using Container Level 1 controls, the owner or operator shall install all covers and closure devices for the container, as applicable to the container, and secure and maintain each closure device in the closed position except as follows:
	(i)  Opening of a closure device or cover is allowed for the purpose of adding hazardous waste or other material to the container as follows:
	(A)  In the case when the container is filled to the intended final level in one continuous operation, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure devices in the closed position and install the covers, as applicable to the container, upon conclusion of the filling operation.
	(B)  In the case when discrete quantities or batches of material intermittently are added to the container over a period of time, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure devices in the closed position and install covers, as applicable to the container, upon either the container being filled to the intended final level; the completion of a batch loading after which no additional material will be added to the container within 15 minutes; the person performing the loading operation leaving the immediate vicinity of the container; or the shutdown of the process generating the material being added to the container, whichever condition occurs first.
	(ii)  Opening of a closure device or cover is allowed for the purpose of removing hazardous waste from the container as follows:
	(A)  For the purpose of meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-1086, an empty container as defined in Subsection R315-261-7(b) may be open to the atmosphere at any time, i.e., covers and closure devices are not required to be secured in the closed position on an empty container.
	(B)  In the case when discrete quantities or batches of material are removed from the container but the container does not meet the conditions to be an empty container as defined in Subsection R315-261-7(b), the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure devices in the closed position and install covers, as applicable to the container, upon the completion of a batch removal after which no additional material will be removed from the container within 15 minutes or the person performing the unloading operation leaves the immediate vicinity of the container, whichever condition occurs first.
	(iii)  Opening of a closure device or cover is allowed when access inside the container is needed to perform routine activities other than transfer of hazardous waste.  Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to measure the depth of or sample the material in the container, or when a worker needs to open a manhole hatch to access equipment inside the container.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable to the container.
	(iv)  Opening of a spring-loaded pressure-vacuum relief valve, conservation vent, or similar type of pressure relief device which vents to the atmosphere is allowed during normal operations for the purpose of maintaining the internal pressure of the container in accordance with the container design specifications.  The device shall be designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions when the device is secured in the closed position.  The settings at which the device opens shall be established such that the device remains in the closed position whenever the internal pressure of the container is within the internal pressure operating range determined by the owner or operator based on container manufacturer recommendations, applicable regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of flammable, ignitable, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.  Examples of normal operating conditions that may require these devices to open are during those times when the internal pressure of the container exceeds the internal pressure operating range for the container as a result of loading operations or diurnal ambient temperature fluctuations.
	(v)  Opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is allowed at any time conditions require doing so to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(4)  The owner or operator of containers using Container Level 1 controls shall inspect the containers and their covers and closure devices as follows:
	(i)  In the case when a hazardous waste already is in the container at the time the owner or operator first accepts possession of the container at the facility and the container is not emptied within 24 hours after the container is accepted at the facility, i.e., does not meet the conditions for an empty container as specified in Subsection R315-261-7(b), the owner or operator shall visually inspect the container and its cover and closure devices to check for visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces into the interior of the container when the cover and closure devices are secured in the closed position.  The container visual inspection shall be conducted on or before the date that the container is accepted at the facility, i.e., the date the container becomes subject to container standards of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090.  For purposes of this requirement, the date of acceptance is the date of signature that the facility owner or operator enters on Item 20 of the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest in the appendix to Rule R315-262 (EPA Forms 8700-22 and 8700-22A), as required under Section R315-264-71.  If a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(c)(4)(iii).
	(ii)  In the case when a container used for managing hazardous waste remains at the facility for a period of 1 year or more, the owner or operator shall visually inspect the container and its cover and closure devices initially and thereafter, at least once every 12 months, to check for visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces into the interior of the container when the cover and closure devices are secured in the closed position.  If a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(c)(4)(iii).
	(iii)  When a defect is detected for the container, cover, or closure devices, the owner or operator shall make first efforts at repair of the defect no later than 24 hours after detection and repair shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 5 calendar days after detection.  If repair of a defect cannot be completed within 5 calendar days, then the hazardous waste shall be removed from the container and the container shall not be used to manage hazardous waste until the defect is repaired.
	(5)  The owner or operator shall maintain at the facility a copy of the procedure used to determine that containers with capacity of 0.46 cubic meters or greater, which do not meet applicable DOT regulations as specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(f), are not managing hazardous waste in light material service.
	(d)  Container Level 2 standards.
	(1)  A container using Container Level 2 controls is one of the following:
	(i)  A container that meets the applicable U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations on packaging hazardous materials for transportation as specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(f).
	(ii)  A container that operates with no detectable organic emissions as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, and determined in accordance with the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(g).
	(iii)  A container that has been demonstrated within the preceding 12 months to be vapor-tight by using 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Method 27 in accordance with the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1086(h).
	(2)  Transfer of hazardous waste in or out of a container using Container Level 2 controls shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, considering the physical properties of the hazardous waste and good engineering and safety practices for handling flammable, ignitable, explosive, reactive, or other hazardous materials.  Examples of container loading procedures that the Director considers to meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(d) include using any one of the following: A submerged-fill pipe or other submerged-fill method to load liquids into the container; a vapor-balancing system or a vapor-recovery system to collect and control the vapors displaced from the container during filling operations; or a fitted opening in the top of a container through which the hazardous waste is filled and subsequently purging the transfer line before removing it from the container opening.
	(3)  Whenever a hazardous waste is in a container using Container Level 2 controls, the owner or operator shall install all covers and closure devices for the container, and secure and maintain each closure device in the closed position except as follows:
	(i)  Opening of a closure device or cover is allowed for the purpose of adding hazardous waste or other material to the container as follows:
	(A)  In the case when the container is filled to the intended final level in one continuous operation, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure devices in the closed position and install the covers, as applicable to the container, upon conclusion of the filling operation.
	(B)  In the case when discrete quantities or batches of material intermittently are added to the container over a period of time, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure devices in the closed position and install covers, as applicable to the container, upon either the container being filled to the intended final level; the completion of a batch loading after which no additional material will be added to the container within 15 minutes; the person performing the loading operation leaving the immediate vicinity of the container; or the shutdown of the process generating the material being added to the container, whichever condition occurs first.
	(ii)  Opening of a closure device or cover is allowed for the purpose of removing hazardous waste from the container as follows:
	(A)  For the purpose of meeting the requirements of Section R315-264-1086, an empty container as defined in Subsection R315-261-7(b) may be open to the atmosphere at any time, i.e., covers and closure devices are not required to be secured in the closed position on an empty container.
	(B)  In the case when discrete quantities or batches of material are removed from the container but the container does not meet the conditions to be an empty container as defined in Subsection R315-261-7(b), the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure devices in the closed position and install covers, as applicable to the container, upon the completion of a batch removal after which no additional material will be removed from the container within 15 minutes or the person performing the unloading operation leaves the immediate vicinity of the container, whichever condition occurs first.
	(iii)  Opening of a closure device or cover is allowed when access inside the container is needed to perform routine activities other than transfer of hazardous waste.  Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to measure the depth of or sample the material in the container, or when a worker needs to open a manhole hatch to access equipment inside the container.  Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable to the container.
	(iv)  Opening of a spring-loaded, pressure-vacuum relief valve, conservation vent, or similar type of pressure relief device which vents to the atmosphere is allowed during normal operations for the purpose of maintaining the internal pressure of the container in accordance with the container design specifications.  The device shall be designed to operate with no detectable organic emission when the device is secured in the closed position.  The settings at which the device opens shall be established such that the device remains in the closed position whenever the internal pressure of the container is within the internal pressure operating range determined by the owner or operator based on container manufacturer recommendations, applicable regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of flammable, ignitable, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.  Examples of normal operating conditions that may require these devices to open are during those times when the internal pressure of the container exceeds the internal pressure operating range for the container as a result of loading operations or diurnal ambient temperature fluctuations.
	(v)  Opening of a safety device, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, is allowed at any time conditions require doing so to avoid an unsafe condition.
	(4)  The owner or operator of containers using Container Level 2 controls shall inspect the containers and their covers and closure devices as follows:
	(i)  In the case when a hazardous waste already is in the container at the time the owner or operator first accepts possession of the container at the facility and the container is not emptied within 24 hours after the container is accepted at the facility, i.e., does not meet the conditions for an empty container as specified in Subsection R35- 261-7(b), the owner or operator shall visually inspect the container and its cover and closure devices to check for visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces into the interior of the container when the cover and closure devices are secured in the closed position.  The container visual inspection shall be conducted on or before the date that the container is accepted at the facility, i.e., the date the container becomes subject to the container standards of Sections R315-264-1080 through.  For purposes of this requirement, the date of acceptance is the date of signature that the facility owner or operator enters on Item 20 of the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest in the appendix to Rule R315-262 (EPA Forms 8700-22 and 8700-22A), as required under Section R315-264-71.  If a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(d)(4)(iii).
	(ii)  In the case when a container used for managing hazardous waste remains at the facility for a period of 1 year or more, the owner or operator shall visually inspect the container and its cover and closure devices initially and thereafter, at least once every 12 months, to check for visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces into the interior of the container when the cover and closure devices are secured in the closed position.  If a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(d)(4)(iii).
	(iii)  When a defect is detected for the container, cover, or closure devices, the owner or operator shall make first efforts at repair of the defect no later than 24 hours after detection, and repair shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 5 calendar days after detection.  If repair of a defect cannot be completed within 5 calendar days, then the hazardous waste shall be removed from the container and the container shall not be used to manage hazardous waste until the defect is repaired.
	(e)  Container Level 3 standards.
	(1)  A container using Container Level 3 controls is one of the following:
	(i)  A container that is vented directly through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(e)(2)(ii).
	(ii)  A container that is vented inside an enclosure which is exhausted through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1086(e)(2)(i) and (e)(2)(ii).
	(2)  The owner or operator shall meet the following requirements, as applicable to the type of air emission control equipment selected by the owner or operator:
	(i)  The container enclosure shall be designed and operated in accordance with the criteria for a permanent total enclosure as specified in "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B.  The enclosure may have permanent or temporary openings to allow worker access; passage of containers through the enclosure by conveyor or other mechanical means; entry of permanent mechanical or electrical equipment; or direct airflow into the enclosure.  The owner or operator shall perform the verification procedure for the enclosure as specified in Section 5.0 to "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" initially when the enclosure is first installed and, thereafter, annually.
	(ii)  The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087.
	(3)  Safety devices, as defined in 40 CFR 265.1081, which is adopted by reference, may be installed and operated as necessary on any container, enclosure, closed-vent system, or control device used to comply with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(e)(1).
	(4)  Owners and operators using Container Level 3 controls in accordance with the provisions of Sections R315-264-1086 through 1090 shall inspect and monitor the closed-vent systems and control devices as specified in Subsection R315-264-1087.
	(5)  Owners and operators that use Container Level 3 controls in accordance with the provisions of Sections R315-264-1086 through 1090 shall prepare and maintain the records specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(d).
	(6)  Transfer of hazardous waste in or out of a container using Container Level 3 controls shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize exposure of the hazardous waste to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, considering the physical properties of the hazardous waste and good engineering and safety practices for handling flammable, ignitable, explosive, reactive, or other hazardous materials.  Examples of container loading procedures that the Director considers to meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1086(e) include using any one of the following: A submerged-fill pipe or other submerged-fill method to load liquids into the container; a vapor-balancing system or a vapor-recovery system to collect and control the vapors displaced from the container during filling operations; or a fitted opening in the top of a container through which the hazardous waste is filled and subsequently purging the transfer line before removing it from the container opening.
	(f)  For the purpose of compliance with Subsection R315-264-1086(c)(1)(i) or (d)(1)(i), containers shall be used that meet the applicable U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations on packaging hazardous materials for transportation as follows:
	(1)  The container meets the applicable requirements specified in 49 CFR part 178-Specifications for Packaging or 49 CFR part 179-Specifications for Tank Cars.
	(2)  Hazardous waste is managed in the container in accordance with the applicable requirements specified in 49 CFR part 107, subpart B-Exemptions; 49 CFR part 172-Hazardous Materials Table, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response Information, and Training Requirements; 49 CFR part 173-Shippers-General Requirements for Shipments and Packages; and 49 CFR part 180-Continuing Qualification and Maintenance of Packagings.
	(3)  For the purpose of complying with Sections R315-264-1086 through 1090, no exceptions to the 49 CFR part 178 or part 179 regulations are allowed except as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1086(f)(4).
	(4)  For a lab pack that is managed in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR part 178 for the purpose of complying with Sections R315-264-1086 through 1090, an owner or operator may comply with the exceptions for combination packagings specified in 49 CFR 173.12(b).
	(g)  To determine compliance with the no detectable organic emissions requirement of Subsection R315-264-1086(d)(1)(ii), the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1083(d) shall be used.
	(1)  Each potential leak interface, i.e., a location where organic vapor leakage could occur, on the container, its cover, and associated closure devices, as applicable to the container, shall be checked.  Potential leak interfaces that are associated with containers include, but are not limited to: The interface of the cover rim and the container wall; the periphery of any opening on the container or container cover and its associated closure device; and the sealing seat interface on a spring-loaded pressure-relief valve.
	(2)  The test shall be performed when the container is filled with a material having a volatile organic concentration representative of the range of volatile organic concentrations for the hazardous wastes expected to be managed in this type of container.  During the test, the container cover and closure devices shall be secured in the closed position.
	(h)  Procedure for determining a container to be vapor-tight using Method 27 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A for the purpose of complying with Subsection R315-264-1086(d)(1)(iii).
	(1)  The test shall be performed in accordance with Method 27 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A of this chapter.
	(2)  A pressure measurement device shall be used that has a precision of +/- 2.5 mm water and that is capable of measuring above the pressure at which the container is to be tested for vapor tightness.
	(3)  If the test results determined by Method 27 indicate that the container sustains a pressure change less than or equal to 750 Pascals within 5 minutes after it is pressurized to a minimum of 4,500 Pascals, then the container is determined to be vapor-tight.

R315-264-1087.  Standards:  Closed-Vent Systems and Control Devices.
	(a)  Section R315-264-1087 applies to each closed-vent system and control device installed and operated by the owner or operator to control air emissions in accordance with standards of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090.
	(b)  The closed-vent system shall meet the following requirements:
	(1)  The closed-vent system shall route the gases, vapors, and fumes emitted from the hazardous waste in the waste management unit to a control device that meets the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1087(c).
	(2)  The closed-vent system shall be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(k).
	(3)  In the case when the closed-vent system includes bypass devices that could be used to divert the gas or vapor stream to the atmosphere before entering the control device, each bypass device shall be equipped with either a flow indicator as specified in Subsection R315-264-1087(b)(3)(i) or a seal or locking device as specified in Subsection R315-264-1087(b)(3)(ii).  For the purpose of complying with Subsection R315-264-1087(b), low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, spring loaded pressure relief valves, and other fittings used for safety purposes are not considered to be bypass devices.
	(i)  If a flow indicator is used to comply with Subsection R315-264-1087(b)(3), the indicator shall be installed at the inlet to the bypass line used to divert gases and vapors from the closed-vent system to the atmosphere at a point upstream of the control device inlet.  For Subsection R315-264-1087(b), a flow indicator means a device which indicates the presence of either gas or vapor flow in the bypass line.
	(ii)  If a seal or locking device is used to comply with Subsection R315-264-1087(b)(3), the device shall be placed on the mechanism by which the bypass device position is controlled, e.g., valve handle, damper lever, when the bypass device is in the closed position such that the bypass device cannot be opened without breaking the seal or removing the lock.  Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, a car-seal or a lock-and-key configuration valve.  The owner or operator shall visually inspect the seal or closure mechanism at least once every month to verify that the bypass mechanism is maintained in the closed position.
	(4)  The closed-vent system shall be inspected and monitored by the owner or operator in accordance with the procedure specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(l).
	(c)  The control device shall meet the following requirements:
	(1)  The control device shall be one of the following devices:
	(i)  A control device designed and operated to reduce the total organic content of the inlet vapor stream vented to the control device by at least 95 percent by weight;
	(ii)  An enclosed combustion device designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(c); or
	(iii)  A flare designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(d).
	(2)  The owner or operator who elects to use a closed-vent system and control device to comply with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087 shall comply with the requirements specified in Subsections R315-264-1087(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi).
	(i)  Periods of planned routine maintenance of the control device, during which the control device does not meet the specifications of Subsections R315-264-1087(c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii), as applicable, shall not exceed 240 hours per year.
	(ii)  The specifications and requirements in Subsections R315-264-1087(c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), and (c)(1)(iii) for control devices do not apply during periods of planned routine maintenance.
	(iii)  The specifications and requirements in Subsections R315-264-1087(c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), and (c)(1)(iii) for control devices do not apply during a control device system malfunction.
	(iv)  The owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(2)(i), i.e., planned routine maintenance of a control device, during which the control device does not meet the specifications of Subsections R315-264-1087(c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii), as applicable, shall not exceed 240 hours per year, by recording the information specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(e)(1)(v).
	(v)  The owner or operator shall correct control device system malfunctions as soon as practicable after their occurrence in order to minimize excess emissions of air pollutants.
	(vi)  The owner or operator shall operate the closed-vent system such that gases, vapors, or fumes are not actively vented to the control device during periods of planned maintenance or control device system malfunction, i.e., periods when the control device is not operating or not operating normally, except in cases when it is necessary to vent the gases, vapors, and/or fumes to avoid an unsafe condition or to implement malfunction corrective actions or planned maintenance actions.
	(3)  The owner or operator using a carbon adsorption system to comply with Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(1) shall operate and maintain the control device in accordance with the following requirements:
	(i)  Following the initial startup of the control device, all activated carbon in the control device shall be replaced with fresh carbon on a regular basis in accordance with the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1033(g) or 1033(h).
	(ii)  All carbon that is a hazardous waste and that is removed from the control device shall be managed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(n), regardless of the average volatile organic concentration of the carbon.
	(4)  An owner or operator using a control device other than a thermal vapor incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, condenser, or carbon adsorption system to comply with Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(1) shall operate and maintain the control device in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1033(j).
	(5)  The owner or operator shall demonstrate that a control device achieves the performance requirements of Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(1) as follows:
	(i)  An owner or operator shall demonstrate using either a performance test as specified in Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(5)(iii) or a design analysis as specified in Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(5)(iv) the performance of each control device except for the following:
	(A)  A flare;
	(B)  A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 44 megawatts or greater;
	(C)  A boiler or process heater into which the vent stream is introduced with the primary fuel;
	(D)  A boiler or industrial furnace burning hazardous waste for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under Rule R315-270 and has designed and operates the unit in accordance with the requirements of Sections R315-266-100 through 112; or
	(E)  A boiler or industrial furnace burning hazardous waste for which the owner or operator has designed and operates in accordance with the interim status requirements of Sections R315-266-100 through 112.
	(ii)  An owner or operator shall demonstrate the performance of each flare in accordance with the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1033(e).
	(iii)  For a performance test conducted to meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(5)(i), the owner or operator shall use the test methods and procedures specified in Subsections R315-264-1034(c)(1) through (c)(4).
	(iv)  For a design analysis conducted to meet the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(5)(i), the design analysis shall meet the requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii).
	(v)  The owner or operator shall demonstrate that a carbon adsorption system achieves the performance requirements of Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(1) based on the total quantity of organics vented to the atmosphere from all carbon adsorption system equipment that is used for organic adsorption, organic desorption or carbon regeneration, organic recovery, and carbon disposal.
	(6)  If the owner or operator and the Director do not agree on a demonstration of control device performance using a design analysis then the disagreement shall be resolved using the results of a performance test performed by the owner or operator in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(5)(iii).  The Director may choose to have an authorized representative observe the performance test.
	(7)  The closed-vent system and control device shall be inspected and monitored by the owner or operator in accordance with the procedures specified in Subsections R315-264-1033(f)(2) and 1033(l).  The readings from each monitoring device required by Subsection R315-264-1033(f)(2) shall be inspected at least once each operating day to check control device operation.  Any necessary corrective measures shall be immediately implemented to ensure the control device is operated in compliance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087.

R315-264-1088.  Inspection and Monitoring Requirements.
	(a)  The owner or operator shall inspect and monitor air emission control equipment used to comply with Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 in accordance with the applicable requirements specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087.
	(b)  The owner or operator shall develop and implement a written plan and schedule to perform the inspections and monitoring required by Subsection R315-264-1088(a).  The owner or operator shall incorporate this plan and schedule into the facility inspection plan required under Section R315-264-15.

R315-264-1089.  Recordkeeping Requirements.
	(a)  Each owner or operator of a facility subject to requirements of Sections R315-264-1080 through 1090 shall record and maintain the information specified in Subsections R315-264-1089(b) through (j), as applicable to the facility.  Except for air emission control equipment design documentation and information required by Subsections R315-264-1089(i) and (j), records required by Section R315-264-1089 shall be maintained in the operating record for a minimum of 3 years.  Air emission control equipment design documentation shall be maintained in the operating record until the air emission control equipment is replaced or otherwise no longer in service.  Information required by Subsections R315-264-1089(i) and (j) shall be maintained in the operating record for as long as the waste management unit is not using air emission controls specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087 in accordance with the conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1080(d) or 1080(b)(7), respectively.
	(b)  The owner or operator of a tank using air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1084 shall prepare and maintain records for the tank that include the following information:
	(1)  For each tank using air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084, the owner or operator shall record:
	(i)  A tank identification number, or other unique identification description as selected by the owner or operator.
	(ii)  A record for each inspection required by Section R315-264-1084 that includes the following information:
	(A)  Date inspection was conducted.
	(B)  For each defect detected during the inspection: The location of the defect, a description of the defect, the date of detection, and corrective action taken to repair the defect.  In the event that repair of the defect is delayed in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1084, the owner or operator shall also record the reason for the delay and the date that completion of repair of the defect is expected.
	(2)  In addition to the information required by Subsection R315-264-1089(b)(1), the owner or operator shall record the following information, as applicable to the tank:
	(i)  The owner or operator using a fixed roof to comply with the Tank Level 1 control requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(c) shall prepare and maintain records for each determination for the maximum organic vapor pressure of the hazardous waste in the tank performed in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1084(c).  The records shall include the date and time the samples were collected, the analysis method used, and the analysis results.
	(ii)  The owner or operator using an internal floating roof to comply with the Tank Level 2 control requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(e) shall prepare and maintain documentation describing the floating roof design.
	(iii)  Owners and operators using an external floating roof to comply with the Tank Level 2 control requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(f) shall prepare and maintain the following records:
	(A)  Documentation describing the floating roof design and the dimensions of the tank.
	(B)  Records for each seal gap inspection required by Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(3) describing the results of the seal gap measurements.  The records shall include the date that the measurements were performed, the raw data obtained for the measurements, and the calculations of the total gap surface area.  In the event that the seal gap measurements do not conform to the specifications in Subsection R315-264-1084(f)(1), the records shall include a description of the repairs that were made, the date the repairs were made, and the date the tank was emptied, if necessary.
	(iv)  Each owner or operator using an enclosure to comply with the Tank Level 2 control requirements specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(i) shall prepare and maintain the following records:
	(A)  Records for the most recent set of calculations and measurements performed by the owner or operator to verify that the enclosure meets the criteria of a permanent total enclosure as specified in "Procedure T---Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B.
	(B)  Records required for the closed-vent system and control device in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1089(e).
	(c)  The owner or operator of a surface impoundment using air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1085 shall prepare and maintain records for the surface impoundment that include the following information:
	(1)  A surface impoundment identification number, or other unique identification description as selected by the owner or operator.
	(2)  Documentation describing the floating membrane cover or cover design, as applicable to the surface impoundment, that includes information prepared by the owner or operator or provided by the cover manufacturer or vendor describing the cover design, and certification by the owner or operator that the cover meets the specifications listed in Subsection R315-264-1085(c).
	(3)  A record for each inspection required by Section R315-264-1085 that includes the following information:
	(i)  Date inspection was conducted.
	(ii)  For each defect detected during the inspection the following information: The location of the defect, a description of the defect, the date of detection, and corrective action taken to repair the defect.  In the event that repair of the defect is delayed in accordance with the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1085(f), the owner or operator shall also record the reason for the delay and the date that completion of repair of the defect is expected.
	(4)  For a surface impoundment equipped with a cover and vented through a closed-vent system to a control device, the owner or operator shall prepare and maintain the records specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(e).
	(d)  The owner or operator of containers using Container Level 3 air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1086 shall prepare and maintain records that include the following information:
	(1)  Records for the most recent set of calculations and measurements performed by the owner or operator to verify that the enclosure meets the criteria of a permanent total enclosure as specified in "Procedure T-Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B.
	(2)  Records required for the closed-vent system and control device in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1089(e).
	(e)  The owner or operator using a closed-vent system and control device in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087 shall prepare and maintain records that include the following information:
	(1)  Documentation for the closed-vent system and control device that includes:
	(i)  Certification that is signed and dated by the owner or operator stating that the control device is designed to operate at the performance level documented by a design analysis as specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(e)(1)(ii) or by performance tests as specified in Subsection R315-264-1089(e)(1)(iii) when the tank, surface impoundment, or container is or would be operating at capacity or the highest level reasonably expected to occur.
	(ii)  If a design analysis is used, then design documentation as specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4).  The documentation shall include information prepared by the owner or operator or provided by the control device manufacturer or vendor that describes the control device design in accordance with Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(4)(iii) and certification by the owner or operator that the control equipment meets the applicable specifications.
	(iii)  If performance tests are used, then a performance test plan as specified in Subsection R315-264-1035(b)(3) and all test results.
	(iv)  Information as required by Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(1) and Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(2), as applicable.
	(v)  An owner or operator shall record, on a semiannual basis, the information specified in Subsections R315-264-1089(e)(1)(v)(A) and (e)(1)(v)(B) for those planned routine maintenance operations that would require the control device not to meet the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1087(c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii), as applicable.
	(A)  A description of the planned routine maintenance that is anticipated to be performed for the control device during the next 6-month period.  This description shall include the type of maintenance necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and lengths of maintenance periods.
	(B)  A description of the planned routine maintenance that was performed for the control device during the previous 6-month period.  This description shall include the type of maintenance performed and the total number of hours during those 6 months that the control device did not meet the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1087 (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii), as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance.
	(vi)  An owner or operator shall record the information specified in Subsections R315-264-1089(e)(1)(vi)(A) through (e)(1)(vi)(C) for those unexpected control device system malfunctions that would require the control device not to meet the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1087 (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii), as applicable.
	(A)  The occurrence and duration of each malfunction of the control device system.
	(B)  The duration of each period during a malfunction when gases, vapors, or fumes are vented from the waste management unit through the closed-vent system to the control device while the control device is not properly functioning.
	(C)  Actions taken during periods of malfunction to restore a malfunctioning control device to its normal or usual manner of operation.
	(vii)  Records of the management of carbon removed from a carbon adsorption system conducted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-1087(c)(3)(ii).
	(f)  The owner or operator of a tank, surface impoundment, or container exempted from standards in accordance with the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1082(c) shall prepare and maintain the following records, as applicable:
	(1)  For tanks, surface impoundments, and containers exempted under the hazardous waste organic concentration conditions specified in Subsections R315-264-1082(c)(1) or 1082(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi), the owner or operator shall record the information used for each waste determination, e.g., test results, measurements, calculations, and other documentation, in the facility operating log.  If analysis results for waste samples are used for the waste determination, then the owner or operator shall record the date, time, and location that each waste sample is collected in accordance with applicable requirements of Section R315-264-1083.
	(2)  For tanks, surface impoundments, or containers exempted under the provisions of Subsections R315-264-1082(c)(2)(vii) or (c)(2)(viii), the owner or operator shall record the identification number for the incinerator, boiler, or industrial furnace in which the hazardous waste is treated.
	(g)  An owner or operator designating a cover as "unsafe to inspect and monitor" pursuant to Subsections R315-264-1084(l) or 1085(g) shall record in a log that is kept in the facility operating record the following information: The identification numbers for waste management units with covers that are designated as "unsafe to inspect and monitor," the explanation for each cover stating why the cover is unsafe to inspect and monitor, and the plan and schedule for inspecting and monitoring each cover.
	(h)  The owner or operator of a facility that is subject to Section R315-264-1080 through 1090 and to the control device standards in 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV, or 40 CFR part 61, subpart V, may elect to demonstrate compliance with the applicable sections of Section R315-264-1080 through 1090 by documentation either pursuant to Section R315-264-1080 through 1090, or pursuant to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV or 40 CFR part 61, subpart V, to the extent that the documentation required by 40 CFR parts 60 or 61 duplicates the documentation required by Section R315-264-1089.
	(i)  For each tank or container not using air emission controls specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087 in accordance with the conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1080(d), the owner or operator shall record and maintain the following information:
	(1)  A list of the individual organic peroxide compounds manufactured at the facility that meet the conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1080(d)(1).
	(2)  A description of how the hazardous waste containing the organic peroxide compounds identified in Subsection R315-264-1089(i)(1) are managed at the facility in tanks and containers.  This description shall include:
	(i)  For the tanks used at the facility to manage this hazardous waste, sufficient information shall be provided to describe for each tank: A facility identification number for the tank; the purpose and placement of this tank in the management train of this hazardous waste; and the procedures used to ultimately dispose of the hazardous waste managed in the tanks.
	(ii)  For containers used at the facility to manage these hazardous wastes, sufficient information shall be provided to describe: A facility identification number for the container or group of containers; the purpose and placement of this container, or group of containers, in the management train of this hazardous waste; and the procedures used to ultimately dispose of the hazardous waste handled in the containers.
	(3)  An explanation of why managing the hazardous waste containing the organic peroxide compounds identified in Subsection R315-264-1089(i)(1) in the tanks and containers as described in Subsection R315-264-1089(i)(2) would create an undue safety hazard if the air emission controls, as required under Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087, are installed and operated on these waste management units.  This explanation shall include the following information:
	(i)  For tanks used at the facility to manage these hazardous wastes, sufficient information shall be provided to explain: How use of the required air emission controls on the tanks would affect the tank design features and facility operating procedures currently used to prevent an undue safety hazard during the management of this hazardous waste in the tanks; and why installation of safety devices on the required air emission controls, as allowed under Section R315-264-1080 through 1090, will not address those situations in which evacuation of tanks equipped with these air emission controls is necessary and consistent with good engineering and safety practices for handling organic peroxides.
	(ii)  For containers used at the facility to manage these hazardous wastes, sufficient information shall be provided to explain: How use of the required air emission controls on the containers would affect the container design features and handling procedures currently used to prevent an undue safety hazard during the management of this hazardous waste in the containers; and why installation of safety devices on the required air emission controls, as allowed under Section R315-264-1080 through 1090, will not address those situations in which evacuation of containers equipped with these air emission controls is necessary and consistent with good engineering and safety practices for handling organic peroxides.
	(j)  For each hazardous waste management unit not using air emission controls specified in Sections R315-264-1084 through 1087 in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1080(b)(7), the owner and operator shall record and maintain the following information:
	(1)  Certification that the waste management unit is equipped with and operating air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of an applicable regulation codified under the Utah Air Conservation Act.
	(2)  Identification of the specific requirements codified under the Utah Air Conservation Act with which the waste management unit is in compliance.

R315-264-1090.  Reporting Requirements.
	(a)  Each owner or operator managing hazardous waste in a tank, surface impoundment, or container exempted from using air emission controls under the provisions of Subsection R315-264-1082(c) shall report to the Director each occurrence when hazardous waste is placed in the waste management unit in noncompliance with the conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1082(c)(1) or (c)(2), as applicable.  Examples of such occurrences include placing in the waste management unit a hazardous waste having an average VO concentration equal to or greater than 500 ppmw at the point of waste origination; or placing in the waste management unit a treated hazardous waste of which the organic content has been reduced by an organic destruction or removal process that fails to achieve the applicable conditions specified in Subsections R315-264-1082(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi).  The owner or operator shall submit a written report within 15 calendar days of the time that the owner or operator becomes aware of the occurrence.  The written report shall contain the EPA identification number, facility name and address, a description of the noncompliance event and the cause, the dates of the noncompliance, and the actions taken to correct the noncompliance and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance.  The report shall be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the owner or operator.
	(b)  Each owner or operator using air emission controls on a tank in accordance with the requirements Subsection R315-264-1084(c) shall report to the Director each occurrence when hazardous waste is managed in the tank in noncompliance with the conditions specified in Subsection R315-264-1084(b).  The owner or operator shall submit a written report within 15 calendar days of the time that the owner or operator becomes aware of the occurrence.  The written report shall contain the EPA identification number, facility name and address, a description of the noncompliance event and the cause, the dates of the noncompliance, and the actions taken to correct the noncompliance and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance.  The report shall be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the owner or operator.
	(c)  Each owner or operator using a control device in accordance with the requirements of Section R315-264-1087 shall submit a semiannual written report to the Director excepted as provided for in Subsection R315-264-1090(d).  The report shall describe each occurrence during the previous 6-month period when either:
	(1)  A control device is operated continuously for 24 hours or longer in noncompliance with the applicable operating values defined in Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(4); or
	(2)  A flare is operated with visible emissions for 5 minutes or longer in a two-hour period, as defined in Subsection R315-264-1033(d).  The written report shall include the EPA identification number, facility name and address, and an explanation why the control device could not be returned to compliance within 24 hours, and actions taken to correct the noncompliance.  The report shall be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the owner or operator.
	(d)  A report to the Director in accordance with the requirements of Subsection R315-264-1090(c) is not required for a 6-month period during which all control devices subject to Section R316-264-1080 through 1090 are operated by the owner or operator such that:
	(1)  During no period of 24 hours or longer did a control device operate continuously in noncompliance with the applicable operating values defined in Subsection R315-264-1035(c)(4); and
	(2)  No flare was operated with visible emissions for 5 minutes or longer in a two-hour period, as defined in Subsection R315-264-1033(d).

R315-264-1100.  Containment Buildings -- Applicability.
	The requirements of Sections R315-264-1100 through 1102 apply to owners or operators who store or treat hazardous waste in units designed and operated under Section R315-264-1101.  The owner or operator is not subject to the definition of land disposal in RCRA section 3004(k) provided that the unit:
	(a)  Is a completely enclosed, self-supporting structure that is designed and constructed of manmade materials of sufficient strength and thickness to support themselves, the waste contents, and any personnel and heavy equipment that operate within the unit, and to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, settlement, compression, or uplift, physical contact with the hazardous wastes to which they are exposed; climatic conditions; and the stresses of daily operation, including the movement of heavy equipment within the unit and contact of such equipment with containment walls;
	(b)  Has a primary barrier that is designed to be sufficiently durable to withstand the movement of personnel, wastes, and handling equipment within the unit;
	(c)  If the unit is used to manage liquids, has:
	(1)  A primary barrier designed and constructed of materials to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier;
	(2)  A liquid collection system designed and constructed of materials to minimize the accumulation of liquid on the primary barrier; and
	(3)  A secondary containment system designed and constructed of materials to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier, with a leak detection and liquid collection system capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time, unless the unit has been granted a variance from the secondary containment system requirements under Subsection R315-264-1101(b)(4);
	(d)  Has controls sufficient to prevent fugitive dust emissions to meet the no visible emission standard in Subsection R315-264-1101(c)(1)(iv); and
	(e)  Is designed and operated to ensure containment and prevent the tracking of materials from the unit by personnel or equipment.

R315-264-1101.  Containment Buildings -- Design and Operating Standards.
	(a)  All containment buildings shall comply with the following design standards:
	(1)  The containment building shall be completely enclosed with a floor, walls, and a roof to prevent exposure to the elements, e.g., precipitation, wind, run-on, and to assure containment of managed wastes.
	(2)  The floor and containment walls of the unit, including the secondary containment system if required under Subsection R315-264-1101(b), shall be designed and constructed of materials of sufficient strength and thickness to support themselves, the waste contents, and any personnel and heavy equipment that operate within the unit, and to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, settlement, compression, or uplift, physical contact with the hazardous wastes to which they are exposed; climatic conditions; and the stresses of daily operation, including the movement of heavy equipment within the unit and contact of such equipment with containment walls.  The unit shall be designed so that it has sufficient structural strength to prevent collapse or other failure.  All surfaces to be in contact with hazardous wastes shall be chemically compatible with those wastes.  the Director shall consider standards established by professional organizations generally recognized by the industry such as the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) in judging the structural integrity requirements of Subsection R315-264-1101(a).  If appropriate to the nature of the waste management operation to take place in the unit, an exception to the structural strength requirement may be made for light-weight doors and windows that meet these criteria:
	(i)  They provide an effective barrier against fugitive dust emissions under Subsection R315-264-1101(c)(1)(iv); and
	(ii)  The unit is designed and operated in a fashion that assures that wastes will not actually come in contact with these openings.
	(3)  Incompatible hazardous wastes or treatment reagents shall not be placed in the unit or its secondary containment system if they could cause the unit or secondary containment system to leak, corrode, or otherwise fail.
	(4)  A containment building shall have a primary barrier designed to withstand the movement of personnel, waste, and handling equipment in the unit during the operating life of the unit and appropriate for the physical and chemical characteristics of the waste to be managed.
	(b)  For a containment building used to manage hazardous wastes containing free liquids or treated with free liquids, the presence of which is determined by the paint filter test, a visual examination, or other appropriate means, the owner or operator shall include:
	(1)  A primary barrier designed and constructed of materials to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier, e.g., a geomembrane covered by a concrete wear surface.
	(2)  A liquid collection and removal system to minimize the accumulation of liquid on the primary barrier of the containment building:
	(i)  The primary barrier shall be sloped to drain liquids to the associated collection system; and
	(ii)  Liquids and waste shall be collected and removed to minimize hydraulic head on the containment system at the earliest practicable time.
	(3)  A secondary containment system including a secondary barrier designed and constructed to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier, and a leak detection system that is capable of detecting failure of the primary barrier and collecting accumulated hazardous wastes and liquids at the earliest practicable time.
	(i)  The requirements of the leak detection component of the secondary containment system are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:
	(A)  Constructed with a bottom slope of 1 percent or more; and
	(B)  Constructed of a granular drainage material with a hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 10-2 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 30.5 cm (12 inches) or more, or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3 x 10-5 m2/sec or more.
	(ii)  If treatment is to be conducted in the building, an area in which such treatment will be conducted shall be designed to prevent the release of liquids, wet materials, or liquid aerosols to other portions of the building.
	(iii)  The secondary containment system shall be constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste and liquids managed in the containment building and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressure exerted by overlaying materials and by any equipment used in the containment building.  Containment buildings can serve as secondary containment systems for tanks placed within the building under certain conditions.  A containment building can serve as an external liner system for a tank, provided it meets the requirements of Subsection R315-264-193(e)(1).  In addition, the containment building shall meet the requirements of Subsections R315-264-193(b) and 193(c)(1) and (2) to be considered an acceptable secondary containment system for a tank.
	(4)  For existing units other than 90-day generator units, the Director may delay the secondary containment requirement for up to two years, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator that the unit substantially meets the standards of Sections R315-264-1100 and 1102.  In making this demonstration, the owner or operator shall:
	(i)  Provide written notice to the Director of their request by November 16, 1992.  This notification shall describe the unit and its operating practices with specific reference to the performance of existing containment systems, and specific plans for retrofitting the unit with secondary containment;
	(ii)  Respond to any comments from the Director on these plans within 30 days; and
	(iii)  Fulfill the terms of the revised plans, if such plans are approved by the Director.
	(c)  Owners or operators of all containment buildings shall:
	(1)  Use controls and practices to ensure containment of the hazardous waste within the unit; and, at a minimum:
	(i)  Maintain the primary barrier to be free of significant cracks, gaps, corrosion, or other deterioration that could cause hazardous waste to be released from the primary barrier;
	(ii)  Maintain the level of the stored/treated hazardous waste within the containment walls of the unit so that the height of any containment wall is not exceeded;
	(iii)  Take measures to prevent the tracking of hazardous waste out of the unit by personnel or by equipment used in handling the waste.  An area shall be designated to decontaminate equipment and any rinsate shall be collected and properly managed; and
	(iv)  Take measures to control fugitive dust emissions such that any openings, doors, windows, vents, cracks, etc., exhibit no visible emissions, see 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Method 22-Visual Determination of Fugitive Emissions from Material Sources and Smoke Emissions from Flares.  In addition, all associated particulate collection devices, e.g., fabric filter, electrostatic precipitator, shall be operated and maintained with sound air pollution control practices, see 40 CFR part 60 subpart 292 for guidance.  This state of no visible emissions shall be maintained effectively at all times during routine operating and maintenance conditions, including when vehicles and personnel are entering and exiting the unit.
	(2)  Obtain and keep on-site a certification by a qualified Professional Engineer that the containment building design meets the requirements of Subsections R315-264-1101(a), (b), and (c).
	(3)  Throughout the active life of the containment building, if the owner or operator detects a condition that could lead to or has caused a release of hazardous waste, the owner or operator shall repair the condition promptly, in accordance with the following procedures.
	(i)  Upon detection of a condition that has led to a release of hazardous waste, e.g., upon detection of leakage from the primary barrier, the owner or operator shall:
	(A)  Enter a record of the discovery in the facility operating record;
	(B)  Immediately remove the portion of the containment building affected by the condition from service;
	(C)  Determine what steps shall be taken to repair the containment building, remove any leakage from the secondary collection system, and establish a schedule for accomplishing the cleanup and repairs; and
	(D)  Within 7 days after the discovery of the condition, notify the Director of the condition, and within 14 working days, provide a written notice to the Director with a description of the steps taken to repair the containment building, and the schedule for accomplishing the work.
	(ii)  The Director shall review the information submitted, make a determination regarding whether the containment building shall be removed from service completely or partially until repairs and cleanup are complete, and notify the owner or operator of the determination and the underlying rationale in writing.
	(iii)  Upon completing all repairs and cleanup the owner or operator shall notify the Director in writing and provide a verification, signed by a qualified, registered professional engineer, that the repairs and cleanup have been completed according to the written plan submitted in accordance with Subsection R315-264-1101(c)(3)(i)(D).
	(4)  Inspect and record in the facility operating record, at least once every seven days, data gathered from monitoring and leak detection equipment as well as the containment building and the area immediately surrounding the containment building to detect signs of releases of hazardous waste.
	(d)  For a containment building that contains both areas with and without secondary containment, the owner or operator shall:
	(1)  Design and operate each area in accordance with the requirements enumerated in Subsections R315-264-1101(a) through (c);
	(2)  Take measures to prevent the release of liquids or wet materials into areas without secondary containment; and
	(3)  Maintain in the facility's operating log a written description of the operating procedures used to maintain the integrity of areas without secondary containment.
	(e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of Subsection R315-264-1100 through 1102 the Director may waive requirements for secondary containment for a permitted containment building where the owner operator demonstrates that the only free liquids in the unit are limited amounts of dust suppression liquids required to meet occupational health and safety requirements, and where containment of managed wastes and liquids can be assured without a secondary containment system.

R315-264-1102.  Closure and Post-Closure Care.
	(a)  At closure of a containment building, the owner or operator shall remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, liners, etc.; contaminated subsoils; and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate; and manage them as hazardous waste unless Subsection R315-261-3(d) applies.  The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for containment buildings shall meet all of the requirements specified in Sections R315-264-110 through 120 and 140 through 151.
	(b)  If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in Subsection R315-264-1102(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he shall close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure requirements that apply to landfills, Section R315-264-310.  In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a containment building is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator shall meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Sections R315-264-110 through 120 and 140 through 151.

R315-264-1103.  Appendix I to Rule R315-264 -- Recordkeeping Instructions.
	The recordkeeping provisions of Section R315-264-73 specify that an owner or operator shall keep a written operating record at his facility.  This appendix provides additional instructions for keeping portions of the operating record.  See Subsection R315-264-73(b) for additional recordkeeping requirements.
	The following information shall be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility in the following manner:
	Records of each hazardous waste received, treated, stored, or disposed of at the facility which include the following:
	(1)  A description by its common name and the EPA Hazardous Waste Number(s) from Rule R315-261 which apply to the waste.  The waste description also shall include the waste's physical form, i.e., liquid, sludge, solid, or contained gas.  If the waste is not listed in Sections R315-261-30 through 35, the description also shall include the process that produced it, for example, solid filter cake from production of ----, EPA Hazardous Waste Number W051.
	Each hazardous waste listed in Sections R315-261-30 through 35, and each hazardous waste characteristic defined in Sections R315-261-20 through 24, has a four-digit EPA Hazardous Waste Number assigned to it.  This number shall be used for recordkeeping and reporting purposes.  Where a hazardous waste contains more than one listed hazardous waste, or where more than one hazardous waste characteristic applies to the waste, the waste description shall include all applicable EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers.
	(2)  The estimated or manifest-reported weight, or volume and density, where applicable, in one of the units of measure specified in Table 1;

	Table 1

Unit of measure                                  Code(1)

Gallons                                            G
Gallons per Hour                                   E
Gallons per Day                                    U
Liters                                             L
Liters per Hour                                    H
Liters per Day                                     V
Short Tons per Hour                                D
Metric Tons per Hour                               W
Short Tons per Day                                 N
Metric Tons per Day                                S
Pounds per Hour                                    J
Kilograms per Hour                                 R
Cubic Yards                                        Y
Cubic Meters                                       C
Acres                                              B
Acre-feet                                          A
Hectares                                           Q
Hectare-meter                                      F
Btu's per Hour                                     I
Pounds                                             P
Short tons                                         T
Kilograms                                          K
Tons                                               M

(1) Single digit symbols are used here for data processing purposes.
	
	(3)  The method(s), by handling code(s) as specified in Table 2, and date(s) of treatment, storage, or disposal.

	Table 2
	Handling Codes for Treatment, Storage and Disposal Methods

Enter the handling code(s) listed below that most closely
represents the technique(s) used at the facility to treat,
store or dispose of each quantity of hazardous waste received.

For Storage

Code  Storage type
S01   Container (barrel, drum, etc.)
S02   Tank
S03   Waste Pile
S04   Surface Impoundment
S05   Drip Pad
S06   Containment Building (Storage)
S99   Other Storage (specify)

For Treatment

   (a)   Thermal Treatment-
Code  Type of Thermal Treatment
T06   Liquid injection incinerator
T07   Rotary kiln incinerator
T08   Fluidized bed incinerator
T09   Multiple hearth incinerator
T10   Infrared furnace incinerator
T11   Molten salt destructor
T12   Pyrolysis
T13   Wet air oxidation
T14   CalcinationT15   Microwave discharge
T18   Other (specify)

   (b)   Chemical Treatment-
Code  Type of Chemical Treatment
T19   Absorption mound
T20   Absorption field
T21   Chemical fixation
T22   Chemical oxidation
T23   Chemical precipitation
T24   Chemical reduction
T25   Chlorination
T26   Chlorinolysis
T27   Cyanide destruction
T28   Degradation
T29   Detoxification
T30   Ion exchange
T31   Neutralization
T32   Ozonation
T33   Photolysis
T34   Other (specify)

   (c)   Physical Treatment-
   (1) Separation of components:
Code  Type of Separation treatmen
T35   Centrifugation
T36   Clarification
T37   Coagulation
T38   Decanting
T39   Encapsulation
T40   Filtration
T41   Flocculation
T42   Flotation
T43   Foaming
T44   Sedimentation
T45   Thickening
T46   Ultrafiltration
T47   Other (specify)

   (2) Removal of Specific Components:
Code  Type of Removal Treatment
T48   Absorption-molecular sieve
T49   Activated carbon
T50   Blending
T51   Catalysis
T52   Crystallization
T53   Dialysis
T54   Distillation
T55   Electrodialysis
T56   Electrolysis
T57   Evaporation
T58   High gradient magnetic separation
T59   Leaching
T60   Liquid ion exchange
T61   Liquid-liquid extraction
T62   Reverse osmosis
T63   Solvent recovery
T64   Stripping
T65   Sand filter
T66   Other (specify)

   (d) Biological Treatment
Code  Type of Biological Treatment
T67   Activated sludge
T68   Aerobic lagoon
T69   Aerobic tank
T70   Anaerobic tank
T71   Composting
T72   Septic tank
T73   Spray irrigation
T74   Thickening filter
T75   Trickling filter
T76   Waste stabilization pond
T77   Other (specify)

   (e) Boilers and Industrial Furnaces
Code  Type of Boiler or Industrial Furnace
T80   BoilerT81   Cement Kiln
T82   Lime Kiln
T83   Aggregate Kiln
T84   Phosphate Kiln
T85   Coke Oven
T86   Blast Furnace
T87   Smelting, Melting, or Refining Furnace
T88   Titanium Dioxide Chloride Process Oxidation Reactor
T89   Methane Reforming Furnace
T90   Pulping Liquor Recovery Furnace
T91   Combustion Device Used in the Recovery of Sulfur
      Values from Spent Sulfuric Acid
T92   Halogen Acid Furnaces
T93   Other Industrial Furnaces Listed in Section R315-
      260.10 (specify)

   (f)   Other Treatment
Code  Other type of Treatment
T94   Containment Building (Treatment)

For Disposal
Code  Type of Disposal
D79   Underground Injection
D80   Landfill
D81   Land Treatment
D82   Ocean Disposal
D83   Surface Impoundment (to be closed as a landfill)
D99   Other Disposal (specify)

For Miscellaneous Sections R315-264-600 through 603 Units
Code  Unit type
X01   Open Burning/Open Detonation
X02   Mechanical Processing
X03   Thermal Unit
X04   Geologic Repository
X99   Other Sections R315-264-600 through 603 Units
      (specify)
	
R315-264-1104.  Appendix IV to Rule R315-264-Cochran's Approximation to the Behrens-Fisher Students' t-test.
	40 CFR 264 Appendix IV, 2015 edition, is adopted and incorporated by reference.

R315-264-1105.  Appendix V to Rule R315-264 -- Examples of Potentially Incompatible Waste.
	Many hazardous wastes, when mixed with other waste or materials at a hazardous waste facility, can produce effects which are harmful to human health and the environment, such as (1) heat or pressure, (2) fire or explosion, (3) violent reaction, (4) toxic dusts, mists, fumes, or gases, or (5) flammable fumes or gases.
	Below are examples of potentially incompatible wastes, waste components, and materials, along with the harmful consequences which result from mixing materials in one group with materials in another group.  The list is intended as a guide to owners or operators of treatment, storage, and disposal facilities, and to enforcement and permit granting officials, to indicate the need for special precautions when managing these potentially incompatible waste materials or components.
	This list is not intended to be exhaustive.  An owner or operator shall, as the regulations require, adequately analyze his wastes so that he can avoid creating uncontrolled substances or reactions of the type listed below, whether they are listed below or not.
	It is possible for potentially incompatible wastes to be mixed in a way that precludes a reaction, e.g., adding acid to water rather than water to acid, or that neutralizes them, e.g., a strong acid mixed with a strong base, or that controls substances produced, e.g., by generating flammable gases in a closed tank equipped so that ignition cannot occur, and burning the gases in an incinerator.
	In the lists below, the mixing of a Group A material with a Group B material may have the potential consequence as noted.

	Table

	Group 1-A

Acetylene sludge
Alkaline caustic liquids
Alkaline cleaner
Alkaline corrosive liquids
Alkaline corrosive battery fluid
Caustic wastewater
Lime sludge and other corrosive alkalies
Lime wastewaterLime and water
Spent caustic

	Group 1-B

Acid sludge
Acid and water
Battery acid
Chemical cleaners
Electrolyte, acid
Etching acid liquid or solvent
Pickling liquor and other corrosive acids
Spent acid
Spent mixed acid
Spent sulfuric acid
Potential consequences: Heat generation; violent reaction.

	Group 2-A

Aluminum
Beryllium
Calcium
Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Zinc powder
Other reactive metals and metal hydrides

	Group 2-B

Any waste in Group 1-A or
1-B
Potential consequences: Fire or explosion; generation of flammable
hydrogen gas.

	Group 3-A

Alcohols
Water

	Group 3-B

Any concentrated waste in Groups 1-A or 1-B
Calcium
Lithium
Metal hydrides
Potassium
SO2 Cl2, SOCl2, PCl3, CH3 SiCl3
Other water-reactive waste
Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or heat generation;
generation of flammable or toxic gases.

	Group 4-A

Alcohols
Aldehydes
Halogenated hydrocarbons
Nitrated hydrocarbons
Unsaturated hydrocarbons
Other reactive organic compounds and solvents

	Group 4-B

Concentrated Group 1-A or 1-B wastes
Group 2-A wastes
Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent reaction.

	Group 5-A

Spent cyanide and sulfide solutions

	Group 5-B

Group 1-B wastes
Potential consequences: Generation of toxic hydrogen cyanide or
hydrogen sulfide gas.

	Group 6-A

Chlorates
Chlorine
Chlorites
Chromic acid
Hypochlorites
Nitrates
Nitric acid, fuming
Perchlorates
Permanganates
Peroxides
Other strong oxidizers

	Group 6-B

Acetic acid and other organic acids
Concentrated mineral acids
Group 2-A wastes
Group 4-A wastes
Other flammable and combustible wastes
Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent reaction.
Source: "Law, Regulations, and Guidelines for Handling of Hazardous
Waste." California Department of Health, February 1975.

(1) These include counties, city-county consolidations, and
independent cities.  In the case of Alaska, the political
jurisdictions are election districts, and, in the case of Hawaii,
the political jurisdiction listed is the island of Hawaii.
	
R315-264-1106.  Appendix VI to Rule R315-264 -- Political Jurisdictions within Utah in Which Compliance With Subsection R315-264-18(a) Shall Be Demonstrated.
	Beaver
	Box Elder
	Cache
	Carbon
	Daggett
	Davis
	Duchesne
	Emery
	Garfield
	Grand
	Iron
	Juab
	Kane
	Millard
	Morgan
	Piute
	Rich
	Salt Lake
	San Juan
	Sanpete
	Sevier
	Summit
	Tooele
	Uintah
	Utah
	Wasatch
	Washington
	Wayne
	Weber

R315-264-1107.  Appendix IX to Rule R315-264 -- Ground-Water Monitoring List.
	40 CFR 264 Appendix IX, 2015 edition, is adopted and incorporated by reference.

KEY:  hazardous waste, TSD facilities
Date of Enactment or Last Substantive Amendment:  October 15, 2019
Authorizing, and Implemented or Interpreted Law:  19-6-105; 19-6-106